gujarat state petroleum corporation (gspc)

274
GUJARAT STATE PETROLEUM CORPORATION (GSPC) February 2021 Prepared by M/s SV Enviro Labs & Consultants Recognized by GOI, MoEF&CC, QCI Accredited Enviro House, B-1, Block-B, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam – 530012 Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Development of 8 wells by setting up of 7 proposed surface facilities at Kheda SVELC/EIA/37/FINAL

Upload: khangminh22

Post on 25-Feb-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

��

GUJARAT�STATE�PETROLEUM�

CORPORATION�(GSPC)��

�February�2021�

� � � � � � � � �

Prepared�by�

M/s�SV�Enviro�Labs�&�Consultants��

Recognized�by�GOI,�MoEF&CC,�QCI�Accredited�

Enviro�House,�B-1,�Block-B,�IDA,�Autonagar,�

�Visakhapatnam�–�530012�

Final�Environmental�Impact�Assessment�Report�for�Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�

SVELC/EIA/37/FINAL

DECLARATION�BY�EXPERTS�CONTRIBUTING�TO�THE�EIA�

“Final� Environmental� Impact� Assessment”� for� the� proposed� Development� of� 8� wells� by�

setting� up� of� 7� proposed� facilities� at� Kheda� by� Gujarat� Petroleum� Corporation� Limited�

(GSPC).�

I�hereby�certify�that�I�was�a�part�of�the�EIA�team�in�the�following�capacity�that�developed�the�

above�EIA/EMP.�

EIA�Co-ordinator� � :�

Name� � � � :�M.�Murali�Krishna�

Signature� � � :��

Period�of�Involvement� :��23rd�March’�2019�to�22nd�June’�2019�

Functional�Area�Experts:�

S.No� Functional�

Areas�

Name�of�the�Expert� Category�as�per�NABET�

Involvement��(Period�and�task**)�

Signature�and�Date�

1� AP�*� M.�Murali�Krishna�

V.� Hema� Latha�

(TM)�

K.�Anitha�(TM)�

A� Air� Pollution�

monitoring,�

prevention� &�

control��

2� WP�*� V.�Hema�Latha�

A� Water� Pollution�

monitoring,�

prevention� &�

control���

3� SHW�*� K.�Anitha�

A� Solid�waste�

management��

�4� SE�*� Dr.� B.� Vijay�

Bhaskara�Rao�

A� Socioeconomic�

studies��

5� EB�*� Dr.� M.� Tarakeswara�

Naidu�

A� Ecology�and�Bio-

diversity�

6� HG�*� Dr.� G.V.A�

Ramakrishna�

A� Hydrology�

�7� GEO�*� Dr.� G.V.A�

Ramakrishna�

A� Geology�

8� SC�*� D.�Sunder�Rao�M.�

M.�Tarakeswara�

Naidu�(TM)�

A� Soil�conservation�

��

9� AQ�*� M.�Murali�Krishna� A� Air�quality�

modelling�

��

10� NV�*� M.�Murali�Krishna� A� Noise�and�vibration�

�11� LU�*� Jada�Srinivasa�Rao� A� Land�use�studies�

��

12� RH�*� Shaik�Kasim�

V.� Hema� Latha�

(TM)�

A� Risk�and�hazard�

study�

�*One�TM�against�each�FAE�may�be�shown�

**�Please�attach�additional�sheet�if�required�

Declaration�by�the�Head�of�the�accredited�consultant�organization/�authorized�person�

� � �

I,�M.�Murali�Krishna,�hereby,�confirm�that�the�above�mentioned�experts�prepared�the�Final�

EIA�for�proposed�Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�facilities�at�Kheda.�

Signature:��

Name:����M.�Murali�Krishna�

Designation:�Managing�Partner�

Name�of�the�EIA�consultant�organization:�SV�Enviro�Labs�&�Consultants�

NABET�Certificate�No.�&�Issue�Date:�NABET/EIA/1821/SA0118�Dt:�28.09.2020�

TABLE�OF�CONTENTS��

S.�No.� TITLE� Page�No.�Executive�summary� �

� � �Chapter�I:�Introduction� �

1.0� Introduction� 1-1�1.1� Purpose�of�the�Report� 1-1�1.2� Identification�of�Project�&�Project�Proponent� 1-2�1.2.1� Identification�of�Project� 1-2�1.2.2� Project�Proponent�� 1-2�1.3� Nature�of�the�project� 1-2�1.4� Project�Size�and�Location� 1-3�1.4.1� Size�of�the�project�� 1-3�1.4.2� Location�of�the�project� 1-3�1.5� Importance�of�the�Project�to�Country�and�Region� 1-3�1.6� Scope�of�the�study� 1-4�1.7� Regulatory�compliances�&�applicable�laws�/�regulations� 1-5�1.8� Environmental�Parameters�in�the�study�area� 1-6�1.9� Generic�Structure�of�EIA�document� 1-6�1.10� Compliance�to�ToR� 1-7�

�Chapter�II:�Project�Description� �

2.1� Introduction� 2-1�2.2� Need�of��the�Project� 2-2�2.3� Site�characteristics�� 2-3�2.3.1� Location�� 2-3�2.3.2� Approach�to�the�site� 2-4�2.4� Size�or�Magnitude�of�Operation� 2-5�2.5� Environmental�sensitivity�of�the�wells� 2-10�2.6� Production�operation�� 2-13�2.6.1� Overview�� 2-13�2.6.2� Process�Description�� 2-14�2.6.3� Site�clearance�� 2-19�2.6.4� Access�and�transport�� 2-19�2.6.5� Production�site�facilities�� 2-19�2.6.6� Raw�materials�required�for�production�activity�� 2-19�2.7� Utilities�� 2-20�2.7.1� Water�consumption�and�wastewater�generation�� 2-20�2.7.2� Power�requirement�� 2-20�2.7.3� Solid�waste�generation�� 2-21�2.7.4� Hazardous�waste� 2-21�2.8� Project�cost�� 2-21�� � �� � �

Chapter�III:�Description�of�the�Environment� �3.0� Introduction� 3-1�3.1� Study�area� 3-1�3.2� Study�period� 3-1�3.3� Methodology�of�EIA�study� 3-2�3.4� Micro-meteorological�data� 3-3�3.4.1� Wind�Speed�and�Direction� 3-3�3.4.2� Relative�humidity�� 3-4�3.4.3� Temperature� 3-4�3.4.4� Rainfall� 3-4�3.4.5� Calm�period�� 3-4�3.4.6� Site�specific�Met�data� 3-4�3.5� Air��Environment� 3-7�3.5.1� Selection�of�Sampling�locations� 3-7�3.5.2� Methodology�of�Sampling�and�Analysis� 3-7�3.5.3� Existing�Ambient�Air�Quality� 3-16�3.6� Water�Environment� 3-17�3.6.1� Surface�water�and�Ground�water�Quality�Assessment� 3-17�3.6.2� Selection�of�Sampling�Locations� 3-18�3.6.3� Sampling�Techniques� 3-18�3.6.4� Water�Sampling�Stations� 3-21�3.6.5� Surface�water�Quality�results�are�summarized�� 3-26�3.6.6� Summary�of�Ground�water�Quality� 3-26�3.7� Soil�Environment� 3-27�3.7.1� Selection�of�Sampling�Locations� 3-27�3.7.2� Sampling�and�Analytical�Techniques� 3-27�3.7.3� Summary�of�Soil�Analysis�data� 3-31�3.8� Noise�Environment� 3-33�3.8.1� Identification�of�Sampling�Locations� 3-33�3.8.2� Methodology� 3-33�3.8.3� Description�of�Locations� 3-34�3.8.3.1� Noise�Levels�in�the�study�area� 3-34�3.9� Geology�and�Hydrogeology� 3-37�3.9.1� Physiographic�setting�� 3-37�3.9.2� Geology�� 3-37�3.9.3� Hydro-geomorphology�and�ground�water�prospects�� 3-37�3.9.3.1� Hydro-geological�setting�� 3-39�3.10� Seismicity�and�associated�hazards�� 3-39�3.11� Biological�environment�� 3-41�3.11.1� Introduction�� 3-41�3.11.2� Study�area� 3-42�3.11.3� Methodology�� 3-44�3.11.3.1� Floral�diversity�� 3-44�3.11.3.2� Faunal�diversity�� 3-46�3.11.3.4� Phytoplankton�� 3-46�

3.11.3.5� Zooplankton�� 3-46�3.11.4� Floral�observations�� 3-46�3.11.4.1� Phytosociology�of�the�plants� 3-51�3.11.4.2� Cultivated�plants�in�the�study�area� 3-51�3.11.4.3� Threatened�category�plants� 3-52�3.11.4.4� Biodiversity�indices�� 3-57�3.11.5� Faunal�observations�� 3-57�3.11.6� Aquatic�ecology�� 3-60�3.11.6.1� Phytoplankton�and�Zooplankton�� 3-61�3.12� Land�use/�Land�cover� 3-62�3.12.1� Satellite�data� 3-63�3.12.2� Topographical�data� 3-63�3.12.3� Methodology�� 3-63�3.12.4� Land�use�map�analysis�� 3-65�3.12.5� Spatial�data�from�SOI�topographical�sheets�� 3-66�3.12.6� Contour�map�and�elevations�of�study�area� 3-67�3.12.7� Topography�(Digital�Elevation�model)� 3-67�3.12.8� Land�use�land�cover�statistics�of�buffer�zone�� 3-67�3.13� Socio-economic�Environment� 3-74�3.13.1� Overview� 3-74�3.13.2� Demographic�details�of�the�study�area� 3-74�3.13.3� Social�Characteristics� 3-77�3.13.4� Livelihood� 3-78�3.13.5� Agriculture�and�allied�sectors� 3-79�3.13.6� Animal�Husbandry� 3-79�3.13.7� Industries/Factories� 3-80�3.13.8� Education�Facilities� 3-80�3.13.9� Health�facilities�� 3-80�3.13.10� Drinking�water�facility�� 3-81�3.13.11� Infrastructure�(physical)� 3-81�3.13.12� Means�of�communication�� 3-81�3.13.13� Availability�of�power�supply�� 3-81�3.13.14� Social�welfare�� 3-81�3.13.15� Cultural�profile�� 3-81�3.13.16� Lifestyle�� 3-83�3.13.17� Primary�survey� 3-83�3.13.17.1� Community�perception� 3-83�3.13.17.2� Community�Perception�and�Impact�of�various�Domains� 3-84�3.13.17.3� Economical�Impact� 3-85�3.13.17.4� Social�&�Cultural�impacts� 3-85�3.13.17.5� Health�&�wellbeing�impacts� 3-86�3.13.17.6� Environmental�Impact� 3-86�3.13.17.7� Public�infrastructure�&�services� 3-86�3.13.17.8� Psychological�and�personal�impact� 3-87�3.13.18� Other�impact�factors�if�socio-economic�environment�� 3-87�

3.13.18.1� Production�phase�� 3-87�3.13.18.2� Operation�phase�� 3-87�3.13.19� Need�assessment�� 3-87�3.13.21� Conclusion�� 3-92�

� � �Chapter�IV:�Anticipated�Environmental�Impacts�&Mitigation�Measures� �

4.1� Introduction�� 4-1�4.2� Impact�Assessment�Methodology�� 4-1�4.3� Identification�of�Impacts� 4-2�4.4� Identification�of�Environmental�Attributes�� 4-2�4.5� Prediction�� 4-3�4.6� Land�Environment�� 4-3�4.6.1� Impact�on�land�environment�� 4-3�4.7� Air�environment�� 4-5�4.7.1� Impact�on�air�environment�� 4-5�4.8� Noise�environment�� 4-10�4.8.1� Noise�from�production�facility�� 4-10�4.8.2� Noise�from�well�workover�operation� 4-10�4.8.3� Noise�from�vehicle�/traffic�� 4-11�4.9� Water�environment�� 4-12�4.9.1� Source�of�water�� 4-12�4.9.2� Water�consumption�� 4-12�4.9.3� Waste�water�generation�� 4-13�4.10� Solid�/�hazardous�waste� 4-13�4.11� Soil�quality�� 4-13�4.12� Biological�environment�� 4-14�4.13� Socio�economic�environment�� 4-14�4.14� Overall�Evaluation�of�Impacts�� 4-15�4.15� Conclusion� 4-19�

�Chapter�V:�Analysis�of�Alternatives��

5.0� General� 5-1�5.1� Alternate�Location�for�the�proposed�project� 5-1�

�Chapter�VI:�Environmental�Monitoring�Program�

6.0� Environmental�monitoring�� 6-1�6.1� Objectives�of�Monitoring�� 6-1�6.2� Implementation�schedule�of�monitoring�measures�� 6-1�6.3� Environmental�monitoring�program� 6-2�6.3.1� Ambient�air�quality�monitoring�� 6-2�6.3.2� Wastewater�quality�monitoring�� 6-3�6.3.3� Ambient�noise�level�monitoring�� 6-3�6.4� Environmental�management�cell�� 6-5�6.5� Training�� 6-5�6.6� Record�keeping�� 6-6�

Chapter�VII:�Additional�Studies�7.0� Public�Consultation� 7-1�7.1� Risk�Assessment� 7-9�7.1.1� Objective�of�Risk�Assessment� 7-9�7.1.2� Risk�Assessment�Methodology� 7-10�7.1.2.1� Hazard�identification�� 7-11�7.1.2.2� Frequency�Analysis�� 7-17�7.1.2.3� Consequence�Analysis� 7-17�7.1.2.4� Risk�mitigation�measures�� 7-19�7.1.3� Risk�Assessment�of�Identified�Project�hazards� 7-19�7.1.3.1� Minor�crude�oil�spill�� 7-19�7.1.3.2� Major�oil�spill�� 7-19�7.1.3.3� Hydrogen�Sulphide�(H2S)� 7-20�7.1.3.4� Blowout�� 7-20�7.1.4� Scenario�wise�Findings�of�Consequence�Analysis� 7-20�7.1.5� Risk�Mitigation�Measures� 7-22�7.1.6� Fire�Fighting�System�� 7-24�7.2� Disaster�Management�Plan� 7-26�7.2.1� Objectives�of�Disaster�Management�Plan� 7-26�7.2.2� Purpose� 7-26�7.2.3� Key�elements�of�DMP� 7-26�7.2.4� Emergency�Classification� 7-28�7.2.5� Implementation�� 7-29�7.2.5.1� Allocation�of�resources�� 7-29�7.2.5.2� Emergency�structure�and�responsibility�� 7-29�7.2.5.3� Emergency�site�coordinator�&�incident�management�procedure�� 7-29�7.2.5.4� Individual�incident�management�team�member-�initial�actions�� 7-29�7.2.6� Composition�of�GSPC�emergency�response�team� 7-30�7.2.7� Job�description�of�emergency�response�team� 7-30�7.2.8� Setting�up�of�emergency�infrastructure�� 7-33�7.2.8.1� Site�map�� 7-33�7.2.8.2� Wind�sock�� 7-33�7.2.8.3� Evacuation,�escape�and�rescue�(EER)�plan� 7-34�7.2.8.4� Safe�assembly�points�� 7-34�7.2.9� Emergency�control�center� 7-35�7.2.10� Fire�fighting�� 7-36�7.2.11� First�aid�� 7-37�7.2.12� Awareness�training�and�competence�� 7-38�7.2.13� Level�of�emergency�� 7-39�7.2.13.1� Raising�the�first�level�emergency�alarm� 7-40�7.2.13.2� Raising�the�second�and�third�level�emergency�alarms�� 7-40�7.2.13.3� Declaring�a�major�emergency�� 7-40�7.2.13.4� Identifying�the�type�of�emergency�through�an�alarm�� 7-40�7.2.14� Emergency�documentation�and�document�control�� 7-43�7.2.15� Onsite�emergency�control�� 7-43�

7.2.16� Off-site�Emergency�Response�Plan� 7-44�7.2.17� Checking�and�corrective�action�� 7-45�

�Chapter�VIII:�Project�Benefits� �

8.0� General� 8-1�8.1� Improvements�in�the�physical�infrastructure� 8-1�8.2� Improvements�in�the�social�infrastructure� 8-1�8.3� Employment�potential�� 8-2�8.4� Other�benefits�� 8-2�� � �

Chapter�IX:�Environmental�Management�Plan� �9.0� Introduction�� 9-1�9.1� EMP�during�various�project�phases�� 9-1�9.2� Environmental�policy�of�the�company�� 9-2�9.3� Environment�management�cell�� 9-2�9.4� Environmental�management�plan�� 9-4�9.4.1� Site�preparation�� 9-5�9.4.2� Basic�engineering�control�measures�� 9-5�9.4.3� Management�of�air�environment�� 9-6�9.4.4� Management�of�noise�environment�� 9-8�9.4.5� Management�of�water�environment�� 9-9�9.4.6� Management�of�biological�environment�� 9-10�9.4.7� Management�of�land�environment�� 9-10�9.4.8� Management�of�soil�environment�� 9-10�9.4.9� Socio�economic�and�cultural�environment�� 9-11�9.4.10� Spill�management�plan� 9-12�9.4.11� Management�of�soil�/�hazardous�waste� 9-12�9.4.12� Storm�water�management�plan� 9-13�9.4.13� Road�safety�and�traffic�management�plan� 9-14�9.4.14� Occupational�health�and�safety�management�plan� 9-15�9.4.15� Greenbelt�Development�Plan� 9-16�9.5� Summary�of�environment�management�plan�and�actions� 9-20�9.6� Cost�provision�for�environment�management�� 9-26�9.7� Findings�� 9-27�9.8� Conclusion�� 9-28�� � �

Chapter�X:��Summary�and�Conclusions�� �10.0� Summary�� 10-1�10.1� Salient�features�of�the�project�� 10-1�10.2� Justification�for�implementation�of�the�project� 10-3�10.3� Conclusion�� 10-3�

Chapter�XI:�Disclosure�of�Consultants�� �11.0� Disclosure�of�Consultants�Engaged� 11-1�11.1� About�SV�Enviro�Labs�&�Consultants�(SVELC)� 11-1�11.2� Services�offered�by�SV�Enviro� 11-1�

LIST�OF�TABLES�

S.�No.� Description� Page�no.�

2.1� Salient�Features�of�the�Proposed�Project� 2-1�

2.2� Location�details�of�existing�connected�wells� 2-4�2.3� Proposed�locations�for�EPS�creation�� 2-4�2.4� Environment�sensitivity�of�the�1�km�radius�of�wells� 2-10�2.5� List�of�facilities�at�EPS� 2-15�2.6� Water�consumption�� 2-20�2.7� Waste�water�generation�� 2-20�2.8� Stack�details�� 2-21�2.9� Hazardous�waste� 2-21�3.1� Summary�of�Methodology�for�Baseline�Data�collection� 3-2�

3.2� Meteorological�data�of�(period�1960-1990)� 3-3�3.3� Site-specific�meteorological�data� 3-4�

3.4� Techniques�and�detectable�limits�for�Ambient�Air�Quality�Monitoring� 3-8�

3.5� Location�of�Ambient�Air�Quality�monitoring�stations� 3-9�

3.6� Summary�of�analysis�of�Ambient�Air�Quality�in�the�study�area� 3-11�

3.7� Standard�Operating�Procedures�(SOP)�for�water�sampling� 3-18�

3.8� Analytical�techniques�for�water�analysis� 3-19�

3.9� Water�sampling�locations� 3-21�

3.10� Ground�water�quality�of�the�study�area� 3-23�3.11� Surface�water�quality�of�the�study�area� 3-25�

3.12� Analytical�techniques�for�Soil�analysis� 3-27�

3.13� Details�of�soil�sampling�locations� 3-28�

3.14� Soil�analysis�results�in�the�study�area� 3-30�

3.15� Standard�soil�classification� 3-32�

3.16� Noise�Monitoring�Locations� 3-33�

3.17� CPCB�Standard�of�noise�levels�� 3-34�

3.18� Plant�species�recorded�in�the�study�area�and�its�surrounding�� 3-47�

3.19� Importance�value�index�of�tree�species�in�the�study�area� 3-53�3.20� Phytosociology�of�the�shrubs�in�the�study�area� 3-54�3.21� Phytosociology�of�the�herbs�in�the�study�area� 3-55�3.22� Biodiversity�indices�of�the�study�area� 3-57�3.23� Checklist�of�fauna�observed�in�the�study�area� 3-58�3.24� Quantitative�assessment�of�birds�in�the�study�area� 3-60�3.25� Phytoplankton�observed�in�the�study�area� 3-61�3.26� Zooplankton�species�in�the�study�area� 3-62�

3.27� Land�use�land�covers�statistics�of�buffer�zone�� 3-73�

3.28� Demographical�details�of�two�districts�� 3-75�3.29� Population�details�within�the�study�area� 3-76�

3.30� Statistics�regarding�to�distribution�of�SC/ST�in�the�study�area� 3-77�

3.31� Occupational�details�� 3-78�

3.32� Distribution�of�villages�according�to�availability�of�different�amenities,�

2011�

3-82�

3.33� Particulars�of�the�primary�survey�� 3-83�

4.1� Impact�prediction�matrix�for�development,�EPS�and�laying�pipeline� 4-4�

4.2� Predicted�GLC�Results�� 4-6�

4.3� Noise�Exposure�Levels�and�its�effects� 4-12�

4.4� Summary�of�Identified�Impacts�and�Proposed�Mitigation�Measures� 4-15�

5.1� Ranks/Comparison�of�Different�Types�of�Mud� 5-2�

6.1� Implementation�of�pollution�control�measures�� 6-1�6.2� Environmental�Monitoring�Programme�(Construction�Phase)� 6-3�

6.3� Environmental�Monitoring�Programme�(Operation�Phase)� 6-4�7.1� List�of�major�hazards� 7-16�

7.2� List�of�occupational�hazards� 7-16�

7.3� Frequency�Categories�&�Criteria� 7-17�

7.4� Damage�due�to�peak�over�pressure� 7-18�

7.5� Damage�due�to�Incident�Radiation�Intensities� 7-18�

7.6� Risk�matrix� 7-19�

7.7� Risk�Criteria�and�Action�Requirements� 7-19�

7.8� HSD�Jet�fire�radiation�effects� 7-23�

7.9� HSD�pool�fire�radiation�effects� 7-24�

7.10� Flash�fire�Envelope� 7-26�

7.11� Blowout�jet�fire�radiation�effects� 7-26�

7.12� Blowout�and�Well�release�frequencies� 7-27�

7.13� Probability�of�Ignition�for�leaks�of�flammable�fluids� 7-28�

7.14� �Individual�risk�assessment�criteria� 7-29�

7.15� Emergency�Classification�&�Response�Team� 7-38�

9.1� Selected�list�of�plant�species�for�Greenbelt�Development� 9-19�9.2� Summary�of�environmental�management�plan� 9-21�9.3� Budget�allocations�for�environmental�management�� 9-26�� � �

� �

LIST�OF�FIGURES:�

S.�No.� Description� Page�no.�2.1� Location�Map� 2-6�2.2� Satellite�image�showing�the�block�boundary�&�well�locations� 2-7�2.3� Topo�map�of�the�10km�radius�� 2-8�2.4� Proposed�pipeline�route�from�PNE#1�PNE#2�to�PNE#2/�PNE#1� 2-9�2.5� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(P1�#�East)� 2-10�2.6� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(PNE#1)� 2-11�2.7� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(PNE#2)� 2-11�2.8� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(TS#10)� 2-12�2.9� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(Vaso#2)� 2-12�2.10� 1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(Kheda#1)� 2-13�2.11� Process�flow�diagram�of�production�system� 2-17�2.12� Standard�layout�of�proposed�EPS� 2-18�3.1� Wind�rose�for�the�period�of�23rd�March�2019�to�22nd�June�2019� 3-6�3.2� Ambient�Air�Quality�Monitoring�Map� 3-10�3.3� Groundwater�and�Surface�water�sampling�location�map� 3-22�3.4� Soil�sampling�location�map� 3-29�3.5� Noise�Monitoring�Location�Map� 3-35�3.6� Hydrogeomorphologial�map�of�block�area�� 3-38�3.7� Seismic�map�of�India� 3-40�3.8� Satellite�image� 3-64�3.9� Flow�chart�of�methodology� 3-65�3.10� Drainage�map� 3-68�3.11� Contour�map� 3-69�3.12� Digital�Elevation�map� 3-70�3.13� Land�use/Land�cover�map� 3-71�3.14� Built-up�area�map�of�the�10�km�radius�� 3-72�3.15� Graphical�presentation�of�Land�use�statistics� 3-73�4.1� Maximum�GLC�increase�of�PM10�� 4-7�4.2� Maximum�GLC�increase�of�SO2�� 4-8�4.3� Maximum�GLC�increase�of�NOx�� 4-9�7.1� Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�English�(Indian�Express�dated�

10.12.2020)�7-2�

7.2� Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�Gujarati�(Sandesh�dated�10.12.2020)�

7-3�

7.3� Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�English�(Indian�Express�dated�18.12.2020)�

7-4�

7.4� Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�Gujarati�(Sandesh�dated�18.12.2020)�

7-5�

7.5� Photographs�of�Public�Hearing� 7-8�7.6� Risk�Assessment�Methodology� 7-11�7.7� Intensity�Radii�for�Jet�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�leak� 7-21�7.8� Intensity�Radii�for�Late�pool�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�leak� 7-21�

ANNEXURE:�

S.�No.� Description�Annexure-I�� ToR�copy�Annexure-II� HSE�Policy�of�GSPC�Annexure-III� Public�Hearing�Proceedings,�Anand�District�Annexure-IV� Public�Hearing�Proceedings,�Kheda�District������

7.9� Intensity�Radii�for�Late�pool�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�rupture� 7-22�9.1� QHSE�Department�Organogram� 9-3�11.1� NABET�Certificate� 11-3�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�1�

INTRODUCTION�

�EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

Feb’�2021�

��

GUJARAT�STATE�PETROLEUM�CORPORATION�LIMITED�Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�

proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda,�Gujarat���

��

PREPARED�BY�

SV�ENVIRO�LABS�&�CONSULTANTS�Visakhapatnam�

Phone:��0891-2755528,�Fax:�0891-2755529�Email:�[email protected]

Recognized�by�MoEF&CC�and�QCI�–�Accredited,��������������������������������������������Certificate�No.�NABET/EIA/1821/SA�0118�

��

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�2�

INTRODUCTION�

M/s.�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�has�been�established�in�year�1979�as�a�

Government�of�Gujarat�undertaking�and�is�involved�in�Exploration�and�Production�of�Oil�and�

Gas.�GSPC�has�grown�from�being�an�operator�of�small�fields�in�Gujarat�into�an�expansive�oil�

and�gas�exploration�and�production�company�across�India.�Its�rise�in�the�hydrocarbon�sector�

was�helped�by�the�Central�Government’s�opening�of�the�sector�to�private�participation�in�the�

early� 1990s,�GSPC� constructed� India’s� first� and� only� Land�Based�Drilling� Platform� in� the�

Hazira� gas� field� in� 1998,� through�which� gas� is� being� supplied� to� various� industries� across�

Gujarat.�

Block�CB-ON/2��

The� block,�CB-ON/2�was�awarded� to� the� consortium�of�GSPC,�ONGC�&�GEO�GLOBAL�

BARBADOS� INC,� during� PRE�NELP� round� bidding� by�Govt.�Of� India�wherein�GSPC� is�

operator�for�the�block.�With�the�subsequent�discovery�of�oil�in�these�wells,�surface�facilities�are�

required�to�be�developed�to�commence�the�commercial�production�from�8�wells�(development�

nature).�All�these�wells�were�drilled�after�obtaining�EC�from�MoEFCC�for�drilling�and�some�

of�them�were�quite�old�and�drilled�prior�to�the�issue�of�EIA�Notification�2006.�

SV�Enviro�Labs�&�Consultants�a�NABET-QCI�Accredited�firm�has�been�entrusted�to�conduct�

an� Environmental� Impact� Assessment� (EIA)� for� the� proposed� activities� in� CB-ON/2�

hydrocarbon� block.� The� application� (Form-1,� proposed� ToR� and� PFR)� was� submitted� to�

MoEFCC�and�approved�standard�ToR�was�accorded�for�the�proposed�project�vide�F.No.�IA-J-

11011/17/2017-IA.II(I)�dated�26th�May,�2017.�

BLOCK�LOCATION�&�ACCESSIBILITY�

The� total�area�of�block�CB-ON/2� is�570�Sq.�Km.�Government�of�India�has�awarded�CB-ON/2�

block�under�Matar,�Borsad,�Vaso,�Kheda�and�Tarapur�Talukas�of�Kheda�and�Anand�Districts�of�

Gujarat�to�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�during�PRE�NELP�round�of�bidding�by�Govt.�

of� India.�Location�details�of�EPS,�existing�wells�connected�to�EPS�are�given�in�Table�1�and�2�

Toposheet�of�10�km�radius�shown�in�Figure�1��

Table�1�Location�details�of�existing�connected�wells�

S.�No� Well�Name� Latitude� Longitude� Village� Taluka� District�

1.� PNE#1� 22°44’15.99”N� 72°42’28.29"E� Ratanpur� Matar� Kheda�

2.� PNE#2� 22°43’36.30”N� 72°42’44.10"E� Vansar� Matar� Kheda�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�3�

3.� TS#10� 22°19’23.20”N� 72°45’33.80"E� Khandroti� Borsad� Anand�

4.� Vaso#2� 22°40’19.00”N� 72°43’13.00"E� Alindra� Vaso�� Kheda�

5.� Changara#1� 22°32’25.00”N� 72°3313.00"E� Chngada� Tarapur� Anand�

6.� Kheda#1� 22°45’00.00”N� 72°43’00.00"E� Khumaravad� Kheda� Kheda�

� Source:�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Table�2�Proposed�locations�for�EPS�creation�

S.�No� Production�facility�(EPS)�location�

1.� Either�at�PNE#1�or�PNE#2�

2.� TS#10�

3.� Vaso#2�

4.� Changara#1�

5.� Kheda#1�

Approach�to�the�site�

Available� options� of� roads,� railway� lines� and� air� transport� to� approach� Tarapur� EPS� passing�

through�study�area�(10�km�surrounding�area)�are�mentioned�below:�

Road�-�Vasad-�Tarapur�-�Bagodara�State�highway�is�at�~7�km�(Aerial�distance)�in�South�direction�

from�the�Tarapur�EPS�and�Sojitra�-�Dholka�State�highway�is�at�~10�km�(Aerial�distance)�in�North�

from�Tarapur�EPS�

By�Rail�-�Nearest�broad�gauge�railway�station�is�at�Anand�(~�45�Km)�which�is�well�connected�to�

Ahmedabad�and�Mumbai.�

By�Air� -�Nearest� airport� is� at�Ahmedabad� (Sardar� Patel� International�Airport).� It� has� both�

domestic�as�well�as�international�connectivity�(80�km�from�site).�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�4�

Fig.�1:�Proposed�EPS�facilities�in�Block�CB-ON/2�on�SOI�Toposheet�

PROJECT�ACTIVITIES�

Surface� facilities� are� designed� considering� potential� of� well� for� the� handling� of� produced�

Fluid/hydrocarbons�(Oil,�Gas�&�water)�from�the�Oil�well.�Surface�production�facility�mainly�

comprises�of�collection,�separation,�storage,�heating,�crude�loading,�flaring�of�associated�gas,�

gas�metering�and�despatch�etc.�including�associated�support�facilities�like�fire�fighting�pumps,�

fire�hydrants�and�other�safety�provisions�as�per�statutory�guidelines.�

Reservoir�pressure�at�these�well�sites�is�sufficient�for�the�production�of�crude�oil�and�natural�

gas.�Initially�oil�shall�be�produced�due�to�the�naturally�occurring�pressure�i.e.�self-flow�at�site.�

After�depletion�of�reservoir�pressure,�artificial�lift�will�be�installed�to�lift�the�fluid�from�well�

bore�up�to�surface.�

Handling�of�Hydrocarbon�(Oil�+�Water�+�Gas)�

Produced�hydrocarbons�from�wells�flows�through�4”/6”�underground�pipe�line�up�to�EPS�(Early�

Production�System)��

·� Firstly,�in�to�the�well�manifold�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�5�

·� Then,�if�required,�directed�to�the�Bath�Heaters�for�raising�the�temperature�of�fluid�45-

50°C�for�ensuring�its�mobility.�

·� Dozing�of� chemical� (Demulsifier/PPD)� for� treating�produced�emulsified� fluid�before�

entering�to�the�Bath�Heater,�if�required.�

·� From�here,�the�fluid�(Liquid�+�gas)�flows�into�the�separators�for�separation�of�liquid�(oil�

+�water)�&�gas.�

Handling�of�Separated�Liquid�HC�(Crude�Oil�+�Water,�if�any)�

Separated� liquid� hydrocarbons� through� separator,� flows� into� Heater� Treater� for� phase�

separation/processing�(if�required)�and�then�passed�to�overhead�storage�tanks�for�measurement�

&�storage.�Proper�settling�time�given�to�the�liquid�in�the�storage�tank�

·� If� liquid� contains� water� after� separation,� it�will� be� drained� from� the� tank� bottom� to�

effluent� drain�pit.� Further� effluent�water�will� either� be� disposed�at�CETP�or�will� be�

treated� by� mobile� ETP� and� the� treated� water� is� disposed� off� as� per� Environment�

discharge�standards�of�State�PCB.�

·� Remaining�crude�oil�with�no�or�reduced�water%�will�be�loaded�in�tankers�via�the�tanker�

loading�point�and�transported�to�ONGC-CTF,�Nawagam.�

Handling�of�produced�associated�Gas�

The�gas�coming�out�of�the�separator�will�be�measured�and�will�be�utilized�as�follows�

·� Mostly�utilized�as�a�fuel�for�Bath�Heater�for�crude�oil�heating.�

·� Part�of�it�is�utilized�in�place�of�instrument�air�for�operation�of�pressure,�temperature�and�

level�control�valves.�

·� Part�of�Gas�will�be�supplied�to�local�nearby�industry(s)�through�underground�pipeline,�

if�feasible.�

·� The�excess�gas�generated�would�be�sent�to�flare�stack�for�flaring,�if�any.�No�cold�venting�

of�gas�is�done�due�to�safety�reasons.�

After�depletion�of� reservoir�pressure� leading� to� cease�of� self-flow� life� of�well,� artificial� lift�

method�will�be�proposed�to�bring�oil�on�the�surface�to�maintain�the�production.�

Two-stage�separator�

Separator�will�be�designed�to�separate�production�fluids�into�their�constituents,�components�of�

Oil,�Gas�and�water.�It�will�work�on�the�principle�of�separation�due�to�density�difference,�velocity�

reduction,�and�gravity.�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�6�

Once�the�oil�and�other�fluids�have�been�separated,�the�oil�will�leave�the�vessel�at� the�bottom�

through�a�dump�valve�that�is�controlled�by�the�level�controller.�The�gas�which�has�now�been�

separated�will� reach� to�the� top.�This�gas�will� leave� through� the� top�and� is�passed� through�a�

meter�run�for�measurement�purposes.�

PROJECT�UTILITIES�AND�RESOURCE�REQUIREMENTS�

Land�Requirement�

Land�acquisition�on�5�yearly�rental�basis�and�adequate�compensation�is�being�paid�regularly�to�

the�land�owners.�During�laying�of�pipelines�/�flow�lines�unwanted�shrubs�are�cleared�and�trench�

are�excavated�for�laying�of�flow�lines.�Once�flow�lines�/�pipelines�are�laid,�excavated�material�

shall�be�back�filled.�Hence�there�shall�be�negligible�impact�on�land�and�land�use�pattern.�

Power�requirement��

Source�of�Electricity�for�the�proposed�project�site�will�be�from�Gujarat�Electricity�Board�(GEB).�

The�power�requirement�(Motive:�100�HP�&�Light:�25�KVA)�from�GEB.�

Stand�by�DG�set�will�be�installed�for�emergency�power�supply.�

DG�set�of�capacity�62.5�KVA�will�be�installed.�In�later�stages�of�field,�Artificial�Lift�may�be�

required�at�wells,�then�electricity�at�wells�will�be�sourced�through�GEB.�

Vent�shall�be�provided�in�temporary�storage�tanks.�Also�stack�will�be�provided�to�DG�set�and�

oil�and�gas�separators.��

Water�requirement��

Water�will�be�sourced�through�bore�well�within�the�site�premises�and/or�through�tankers�from�

public�sources�in�the�vicinity�in�case�of�additional�requirements.�The�total�water�consumption�

at�each�installation�is�shown�in�Table�2.6�

Table�2.6�Water�Consumption�

S.No.� Description� Water�Requirement�per�

each�installation�(KLD)�

1.� Domestic� 2.5�

2.� Industrial�(for�bath�heater)� 1.0�

3.� Fire�water�make�up� 2.5�

Total� 6.0�

Manpower�

Approximately�6-10�people�will�work�in�each�shift�(3�shifts�in�2�hours)�at�each�EPS.��

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�7�

BASELINE�ENVIRONMENTAL�STATUS�

The�study�of�the�baseline�environmental�status�helps�in�assessing�the�existing�environmental�

conditions� and� identifying� the� critical� environmental� attributes.� The� study� of� the� physical,�

biological� and� socio-economic�environment�of� the�Block�and�an�area�within�a� radius�of�10�

km� (study� area)� comprises� of� the� baseline� environment.� Primary� and� secondary� data�were�

collected�for�the�EIA�study.�

Physical�Environment�

Climate�and�Meteorology�

The�study�area� falls�under�Humid�Subtropical� zone�according� to�Koppen’s�classification�of�

climate�zones.�Winter�and�early�summer�are�long�and�dry;�summer�is�exceedingly�hot�leading�

to�heat�waves.�The�rainy�season�lasts�from�September�to�December.�Being�a�coastal�area�the�

wind�speed�is�high�and�found�mostly�between�3.1�–�11.1�km/hour�for�all�the�months.�The�wind�

speed�during�summer�season�was�mostly�between�4.3�–9.1�km/hr�while�during�rainy�season,�it�

was�between�5.3-11.1�km/hr�and�in�winter�months�wind�speed�ranges�between�3.7-4.4�km/hr.�

The�predominant�wind�direction�is�from�southwest�and�west�direction.�During�winter�season�

the�wind�blows�from�northwest�and�north�direction.�

Air�Quality�

The� ambient� air� quality� representing� PM10,� PM2.5� Sulfur� Dioxide� (SO2),� Nitrogen� Oxides�

(NOx),�Carbon�Monoxide�(CO)�was�monitored�at�eight�different�locations�for�24�hours�twice�

a� week� from� 23rd� March’19� to� 22nd� June’19.� The� average� 24� hourly� PM10� at� monitoring�

locations�ranged�between�38.2-79.2�µg/m3�(NAAQS-100�µg/m3).�The�average�24�hourly�PM2.5�

at�monitoring�locations�ranged�between�16.5-42.7�µg/m3�(NAAQS-60�µg/m3).�The�average�24�

hourly�SO2�at�monitoring�locations�ranged�between�7.1-13.2�µg/m3�(NAAQS-80�µg/m3).�The�

average�24�hourly�NOx�at�monitoring�locations�ranged�between�7.7-15.5�µg/m3�(NAAQS-80�

µg/m3).��

Noise�Quality�

The�noise�quality�was�monitored� for�24�hours�at�eight� locations�within� the� study�area.�The�

ambient� noise� quality� at� day� and� night� was� in� compliance� to� the�Noise� Limits� set� for� the�

residential� area�as�per�Noise�Pollution� (Control�and�Regulations),�2000.�The�daytime�noise�

level�was�found�in�the�range�between�48.3-62.5�dBA�whereas�the�night�time�noise�level�was�

found�in�the�range�between�38.0-51.7�dBA�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�8�

Geology�

The�Quaternary,�Post�Miocene�and�Tertiary�sediments�in�the�area�were�deposited�over�a�sinking�

basement.�The�main� formation� is�of�quaternary� age� -� alluvium�deposited�by�Sabarmati� and�

Watrak� rivers.� They� comprise� multilayered� formations� of� gravel,� sand,� clay� and� kankars�

intermixed�at�places.�The�clay�and�sand�horizons�form�alternate� layers�having�pinching�and�

swelling� nature.� The� kankars,� pebbles� and� the� gravels� form� lenses.� Thickness� of� alluvium�

increases� from� north�and�North�West� towards� south� and� south�west�direction.�Alluvium� is�

underlain�by�Deccan�traps�in�general�with�intervening�blue�clays�at�some�places.��

Hydrogeology�

Ground�water�occurs�both�under�phreatic�and�confined�conditions�in�arenaceous�horizons�that�

form�a�multi-layered�aquifer�system.�The�occurrence�and�movement�of�ground�water�is�mainly�

controlled� by� inter-granular� pore� spaces.� Two� major� aquifers� can� be� identified� within� the�

explored�depth.�Ground�water� in� the�upper�unit� occurs�under�phreatic�conditions,�which�at�

places�becomes�semi-confined�to�confine.�The�lower�unit,�comprising�a�few�hundred�metres�of�

alternating�sandy�and�clayey�horizons,�forms�a�multiple�confined�aquifer�system.�

In�alluvial�plain�of�Wartak� river� the�depth� to�ground�water� is�between�5�and�10�mbgl.�The�

average� fluctuation,� between� pre-monsoon� and� post�monsoon� seasons,� recorded� during� the�

studies�is�of�the�order�of�3m.�It�varies�from�0.60m�to�10.26m.�The�aquifer�material�consists�of�

loose�sediments�with�yields�vary�from�200-400�lpm�in�tube�wells�depth�ranging�150-200m�bgl.��

Groundwater�Quality�

Groundwater�was�collected�and�analyzed�as�per� IS:�10500:2012� from�eight� locations� in� the�

study�area.�All�the�parameters�analyzed�was�under�the�acceptable�and�permissible�limit�of�IS:�

10500:2012�except�TDS,�Total�Alkalinity�in�all�the�samples�exceeded�acceptable�limit�of�IS:�

10500:2012.�Heavy�metals�were�found�to�be�below�detection�limit.��

Surface�Water�Quality�

Surface� water� was� sampled� from� four� representative� locations.� The� water� samples� were�

analyzed�and�compared�as�per�IS�2296.�The�pH�of�the�surface�water�samples�varied�from�7.3-

7.7.�The�DO�levels�at�all� the�locations�exhibited�values�ranging�from�6.1-6.8�mg/l.�Chloride�

and�nitrate�content�of�all�collected�surface�water�sample�ranges�from�35.2-39.7�mg/l�and�0.17-

0.26�mg/l�respectively.�The�total�coliform�count�of�the�surface�water�samples�varied�between�

590MPN/100ml�to�660�MPN/100ml.�Though�the�water�quality�is�not�coming�under�any�class�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�9�

designated�by�CPCB�Water�Use�Criteria,�but�during�the�field�visit�it�has�been�observed�that�the�

water�is�being�used�for�irrigation,�bathing�and�cleaning��

Soil�Quality�

The� soils� of� the� district� can� be� classified� into� the� following� Cropping�main� types:� goradu�

(gravelly),�black,�sandy�and�Pattern�rocky�type.�The�principal�crops�grown�in�Kheda�are�the�

ordinary�millets�and�pulses,�rice,�wheat,�tobacco�and�a�little�indigo.�Bajri�is�the�principal�crop�

and�the�staple�grain�food.�Tobacco�is�the�most�valuable�crop�produced�in�the�district.�It�is�grown�

mostly�in�the�charotar�tract.�Castor�seed�and�sesame�are�the�only�oilseeds�grown�in�the�district.��

Natural�Hazards�

Based�on�tectonic�features�and�records�of�past�earthquakes,�a�seismic�zoning�map�of�India�has�

been�prepared�by�a�committee�of�experts�under�the�auspices�of�Bureau�of�Indian�Standard�(BIS�

Code:�IS:�1893:�Part�I�2002).�The�study�area�lies�in�Zone�III�of�the�Bureau�of�Indian�Standard�

(BIS)�2000�which�might�encounter�earthquakes�of�moderate�intensity.�

Biological�Environment�

The�State�of�Gujarat�is�predominately�an�arid�and�semi-arid�region.�But,�due�to�its�geographical�

position�and� topographical� variations,� it� is� quite� rich� in� its� ecological�wealth� ranging� from�

grasslands,� forests�(thorny� scrub� to�canopy� forests),�wetlands,�saline�deserts�and� the�coastal�

systems.� However,� most� of� these� ecological� systems� are� facing� threats� of� different� kinds�

originated�from�almost�all�the�above-defined�pressures�of�anthropogenic�nature.��

Socioeconomic�Environment�

The�socio-economic�baseline�has�been�prepared�on�the�basis�of�available�secondary�sources�of�

information�was�generated� through�site�observation� ,�individual�interviews�and�focus�group�

discussion�with� the� people� living� in� the� villages� identified� to� be� within� the� study� area.� In�

addition�to�this,�Field�survey�was�conducted�in�the�villages�from�95�participants.� It�has�also�

been� undertaken� to� assess� their� and�awareness� and�perceptions�about� the� proposed�project.�

Random�interactions�were�also�made�with�the�local�communities,�school�teacher,�PHC�centre,�

stake�holders,�and�anganwadi�workers.��

The�proposed�study�area�located�part�of,�Anand�and�Kheda�districts.�The�statistics�regarding�

the�human�population�and�the�number�of�households�in�the�study�area�indicates�that�there�are�

61�villages�in�the�study�areas.��This�information�is�used�from�the�Census�of�India,�2011.�Village�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�10�

boundaries�do�not�match�the�study�area�boundaries�and�therefore�populations�of�villages�even�

partially�in�the�study�area�have�been�considered�in�enumerating�the�study�area�population.�

ENVIRONMENTAL�IMPACT�ASSESSMENT�AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

The� potential� impacts� of� the� project� on� different� components� of� the� environment� was�

systematically�identified�and�evaluated�for�significance.�The�principal�concerns�that�emerged�

are:�

Impact�on�Air�Quality�

The�potential�sources�of�air�emissions�at�well�sites�will�be�as�follows:�

� Emissions�from�DG�sets;�

� Flaring�of�associated�gas;�

� Fugitive�emissions�during�site�preparation,�pipeline�laying�etc.;�

� Emissions�from�vehicular�movement;�

The�source�of�emission�will�be�mainly�in�form�of�point�source�and�fugitive�emission�

Fugitive�emission�will�occur�due�to�transportation�activities.�Apart�from�transportation,�rupture�

of�valve�and�flanges�will�lead�to�minor�fugitive�emission�from�pipes�and�tank.�

Point�source�emission�will�be�mainly�due�to�stacks�installed�with�stand�by�DG�set�and�Flare�

stack.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Water� spraying�will�be�done�on� the�access� roads� to�control� re-entrained�dust�during�

dry�season.�

·� Technical�flaring�shall�be�restricted�to�process�upsets�only�

·� Equipment,�machinery� and�vehicles� having� inbuilt� pollution� control�devices�will� be�

considered�as�a�measure�for�prevention�of�air�pollution�at�source.�

Impact�on�Noise�Quality�

The� proposed� surface� production� facility� operation� and� their� related� activities�will� lead� to�

emission�of�noise�that�may�have�significant�impact�on�the�surrounding�communities�in�terms�

of�increase�in�noise�levels�and�associated�disturbances.�The�potential� impacts�on�noise� level�

may�arise�out�of�the�following:��

� Noise�from�Production�Facility�

� Noise�from�Vehicular/Traffic�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�11�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Installation� of� sufficient� engineering� control� on� equipment� and� machinery� (like�

mufflers�&�noise�enclosures)�to�reduce�noise�and�vibration�emission�levels�at�source�

·� Undertaking�preventive�maintenance�of�vehicles�and�machinery�to�reduce�noise�levels.�

·� All�people�working�in�the�vicinity�of�the�equipment/machinery�with�SPL�higher�than�

85dB�should�wear�protective�ear�plugs�to�avoid�permanent�hearing�damage.�

Impact�on�Soil�Quality�

It�is�assumed�that,�during�production,�there�shall�be�negligible�impact�on�land.�Since�the�EPS�

shall�be�set�up�on�land,�which�is�already�acquired�by�GSPC�during�Drilling.�All�Well�site�to�be�

connected�to�EPS,�shall�also�be�continued�on�lease�basis.�Only�during�laying�of�flow�lines�from�

wells� to�EPS,�construction�of�above�ground�structure�i.e.�Storage�tanks,�Separators�etc.�there�

shall�be�excavation�activity,�which�may�impact�the�top�layer�soil.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Proper� designed� soak� pits� will� be� provided� at� the� production� site� for� disposal� of�

~domestic�waste�water;�

·� Hazardous�waste�generated�at�site�shall�be�segregated�at�source�based�on�the�categories�

and�stored�on�concrete�paved�designated�area�with�roofs.�

·� Carry�out�adequate�restoration�of�soil�at�the�EPS�site,�to�the�extent�possible�using�the�

soil�stored�from�piling�and�excavation�activities;�

Impact�on�Water�Quality�and�Hydrology�

The� total� water� requirement� is� 6.0� KL/day� at� each� well.� Water� will� be� only� used� for�

domestic� purpose� and� as� storage� water� for� fire� hydrant� system.� There� shall� be� no� water�

requirement� for� any� process� activity.� During� the� production� of� crude� oil� and� natural� gas,�

produce�water�will�be�generated�from�the�process.�Total�quantity�of�produce�water�generated�

at�each�installation�will�be�10�KL/day.�Produce�water�shall�mainly�consist�of�traces�of�oil.�The�

same�shall�be�collected�in�waste�water�pit�and�disposed�as�per�safe�industry�practice.�Domestic�

wastewater�shall�be�sent�to�septic�tank�followed�by�soak�pit,�it�is�considered�to�be�of�medium�

significance.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� All�chemical�and�fuel�storage�areas�will�have�proper�bunds�so�that�contaminated�run-

off�cannot�meet�the�storm-water�drainage�system.�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�12�

·� Produced�water� shall�be� treated�to�confirm�onshore�discharge�standards�and�shall�be�

utilized�for�Greenbelt�development.�

Impact�on�Biological�Environment�

Minimum�clearance�of�vegetation�during�setting�up�of�EPS�facilities�and�laying�of�pipelines.�

Impact�of� surrounding�vegetation�due� to�emission�of�PM,�SO2�and�NO2�and�disturbance� to�

normal�faunal�movements�in�surrounding�habitats�is�minimum.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Minimum�clearance�of�vegetation�during�site�preparation�

Impact�on�Socio�economic�Environment�

There� shall� be� positive� impact� on� the� socio� economic� environment� of� the� area.� Increase�

in�direct/�indirect�job�opportunity�shall� take�place.�Services�in�the�locality�shall�be�used�and�

accordingly�growth�in�economic�structure�of�the�area�will�take�place.�The�activities�would�result�

in�an�increase�in�local�skill�levels�through�exposure�to�activities.�

Quantitative�Risk�Assessment�

The�quantitative�risk�assessment�has�been�done�to�provide�a�systematic�analysis�of�the�major�

risks� associated� with� production� activities� in� CB-ON/2� Block.� Oil� spills,� loss� of� well�

control/blow-out�and�process�leaks�constitute�the�major�potential�hazards�of�surface�production�

facilities.�

ENVIRONMENTAL�MANAGEMENT�PLAN�AND�MONITORING�PLAN�

GSPC�will�also�ensure�that�the�activities�of�its�contractors�are�conducted�in�accordance�with�

‘good� practice’� measures,� implementation� of� which� will� be� required� through� contractual�

documentation.�In�order�to�facilitate�this,�and�to�demonstrate�commitment�to�the�EMP,�GSPC�

/Contractor�management�will�conduct�regular�internal�site�inspections,�the�results�of�which�will�

be� documented.� Environmental� Management� Plan� of� the� project� provide� the� details� of�

environmental�quality�control�measures�which�will�be� taken�up�and�which�are�proposed�by�

complying�with�the�stipulated�standard�limits�specified�by�CPCB�and�State�Pollution�Control�

Board.�

A� comprehensive� environmental� monitoring� plan� has� been� developed� for� the� project.�

Monitoring�of�ambient�air�quality,�noise�levels,�soil�and�groundwater�quality�to�be�carried�out�

by�MoEFCC/NABL/SPCB�recognized�laboratories�during�production�operations.�

Development�of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface� facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

EXECUTIVE�SUMMARY�

� 1�-�13�

Proposed�CER�Strategy��

As�per�MoEFCC�office�memorandum�number�F.No�22-65/2017-IA-III�dated�1st�May,�2018,�

Corporate�Environmental�Responsibility�requirement�will�be�fulfilled.��

PROJECT�COST�

Total�cost�of�the�project�is�Rs.3-4�Crores�in�the�development�of�production�facilities�at�each�

site.�

� � �

����������� ���

CHAPTER�–�I�

INTRODUCTION�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�1�

1.0� INTRODUCTION�

M/s.�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�has�been�established�in�year�1979�as�a�

Government�of�Gujarat�undertaking�and�is�involved�in�Exploration�and�Production�of�Oil�and�

Gas.�GSPC�has�grown�from�being�an�operator�of�small�fields�in�Gujarat�into�an�expansive�oil�

and�gas�exploration�and�production�company�across�India.�Its�rise�in�the�hydrocarbon�sector�

was�helped�by�the�Central�Government’s�opening�of�the�sector�to�private�participation�in�the�

early� 1990s,�GSPC� constructed� India’s� first� and� only� Land�Based�Drilling� Platform� in� the�

Hazira� gas� field� in� 1998,� through� which� gas� is� being� supplied� to� various� industries�across�

Gujarat.�

Block�CB-ON/2��

The� block,�CB-ON/2�was� awarded� to� the� consortium� of�GSPC,�ONGC�&�GEO�GLOBAL�

BARBADOS� INC,� during� PRE�NELP� round� bidding� by� Govt.�Of� India�wherein�GSPC� is�

operator�for�the�block.�With�the�subsequent�discovery�of�oil�in�these�wells,�surface�facilities�

are� required� to� be� developed� to� commence� the� commercial� production� from� 8� wells�

(development� nature).� All� these� wells� were� drilled� after� obtaining� EC� from�MoEFCC� for�

drilling� and� some�of� them�were�quite�old�and�drilled�prior� to� the� issue�of�EIA�Notification�

2006.�

1.1�PURPOSE�OF�THE�REPORT�

Environmental� Impact�Assessment� (EIA)� is� a� process,� used� to� identify� the� Environmental,�

social� and� economic� impacts�of�a�project�prior� to�decision-making.� It� is� a�decision�making�

tool,�which�guides�the�decision�makers�in�taking�appropriate�decisions�for�proposed�projects.�

EIA� systematically� examines� both� beneficial� and� adverse� consequences� of� the� proposed�

project�and�ensure�that�these�impacts�are�taken�into�account�during�the�project�designing.��

The�Environmental�Impact�Assessment�has�been�prepared�in�terms�of�EIA�notification�of�the�

MoEF� dated� 14-9-2006,� as� amended� on� 1st� Dec� 2009,� 4th� April� 2011� and� approved� ToR.�

Environmental�Clearance�for�onshore�exploration,�development�and�production�of�oil�&�gas�

project�falls�under�category�“A”.��

The� application� for� prior� Environmental� Clearance� (Form-1� and� Pre-feasibility� report)� for�

establishing�development�facilities�for�oil�and�gas�at�8�wells� locations� (onshore)�with�seven�

Early� Production� systems� (EPS)� facilities� in� Block� CB-ON/02� (Tarapur� Block)� has� been�

submitted�to�MoEF&CC�on�11th�January�2017.�Terms�of�Reference�(ToR)�has�been�issued�by�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�2�

MoEF&CC� vide� letter� reference� F.� No.J-11011/17/2017-IA.II� (I)� on� 26.05.2017� and�

approved�ToR�copy�enclosed�as�Annexure-I.��

The�EIA�report�is�prepared�in�line�with�the�ToR�issued�by�MoEFCC�to�address�the�anticipated�

environmental�impacts�of�the�proposed�project�and�proposing�the�mitigation�measures�for�the�

same�for�obtaining�Environmental�Clearances�(EC)�from�MoEF&CC,�New�Delhi.�The�report�

covers� the�primary�data�of�baseline� collected�during�23rd�March’2019� to� 22nd�June’2019�of�

pre-monsoon�season.�Secondary�Baseline�survey�of�existing�Environmental�attributes�are�also�

taken�which�helped�in�evaluating�Environmental�impacts�due�to�the�proposed�activities�and�in�

formulating�a�scientific�Environmental�Management�Plan.�

1.2� IDENTIFICATION�OF�PROJECT�&�PROJECT�PROPONENT�

1.2.1� �Identification�of�Project�

Development�of�Eight�(8�nos)�exploratory�well�locations�by�setting�up�of�seven�(7�nos)�Early�

Production� Systems� (EPS)� facilities� in� the� Block� CB-ON/02� are� proposed� to� evaluate� the�

hydrocarbon� potential� and� production� of� hydrocarbons.� The� block� lies� in� the� Kheda� and�

Anand�districts�of�Gujarat�State.�

1.2.2�Project�Proponent��

Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation� Limited,� Gandhinagar� (Undertaking� Government� of�

Gujarat)�is�involved�in�Exploration�and�Production�of�hydrocarbon�across�a�number�of�oil�and�

gas�blocks�in�India�and�abroad.�GSPC�awarded�CB-ON/02�Block�to�the�consortium�of�GSPC,�

ONGC�&�GEO�GLOBAL�BARBADOS�INC,�during�PRE�NELP�round�of�bidding�by�Govt.�

of�India�wherein�GSPC�is�operator�for�the�Block.�

Address�of�Industry� M/s.� GUJARAT� STATE� PETROLEUM� CORPORATION�

LIMITED�

Site�Address:�Tarapur�Block,�CB-ON/02,�

Taluka:�Matar,�Borsad,�Vaso,�Kheda,�Tarapur�

District:�Kheda�&�Anand�

State:�Gujarat�

Communication�Address:��

The�Chief�Operating�Officer�

M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�

GSPC�Bhavan,�Behind�Udyog�Bhavan,�

Gandhinagar�–�382�010,�Gujarat�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�3�

1.3� NATURE�OF�PROJECT�

In�order�to� increase�the� commercial�production�of�the�block,�GSPC� is�planning�to�carry�out�

below�activities�in�the�Tarapur�Block�of�CB-ON/02.�

� Setting�up�EPS�at�well�site:�Construction� and�Commissioning�of�early�production�

facilities�at�each�well�or�combined�well�sites�depending�upon�oil�and�gas�potential�

of�the�wells�to�optimize�number�of�locations.�

� Connecting�wells�to�EPS�through�Laying�4"/6"�underground�pipeline�from�PNE#1/�

PNE#2�to�PNE#2/�PNE#1��

1.4� PROJECT�SIZE�AND�LOCATION�

1.4.1�Size�of�the�project�

GSPC�has� identified�onshore�eight� exploratory�wells�of�oil�&�gas� in� the� non-forest� area�of�

Tarapur� Block� CB-ON/02� in� Kheda� and� Anand� districts� of� Gujarat� State.� The� proposed�

project�is�for�development�operations�in�the�field�by�setting�up�of�EPS�facilities.�There�shall�

be� production� of� oil� &� gas� using� surface� production� facilities� as� per� standard� oil� industry�

operating�norms�and�regulations.��

1.4.1�Location�of�the�project�

Taluka:�Matar,�Borsad,�Vaso,�Kheda�&�Tarapur�

District:�Kheda�and�Anand�

State:�Gujarat�

1.5�� IMPORTANCE�OF�THE�PROJECT�TO�COUNTRY�AND�REGION�

The� demand� for� petroleum� has� recorded� a� considerable� increase� over� the� last� few� years.�

There� is� a� considerable� increase� in� consumption� of� petroleum� products� due� to� the�

development� activities� in� the� country� in� the� last� few� years.� During� the� year� 2016-17,� the�

consumption�of� petroleum�products� in� India�was� 194.60�MMT�with� a�growth�of� 5.37%� as�

compared� to�consumption�of�184.67�MMT�during�2015-16.�The�consumption�of�petroleum�

products�during�April-November,�2017�was�at�134.60�MMT� i.e.�an�increase�of�3.40%�over�

130.17�MMT�in�April-November,�2016.�The�crude�oil�production�for�the�year�2016-17�is�at�

36.01� Million� Metric� Tonnes� (MMT)� as� against� production� of� 36.94� MMT� in� 2015-16,�

showing�a�decrease�of�about�2.53%.�Whereas�Natural�Gas�production�during�the�year�2016-

17�is�at�31.90�Billion�Cubic�Meters�(BCM)�which�is�1.09%�lower�than�production�of�32.25�

BCM�in�2015-16.�Import�of�crude�oil�during�2016-17�was�213.93�MMT�valued�at��470159�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�4�

crore�as�against�import�of�202.85�MMT�valued�at�416579�crore�in�2015-16�which�marked�an�

increase�of�5.46%�in�quantity�terms�and�12.86%�in�value�terms�as�compared�to�the�import�of�

crude�oil�during�2015-16.��

India�is�largely�dependent�on�import�of�petroleum�goods�to�meet�its�requirements.�Facing�an�

environment� of� increasing� consumption,� static� reserves,� increasing� imports� and� increasing�

costs� of�crude�as�well� as� decreasing� value� of� the� Indian�Rupee� vis-à-vis� the�US�Dollar,� it�

follows�that�any�accretion�of�hydrocarbon�reserves�in�the�country,�is�welcome.��

Gujarat�State� Petroleum�Corporation� (GSPC)� is�planning� to�carry�out� construction� of� early�

production�facilities�at�eight�well�sites�and�connecting�wells�to�seven�EPS�through�laying�of�

underground� pipelines.� The� project� would� help� in� enhancing� hydrocarbon� production� and�

reducing� India’s�dependence�on�imports.�The�proposed�project�would�also�contribute� to�the�

state�Government�of�Gujarat� in� terms�of� royalty� through�the�mining� lease.�Additionally� the�

proposed�project�would�generate�direct�and�indirect�employment�in�the�region.�

1.6�� SCOPE�OF�THE�STUDY�

With� a�view� to� assess� the� environmental� impacts� arising� due� to� the� proposed� development�

operations� in� the� block,� GSPC� has� to� prepare� EIA� Report� for� various� environmental�

components� including� air,� noise,� water,� land� and� biological� components� along� with�

parameters� of� human� interest� which� may� be� affected� and� to� prepare� an� Environmental�

Management�Plan�(EMP)�for�mitigating�adverse�impacts.�

The�basic�scope�for�this�study�involves�conducting�an�EIA�study�for�one�season�(about�three�

months� duration)� to� understand� the� environmental� and� social� impacts� of� the� project� and�

recommend� suitable� preventive� /�mitigative� actions� through� the� Environment�Management�

Plan�(EMP).�Scope�of�the�study�includes:�

·� Conducting� reconnaissance� visit� to� assess� the� environmental� and� socio� economic�

setting�of�the�block�

·�Undertaking� site�visits� for�collection�of� primary� and� secondary�data�on�environmental�

and�social�setting�in�the�CB-ON/02�block�

·��Conducting�public�consultation�

·��Assessing�environmental�and�social�impacts��

·��Formulating�Environmental�Management�Plan�(EMP)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�5�

·� Identifying�the�risks�associated�with�the�project�and�delineating�a�disaster�management�

plan�

1.7�� REGULATORY�COMPLIANCES�&�APPLICABLE�LAWS/REGULATIONS�

There� is� no� legal� case� against� the� project� in� the� proposed� project� as� stated� by� the� project�

proponent.�

The� relevant� NOC’s� and� licenses� will� be� obtained� from� the� statutory� agencies� under� the�

following�Acts,�Rules�and�amendments�and�OEPL�will�adhere�to�the�guidelines�specified�in:�

·� The�Explosive�Act,�1884�and�the�Explosive�Rules�1983�

·� Petroleum� and� Natural� Gas� Rules,� 1959� under� Oilfields� (Regulation� and�

Development)�Act,�1948�

·� Oil�Mines�Regulations�1984�(OMR)�under�the�Mines�Act,�1952�

·� Manufacture,�Storage�and�Import�of�Hazardous�Chemical�Rules�1989�amended�in�

2010.�

·� The� Hazardous� Waste� (Management� and� Handling)� Rules� 1989� under� the�

Environment�(Protection)�Act�–�1986�and�its�amendments�to�date�

·� Petroleum�Act,�2000�with�Rules�

·� Explosives�Act,�1884�with�rules�

·� Electrical�Installation�Under�Electricity�Rules,�1956�

·� Central�Electricity�Authority�Regulation,�2010�

·� Public�Liability�Insurance�Act,�1991�

The�proposed�project�will�abide�and�function�under�the�purview�of�the�following�Rules,�Acts�

&�Regulations�which�are�formulated�by�the�Government�of�India�to�protect�the�environment�

and�development�in�a�sustainable�way.�

·� The�Water�(Prevention�&�Control�of�Pollution)�Act,�1974�

·� The�Air�(Prevention�&�Control�of�Pollution)�Act,�1981�

·� The�Environmental�(Protection)�Act,�1986�

·� Environmental� Impact� Assessment� Notification� dated� 14th� September� 2006� and�

subsequent�amendments.�

·� The� Hazardous� Waste� (Management,� Handling� and� Transboundary� Movement)�

Rules,�2008�and�its�amendment�in�2016.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�6�

·� The� MSIHC� (Manufacture,� Storage� and� Import� of� Hazardous� Chemicals)� rules�

1989�and�amendment�in�2000.�

·� Noise�Pollution�(Regulation�and�Control)�Rules,�2000�and�its�amendments�

Accordingly,� the�project�has� to� comply�with� the� following�mandatory� clearances� for�

establishing�the�proposed�project.�

·� Comply�with�CPCB�guidelines�for�establishing�and�operating�the�project.��

1.8� ENVIRONMENTAL�PARAMETERS�IN�THE�STUDY�AREA�

Collection�of�base�line�data�is�an�integral�aspect�of�the�preparation�of�Environmental�Impact�

Assessment� report.� Base� line� data� reflects� the� present� status� of� Environment� before� the�

initiation� of� any� activity� of� the� proposed� project.� The�possible� effects� due� to� the� proposed�

project�are�estimated�and�superimposed�on�the�compiled�baseline�data�subsequently�to�asses�

Environmental�impacts.�

Pre�project�environment�assessment�was�conducted�in�the�study�area�during�23rd�March’�2019�

to�22nd�June’�2019.�Studies�were�under�taken�to�generate�base�line�data�of�the�following:-�

1.� GEOLOGY�

2.� HYDROGEOLOGY�

3.� METEOROLOGY�

4.� AMBIENT�AIR�QUALITY�

5.� WATER�ANALYSIS�-�GROUND�WATER�&�SURFACE�WATER�

6.� NOISE�LEVELS�

7.� SOIL�CHARACTERISTICS�

8.� ECOLOGY�

9.� LAND�USE�/�LAND�COVER�

10.�SOCIO�–�ECONOMIC�STATUS�SURROUNDING�THE�PROJECT�SITE.�

1.9� GENERIC�STRUCTURE�OF�EIA�DOCUMENT�

In� terms� of� the� EIA�notification� of� the�MoEF� dated� 14th� September� 2006� and� subsequent�

amendments,�the�generic�structure�of�the�EIA�document�should�be�as�under:�

Chapter�–�I:�� � Introduction�

Chapter�–�II:��� Project�Description�

Chapter�–�III:�� Description�of�the�Environment�

Chapter�–�IV:�� Anticipated�Environmental�Impact�&�Mitigation�Measures�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�7�

Chapter�–�V:��� Analysis�of�alternatives�(Technology�and�site)�

Chapter�–�VI:�� Environmental�Monitoring�Programme�

Chapter�–�VII:�� Additional�Studies�

Chapter�–�VIII:�� Project�Benefits�

Chapter�–�IX:�� Environmental�Management�Plan�

Chapter�–�X:��� Summary�&�Conclusion�

Chapter�–�XI:�� Disclosure�of�Consultants�engaged�

1.10� COMPLIANCE�TO�TOR�

ToR�F.No.IA-J-11011/17/2017-IA.II(I)�dated�26.05.2017�

Sl.�No.� TOR�Points� TOR�Compliance/Section�No.�

� Additional�ToR�

1� Environmental� Sensitivity� within� 1�

km� of� each� drilling� location� will� be�

submitted�in�the�EIA/EMP�report�

Environmental� Sensitivity� provided� in� Table�

2.4�of�Chapter�2�of�page�no�2-4.�

2� Public� Hearing� to� be� conducted� as�

per� the� provisions� of� the� EIA�

Notification,�2006�

Public� Hearing� was� conducted� in� Anand� and�

Kheda�districts�on�12.01.2021�and�20.01.2021�

respectively� as� per� the� provisions� of� the� EIA�

Notification,�2006.�

The�proceedings�are�attached�as�Annexure-III�

� Standard�Terms�of�Reference�

1� Executive�Summary�of�the�Project� The�same�is�attached�along�with�EIA�report.�

2� Project� Description,� project�

objectives�and�Project�Benefits�

Project�Description�in�section�2.6�of�Chapter�2�

of�page�no�2-14,�Project�Objectives�in�section�

2.2�and�Project�Benefits�provided�in�Chapter�8�

of�page�no�8-1�of�EIA�report.�

3� Cost� of� Project� and� period� of�

completion�

Cost� of� Project� provided� in� section� 2.8� of�

Chapter�2�of�page�no�2-21.�

4� Site� details� within� 1km� of� the� each�

proposed� well,� any� habitation,� any�

other� installation/activity,� flora� and�

fauna� approachability� to� Site,� other�

Land� use� map� showing� habitation� etc.� is�

prepared�and�provided� in�Fig�3.13�of�page�no�

3-71,� Flora� and� Fauna� are� given� in� section�

3.11�of�page�no�3-41.�Satellite�image�shown�in�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�8�

activities�including�agricultural/�land,�

satellite� imagery� for�10�km�area.�All�

the� geological� details� shall� be�

mentioned� in� the� Topo� sheet� of�

1:40000� scale,� superimposing� the�

well� locations�and�other�structures�of�

the� projects.� Topography� of� the�

project�site.�

Fig�2.2�of�page�no�2-7�and�Toposheet�given�in�

Fig�2.3�of�page�no�2-8�of�Chapter�2.�

5� Details� of� sensitive� areas� such� as�

National�Park,�Wildlife�sanctuary�and�

any� other� eco-sensitive� area�

along�with�map�indicating�distance.�

There� are� No� National� park/Wildlife�

Sanctuaries/Reserve� Forests/� Eco� sensitive�

areas�within� 10� km� distance� from� the� project�

site�

6� Approval�for�the�forest�land�from�the�

State/Central� Govt.� under� Forest�

(Conservation)� Act,� 1980,� if�

applicable.�

There� is� no� forest� land� involved� in� the�

proposed� project� so� forest� clearance� is� not�

required.�

7� Recommendation� of� SCZMA/CRZ�

clearance� as� per� CRZ� Notification�

dated� 6th� January,� 2011� (if�

applicable).�

Not� Applicable� as� the� project� is� away� from�

marine�and�coastal�water�bodies.�

8� Distance� from� nearby�

critically/severely� polluted� area� as�

per�Notification,� if� applicable.�Status�

of�moratorium�imposed�on�the�area.�

No� critically/severely� polluted� area�

is� present� within� 10km� radius� of� the�

Tarapur�block.�

9� Does� proposal� involve� rehabilitation�

and� resettlement?� If� yes,� details�

thereof.�

The� proposed� project� will� not� require�

rehabilitation�and�resettlement.�

10� Environmental� considerations� in� the�

selection� of� the�drilling� locations� for�

which� environmental� clearance�

is�being�sought.�Present� any�analysis�

suggested� for� minimizing� the� foot�

Drilling� locations� were� finalized� based� on�

seismic� exploratory� surveys.� Safe� distances�

will�be�kept�from�nearest�receptor.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�9�

print� giving� details� of� drilling�

and�development�options�considered.�

11� Baseline�data�collection�for�air,�water�

and� soil� for� one� season� leaving� the�

monsoon� season� in� an� area�

of� 10� km� radius� with� centre� of� Oil�

Field� as� its� centre� covering� the� area�

of�all�proposed�drilling�wells.�

The� baseline� studies� were� carried� out� from�

23rdMarch�2019� to� 22ndJune�2019�during�Pre�

monsoon� season.�Details� provided� in�Chapter�

3�of�page�no�3-1�of�EIA�report.�

12� Climatology� and� Meteorology�

including�wind�speed,�wind�direction,�

temperature�rainfall�relative�humidity�

etc.�

Climatological� and� Meteorological� study�

including� wind� speed,� wind� direction,�

temperature,� relative� humidity,� rainfall�

was� conducted� and� the� results� are� provided�

in�Section�3.4�of�page�no�3-3�of�Chapter�3.�

13� Details� of� Ambient� Air� Quality�

monitoring�at�8�locations�for�PM2.5,�

PM10,� SO2,� NOx,� CO,� VOCs,�

Methane�and�non-methane�HC.�

Locations�of�Ambient�Air�Quality�monitoring�

are� given� in� section� 3.5� of� page� no� 3-9� and�

results� Ambient� Air� Quality� monitoring� is�

given�in�page�no�3-11�of�Chapter�3.�

14� Soil� sample� analysis� (physical� and�

chemical� properties)� at� the� areas�

located�at�5�locations.�

Details�of�Soil�Sampling�analysis�are�given�in�

Table� 3.14,� section� 3.7� of� page� no� 3.30� of�

Chapter�3.�

15� Ground� and� surface�water� quality� in�

the� vicinity� of� the� proposed� wells�

site.�

Surface� water� and� ground�water� quality� have�

been� monitored� and� results� are� given� in�

section� 3.6� of� page� no� 3-25� and� 3-24�

respectively�of�Chapter�3.�

16� Measurement� of� Noise� levels� within�

1�km�radius�of�the�proposed�wells�

Noise� level� survey� results� are� given� in�Table�

3.17�of�section�3.8�of�page�no�3-34.�

17� Vegetation� and� land� use;� flora/fauna�

in� the� block� area� with� details� of�

endangered�species,�if�any�

Details�of�flora�and�fauna�are�given�in�section�

of�3.11�of�page�no�3-41�of�Chapter�3.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�10�

18� Incremental� GLC� as� a� result� of� DG�

set�operation,�flaring�etc.�

Incremental� GLC� concentration� results� are�

mentioned� in� section� 4.7.1� of� page� no� 4-6� of�

Chapter�4.�

19� Potential� environmental� impact�

envisaged� during� various� stages� of�

project� activities� such� as� site�

activation,� development,� operation/�

maintenance�and�decommissioning.�

Potential� Environmental� Impacts� envisaged�

during� various� stages� of� Project� activities� is�

given�in�Chapter�4.�

20� Actual� source� of� water� and�

'Permission'� for� the� drawl� of� water�

from� the� Competent� Authority.�

Detailed� water� balance,� wastewater�

generation�and�discharge.�

The� water� requirement� for� the� project�

activities� will� be� sourced� through� bore� well�

within� the� premises� and/or� through� tanker� in�

case� of� additional� requirement� from� public�

sources.� Water� requirement� and� wastewater�

generation�details�and�mode�of�treatment�given�

in�section�2.7.1�of�page�no�2-20�of�Chapter�2.��

21� Noise� abatement� measures� and�

measures� to� minimize� disturbance�

due�to�light�and�visual�intrusions.�

Noise� control� measures� are� given� in� section�

4.8�of�page�no�4-10�of�Chapter�4.�

22� Details� on� wastewater� generation,�

treatment� and� utilization� /discharge�

for� produced� water/� formation�

water,� cooling� waters,� other�

wastewaters,� etc.� during� all� project�

phases.�

Wastewater� generation� details� and� mode� of�

treatment�are�given�in�section�2.7.1�of�page�no�

2-20�of�Chapter�2�and�section�4.9.2�of�page�no�

4-12�of�Chapter�4.�

23� Details� on� solid� waste� management�

for�drill�cuttings,�drilling�mud�and�oil�

sludge,� produced� sand,� radioactive�

materials,� other� hazardous�materials,�

etc.� including� its� disposal� options�

during�all�project�phases.�

Details� on� solid� waste� management� given� in�

section�9.4.10�of�page�no�9-13�of�Chapter�9.�

24� Disposal�of�spent�oil�and�lube.� Management� of� used� oil� details� are� given� in�

Table� 2.9,� section� 2.7.4� of� page� no� 2-21� of�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�11�

Chapter�2.�

25� Storage� of� chemicals� and� diesel� at�

site.� Hazardous� material� usage,�

storage�and�accounting.�

Chemicals� will� be� transported� to� site� from�

GSPC� warehouse.� Diesel� will� be� stored� in� a�

tank� at� the� sites.� Details� provided� in� section�

2.7.4�of�page�no�2-21�of�Chapter�2.�

26� Commitment� for� the� use� of� water�

based�mud�(WBM)�only�

GSPC� is� committed� to� use� Water� based�

drilling�muds�WBM�only��

27� Oil� spill� emergency� plans� for�

recovery/�reclamation.�

Oil� Spill� Management� Plan� given� in� section�

9.4.9�of�page�no�9-12�of�Chapter�9.�

28� H2S�emissions�control.� Sources�of�H2S�emission�are�not�envisaged�in�

the� project,� however� GSPC� H2S� contingency�

plan�shall�be�in�place�for�any�exigencies.�

29� Produced� oil/gas� handling,�

processing� and� storage/�

transportation.�

Produced�crude�will�be�transported�to�Delivery�

Point� through� road� tankers� and� after�

processing� sent� to� IOC� refinery� through�

underground�trunk�pipeline.�

Produced� gas� used� internally� in� Bath�

heater/Heater� Treater� to� heat/treat� the� oil� for�

maintaining� the� mobility� of� crude� oil� for�

transportation.� If� feasible,� excess� gas�may� be�

sold�to�local�buyers.�

30� Details� of� control� of� air,� water� and�

noise� pollution� during� production�

phase.�

Details� of� control� of� air,� water� and� noise�

pollution�during�production�phase�provided� in�

section� 9.4.3,�9.4.4and� 9.4.5�of� page� no� from�

9-6�to�9-10�of�Chapter�9.�

31� Measures�to�protect�ground�water�and�

shallow�aquifers�from�contamination.�

GSPC� has� its� own� cementing� and� Casing�

Policy,�which�has�been�implemented�to�protect�

Groundwater� and� shallow� aquifer� from�

contamination.�

32� Whether� any�burn� pits�being�utilised�

for�well�test�operations.�

Burn� pits� will� not� be� utilized� for� well� test�

operations.�

33� Risk� assessment� and� disaster� Risk� assessment� and� disaster� management�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�12�

management� plan� for� independent�

reviews� of� well� designed�

construction� etc.� for� prevention� of�

blow� out.� Blowout� preventer�

installation.�

plan� details� are� given� in� Additional� studies�

Chapter�7�of�page�no�7-2�of�Chapter�7.�

34� Environmental�management�plan.� EMP�provided�in�Chapter�9�of�page�no�9-1�of�

EIA�report.�

35� Total� capital� and� recurring� cost� for�

environmental�control�measures.�

Total� capital� and� recurring� cost� for�

environmental� control� measures� given� in�

section�9.6�of�page�no�9-22�of�Chapter�9.�

36� Emergency�preparedness�plan� Emergency� preparedness� plan� provided� in�

Additional�studies�in�page�nos.�from�7-20�to�7-

38�of�Chapter�7�of�EIA�report.�

37� Decommissioning� and� restoration�

plans.�

Not�Applicable�

38� Documentary� proof� of� membership�

of�common�disposal�facilities,�if�any.�

If�required,�shall�be�taken�at�the�time�of�SPCB�

clearances�

39� Details� of� environmental� and� safety�

related� documentation� within� the�

company� including� documentation�

and�proposed�occupational�health�and�

safety� Surveillance� Safety�

Programme� for� all� personnel� at�

site.� This� shall� also� include�

monitoring� programme� for� the�

environmental.�

GSPC� shall�maintain� the� required� documents�

including� documentation� and� proposed�

occupational� health� and� safety� Surveillance�

Safety� Programme� for� all� personnel� at� site�

within�the�company�

40� A� copy� of� Corporate� Environment�

Policy� of� the� company� as� per� the�

Ministry's� O.M.� No.� J-11013/�

41/2006-IA.II(I)� dated� 26th� April,�

2011� available� on� the� Ministry's�

website.�

HSE�Policy�of�GSPC�provided�as�Annexure-

II�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�I�INTRODUCTION�

� 1�-�13�

41� Any� litigation� pending� against� the�

project� and� or� any� direction/order�

passed� by� any� court� of� law�

against� the� project.� If� so� details�

thereof.�

Not�Applicable�

� � �

������� ���

���CHAPTER�–�II�

PROJECT�DESCRIPTION�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�1�

2.1� INTRODUCTION�

Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation� Limited,� Gandhinagar� (Undertaking� Government� of�

Gujarat)�is�involved�in�Exploration�and�Production�of�hydrocarbons�across�a�number�of�oil�and�

gas�blocks�in� India.�Bock�CB-ON/2�was�awarded�to�the�consortium�of�GSPC,�ONGC�&�GEO�

GLOBAL�BARBADOS� INC� during� PRE�NELP� round� of� bidding� by� Govt.� of� India�wherein�

GSPC�is�operator�for�the�block.�GSPC�drilled�several�exploratory�wells�in�the�block�the�past�few�

decades.�

With� the� discovery� of� hydrocarbons� in� some� of� these� wells,� Surface� production� facilities� are�

required� to� be� installed� to� commence� the� commercial� production� from� 8� wells� (exploratory,�

appraisal�&�development�nature).�

Accordingly,�GSPC�is�planning�to�carry�out�construction�of�Production�Facilities�(EPS)�at�each�

or� combined� well� sites� (depending� on� technical� and� commercial� feasibility� to� optimize� the�

numbers�of�EPS)�and�connecting�wells�to�EPS�through�laying�of�4”/6“�underground�pipeline.�

GSPC� proposes� development� of� 8� well� wellhead� locations� with� workover� operations;� well�

stimulations� and� associated� enhanced� production� techniques� and� setting� up� of� 7� Early�

Production� systems� (EPS)� and� related� facilities� in� the� block� CB-ON/02� (Tarapur� Block)� in�

Gujarat�State.�

Table�2.1�Salient�features�of�the�proposed�project�

Particulars� Details�

Company�Name� Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�

Name�of�the�Block�and�

Location�

CB-ON/02� (Tarapur� Block)� situated� in� Kheda� and� Anand�

districts�of�Gujarat�state�

Area�of�Block� 570�Sq.�km�

Site�Co-ordinates� Shown�in�Table�2.2�

Category�of�the�Project� As� per� EIA� Notification� dated� 14th� Sept.,� 2006� as� amended�

from� time� to� time,� this� project� falls� under�“1� (b)”-�Offshore�

and� onshore� oil� and� gas� exploration,� development� &�

production�

Activity�Involved� Development� activities� of�wellhead�production� facilities� at� 8�

well�locations�by�setting�up�of�seven�early�production�systems�

(EPS)� and� allied� facilities� in� CB-ON/2� (Tarapur� Block)� and�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�2�

Laying�4"/6"�underground�pipelines:�from�PNE#1/�PNE#2�to�

PNE#2/�PNE#1�well�locations�

Land�Requirement� Land� acquisition� on� 5� yearly� rental� basis� and� adequate�

compensation�is�being�paid�regularly�to�the�land�owners.�

Size�or�Magnitude�of�

Operation�

Production� from� each� well:� Crude� Oil:� 30-40� SCM/day� and�

Gas:�3000-5000�SCM/day��

Water�Requirement� Water�will�be�sourced�through�bore�well�(own)�within�the�site�

and/or� taken� through� tankers� from�public� sources� in�case� of�

additional�requirement.�Water�requirement�of�6�KLD�per�EPS�

will� be� sourced� either� through� bore� well� or� tanker.� Water�

balance�chart�is�attached�

Power�Requirement�� MGVCL�(Motive:100�HP�&�Light:25�KVA)��

Emergency�supply�by�62.5�KVA�DG�set��

Waste�generation� ·� Produced� Wastewater:� Initially� no� produced� water� is�

expected�from�the�wells�however�the�water�produced�may�

increase,�upto�10� SCM/day/well� in� the� later� stages�of� the�

field�production�life�which�will�be�disposed�as�per�standard�

oil� industry� practices� and� applicable� oil� filed� wastewater�

discharge�rules.�

·� Domestic�Wastewater:� About� 1.0� KLD/EPS� generated� at�

each� site� shall� be� disposed� to� well-designed� soak� pit�

constructed�at�site�or�sent�to�authorized�CETP�

·� Domestic�Solid�Waste:�1-2�kg/day/EPS�generated� at� each�

site�will� be� segregated� at� source� (Organic/Inorganic)� and�

disposed�accordingly.�

·� Hazardous�waste:�

§� Waste/used�oil:�10-15�litres/year�at� each� site,� it�will�be�

used�for�internal�purpose.�

§� Oily�Cotton�waste:�30�kg/month�at� each�site,�it�will�be�

handed�to�authorized�disposal�site.�

§� Waste�Sludge�oil:�1�SCM/month�will�be�generated�and�

stored� in�container/cement�drain�pit�and�will�be�sent�to�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�3�

authorized�disposal�site.�

Employment�Generation� At� EPS� 6-10� people� will� work� in� each� shift� (3� shifts� in� 2�

hours)�

Estimated�Project�Cost� Rs.�3-4�Crores� in� the� development� of�production� facilities�at�

each�site�

2.2�� NEED�OF�THE�PROJECT�

Work�over�of�the�temporarily�abandoned�wells�and�drilling�of�development�wells�in�an�area�of�

570� Sq.� Km� of� CB-ON/2� block� under� Matar,� Borsad,� Vaso,� Kheda� and� Tarapur� Talukas� of�

Kheda� and� Anand� Districts� of� Gujarat� for� hydrocarbon� prospect� and� gas� pipeline� (with�

associated� facilities)� connecting� the� production� wells� to� proposed�EPS� through� pipeline.� The�

well�fluid�from�the�wells�is�routed�to�the�EPS�through�the�flow�lines.�

Demand�&�Supply� �

Energy,� be� it� conventional� or� non-conventional� is� the� basic� requirement� for� the� mankind.� In�

present� day� scenario,� the� consumption� of� energy� has� been� increased� with� the� growth� of�

population� and� their� demand� for� improved� amenities.� Keeping� the� required� growth� rate� and�

rising� energy� demand� for�hydrocarbons� in� view,� the�Government�of� India�has� come�out�with�

plans� to� encourage� national,� private� and� foreign� companies� to� explore� and� develop� the�

hydrocarbon�prospects.�With� this�objective,� the�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�has�been�

awarded�a�block�in�Gujarat�state�during�PRE�NELP�round�of�bidding�by�Govt.�of�India.�The�Oil�

&� Gas� produced� will� be� utilized� for� domestic� purpose� only.� There� is� enough� demand� in�

domestic�market.�

2.3�� SITE�CHARACTERISTICS�

2.3.1�� Location��

The� total�area�of�block�CB-ON/2� is�570�Sq.�Km.�Government�of� India�has�awarded�CB-ON/2�

block�under�Matar,�Borsad,�Vaso,�Kheda�and�Tarapur�Talukas�of�Kheda�and�Anand�Districts�of�

Gujarat� to�M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation� during� PRE�NELP� round� of� bidding� by�

Govt.�of�India.�Location�details�of�EPS,�existing�wells�connected�to�EPS�are�given�in�Table�2.2�

and�2.3.�Location�map�shown�in�Figure�2.1�and�satellite�image�in�Figure�2.2�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�4�

Table�2.2�Location�details�of�existing�connected�wells�

S.�No� Well�Name� Latitude� Longitude� Village� Taluka� District�

1.� PNE#1� 22°44’15.99”N� 72°42’28.29"E� Ratanpur� Matar� Kheda�

2.� PNE#2� 22°43’36.30”N� 72°42’44.10"E� Vansar� Matar� Kheda�

3.� TS#10� 22°19’23.20”N� 72°45’33.80"E� Khandroti� Borsad� Anand�

4.� P1#East� 22°37’24.50”N� 72°39’02.60"E� Nagrama� Matar� Kheda�

5.� Vaso#2� 22°40’19.00”N� 72°43’13.00"E� Alindra� Vaso�� Kheda�

6.� Changara#1� 22°32’25.00”N� 72°3313.00"E� Changada� Tarapur� Anand�

7.� Kheda#1� 22°45’00.00”N� 72°43’00.00"E� Khumaravad� Kheda� Kheda�

8.� Indernaj� 22°30’00.00”N� 72°32’28.29"E� Indranaj� Tarapur� Anand�

� Source:�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Table�2.3�Proposed�locations�for�EPS�creation�

S.�No� Production�facility�(EPS)�location�

1.� Either�at�PNE#1�or�PNE#2�

2.� TS#10�

3.� P1#East�

4.� Vaso#2�

5.� Changara#1�

6.� Kheda#1�

7.� Indernaj�

Note:�P1#East�and�Indranaj�wells�and�EPS�are�completely�dropped.��

2.3.2�� Approach�to�the�site�

Available� options� of� roads,� railway� lines� and� air� transport� to� approach� Tarapur� EPS� passing�

through�study�area�(10�km�surrounding�area)�are�mentioned�below:�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�5�

Road�

� Vasad-� Tarapur� -� Bagodara� State� highway� is� at� ~7� km� (Aerial� distance)� in� South�

direction�from�the�Tarapur�EPS�

� Sojitra�-�Dholka�State�highway�is�at�~10�km�(Aerial�distance)�in�North�from�Tarapur�

EPS�

By�Rail�

� Nearest�broad�gauge�railway�station�is�at�Anand�(~�45�Km)�which�is�well�connected�to�

Ahmedabad�and�Mumbai.�

By�Air�

� Nearest� airport� is� at� Ahmedabad� (Sardar� Patel� International� Airport).� It� has� both�

domestic�as�well�as�international�connectivity�(80�km�from�site).�

2.4�� SIZE�OR�MAGNITUDE�OF�OPERATION�

The�proposed�development�of�wells�and�early�production�is�expected�to�carry�out:�

1.�From�each�well�Crude�Oil:�30-40�SCM/day�Crude�oil�and�Gas:�3000-5000�SCM/day��

2.�Connecting� wells� to�EPS� through� Laying� 4"/6"� underground� pipeline� from�PNE#1/�

PNE#2�to�PNE#2/�PNE#1�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�6�

Fig�2.1�Location�map

Development�of�8�wells�bysetting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�

facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�

PROJECT�

DESCRIPTIO

N�

�2�-�7�

Fig�2.2�Satellite�image�showing�the�Block�boundary�and�W

ell�Locations �

Development�of�8�wells�bysetting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�

facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�

PROJECT�

DESCRIPTIO

N�

�2�-�8�

Fig�2.3�Topo�map�of�the�10�km�radius�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�9�

Fig�2.4�Proposed�pipeline�route�from�PNE#1/�PNE#2�to�PNE#2/�PNE#1�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�10�

2.5� ENVIRONMENTAL�SENSITIVITY�OF�THE�WELLS�

The�environmental�sensitivity�around�1�km�radius�of�the�drilling�wells�is�given�as�Table�2.4�

and�maps�shown�in�the�following�figures�

Table�2.4:�Environment�sensitivity�of�the�1�km�radius�of�wells�

S.�No� Well�Name� Latitude�&�Longitude�

Village� Environment�sensitivity�within�1km�radius�

1� PNE#1� 22°44’15.99”N�72°42’28.29"E�

Ratanpur� Agriculture� fields,� Ratanpur� Village,�Sedhi�River�and�Ratanpur�lake�

2� PNE#2� 22°43’36.30”N��72°42’44.10"E�

Vansar� Agriculture� fields,� Vansar� lake� and�Vansar�village�

3� TS#10� 22°19’23.20”N��72°45’33.80"E�

Khandroti� Agriculture�fields�

4� P1#East� 22°37’24.50”N��72°39’02.60"E��

Nagrama� Agriculture�fields,�Nagrama�village�and�Nagrama�Talav�

5� Vaso#2� 22°40’19.00”N��72°43’13.00"E�

Alindra� Agriculture�fields�and�Alindra�village�

6� Changara#1� 22°32’25.00”N��72°3313.00"E�

Chngada� Dry�pond�and�stream�

7� Kheda#1� 22°45’00.00”N��72°43’00.00"E�

Khumaravad� Sedhi� River,� Open� Scrub� and� Kheda�village�

8� Indernaj� 22°30’00.00”N��72°32’28.29"E�

Indranaj� Agriculture�fields�

1.� P1#East��

Fig�2.5:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(P1#East)�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�11�

1.� PNE#1�

Fig�2.6:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(PNE#1)�

2.� PNE#2�

Fig�2.7:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(PNE#2)�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�12�

3.� TS#10�

Fig�2.8:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(TS#10)�

4.� Vaso#2�

�Fig�2.9:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(Vaso#2)�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�13�

5.� Kheda#1�

Fig�2.10:�1�km�environmental�sensitivity�(Kheda#1)�

2.6� PRODUCTION�OPERATION�

2.6.1� Overview�

Where�a�hydrocarbon� formation� is�found,� initial�well� tests� -�possibly� lasting�more�than�one�

month�(if�tested�by�work�over�rig,�which�is�smaller�to�a�drilling�rig)�are�conducted�to�establish�

flow�rates�of�oil�&�gas�and�formation�pressure�along�with�other�reservoir�parameters.�These�

tests�may� then� generate� data� of� expected� production� of� oil,� gas� and� formation� water.� On�

completion�of�testing�the�well�would�be�declared�oil�/�gas�producer�or�dry.�

In� the� event�of�hydrocarbon�strike,� the�well�will�be�completed�with�a�well�head� in�place�at�

surface�along�with�Christmas� tree�and�casing�&� tubing� inside� the�hole�down� to� the�desired�

reservoir�depth�(say�2500-3000�m).�

In�the�event�of�no�hydrocarbon�strike,�the�site�would�be�restored�to�its�original�form�(as�far�as�

possible)�and�the�well�will�be�abandoned�following�standard�practices.�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�14�

2.6.2� Process�Description�

Surface� facilities� are� designed� considering� potential� of� well� for� the� handling� of� produced�

Fluid/hydrocarbons�(Oil,�Gas�&�water)�from�the�Oil�well.�Surface�production�facility�mainly�

comprises�of�collection,�separation,�storage,�heating,�crude�loading,�flaring�of�associated�gas,�

gas�metering�and�despatch�etc.�including�associated�support�facilities�like�fire�fighting�pumps,�

fire�hydrants�and�other�safety�provisions�as�per�statutory�guidelines.�

Reservoir�pressure�at�these�well�sites�is�sufficient�for�the�production�of�crude�oil�and�natural�

gas.�Initially�oil�shall�be�produced�due�to�the�naturally�occurring�pressure�i.e.�self-flow�at�site.�

After�depletion�of�reservoir�pressure,�artificial�lift�will�be�installed�to�lift�the�fluid�from�well�

bore�up�to�surface.�

Handling�of�Hydrocarbon�(Oil�+�Water�+�Gas)�

Produced� hydrocarbons� from�wells� flows� through� 4”/6”� underground� pipe� line� up� to� EPS�

(Early�Production�System)��

·� Firstly,�in�to�the�well�manifold�

·� Then,�if�required,�directed�to�the�Bath�Heaters�for�raising�the�temperature�of�fluid�45-

50°C�for�ensuring�its�mobility.�

·� Dozing�of�chemical� (Demulsifier/PPD)� for� treating�produced�emulsified� fluid�before�

entering�to�the�Bath�Heater,�if�required.�

·� From�here,�the� fluid�(Liquid�+�gas)�flows�into� the�separators� for�separation�of�liquid�

(oil�+�water)�&�gas.�

Handling�of�Separated�Liquid�HC�(Crude�Oil�+�Water,�if�any)�

Separated� liquid� hydrocarbons� through� separator,� flows� into� Heater� Treater� for� phase�

separation/processing�(if�required)�and�then�passed�to�overhead�storage�tanks�for�measurement�

&�storage.�Proper�settling�time�given�to�the�liquid�in�the�storage�tank�

·� If� liquid� contains� water� after� separation,� it�will� be� drained� from� the� tank� bottom� to�

effluent� drain�pit.� Further�effluent�water�will� either� be�disposed� at�CETP�or�will� be�

treated� by� mobile� ETP� and� the� treated� water� is� disposed� off� as� per� Environment�

discharge�standards�of�State�PCB.�

·� Remaining� crude� oil� with� no� or� reduced� water%�will� be� loaded� in� tankers� via� the�

tanker�loading�point�and�transported�to�ONGC-CTF,�Nawagam.�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�15�

Handling�of�produced�associated�Gas�

The�gas�coming�out�of�the�separator�will�be�measured�and�will�be�utilized�as�follows�

·� Mostly�utilized�as�a�fuel�for�Bath�Heater�for�crude�oil�heating.�

·� Part�of� it� is�utilized�in�place�of� instrument�air� for�operation�of�pressure,�temperature�

and�level�control�valves.�

·� Part�of�Gas�will�be�supplied�to�local�nearby�industry(s)�through�underground�pipeline,�

if�feasible.�

·� The�excess�gas�generated�would�be�sent�to�flare�stack�for�flaring,�if�any.�No�cold�venting�

of�gas�is�done�due�to�safety�reasons.�

After�depletion�of� reservoir�pressure� leading� to�cease�of� self-flow� life�of�well,� artificial� lift�

method�will�be�proposed�to�bring�oil�on�the�surface�to�maintain�the�production.�

Two-stage�separator�

Separator�will�be�designed�to�separate�production�fluids�into� their�constituents,�components�

of�Oil,�Gas�and�water.� It�will�work�on�the�principle�of�separation�due�to�density�difference,�

velocity�reduction,�and�gravity.�

Once�the�oil�and�other�fluids�have�been�separated,�the�oil�will�leave�the�vessel�at�the�bottom�

through�a�dump�valve�that�is�controlled�by�the�level�controller.�The�gas�which�has�now�been�

separated�will� reach� to� the�top.�This�gas�will�leave� through� the�top�and�is�passed� through�a�

meter�run�for�measurement�purposes.�

The� detailed� process� flow�diagram�of� production� system� is� shown� in�Figure� 2.11� and� the�

standard�layout�of�proposed�EPS�is�shown�in�Figure�2.12�

Proposed�EPS�Facility:�

The�list�of�facilities�that�will�be�installed�at�EPS�is�shown�in�Table�2.5�

Table�2.5�List�of�facilities�at�EPS�

S.�No.� Detail/Equipment� Quantity/Capacity�

1� Storage�Tank�(OHT:�Over�

Head�Storage�Tank�)�

3+3�=�6�No’s�(Each�Tank�Capacity�–�45�m3,�Total�–�

180�m3)�

2� Vertical�Two�Phase�

Separators�

2�No’s�(Liquid�Handling�Capacity:�1500�BOPD�&�

Gas�Handling�Capacity:�3.5�mmscf/day)�

3� Indirect�Water�Bath�Heater� 2�No’s�(Heating�Capacity:�Inlet�20-30°C�&�Outlet:�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�16�

50-70°C,�amount�of�fluid�to�be�heated:�15�MT/hr)�

4� Heater�Treater�(Optional)� 1�No�(Amount�of�fluid�to�be�heated:�20�MT/hr)�

5� Hot�Water�Circulation�Pump�� 2� No’s� (Flow� rate:� 10� m3/hr� with� flame� proof�

motor)�

6� Chemical�Dosing�Pump� 2� No’s� (Flow� rate:� 0-6� lt/hr� with� flame� proof�

reciprocating�pump)�

7� Fire�Fighting�Facilities� ��

i.������Diesel�driven�centrifugal�

pump�

2�No’s�(Capacity:�171m3/hr�at�7�kg/cm2)�

ii.����Jockey�pump� 1� No� (Capacity:� 15HP� x� 10� kg/cm2� for�maintain�

water�line�pressure)�

iii.��Standard�type�water�cum�

foam�monitors�

4�No’s�

iv.��Standard�post�type�water�

hydrants�with�double�outlet�

6�No’s�

v.����Water�reservoir�tank� 400�m3�

vi.��Portable�fire�extinguisher�

of�different�types�as�per�

OISD�1959�

·� 10�kg�DCP�Extinguishers�–�15�Nos.�

·� 6.8�kg�CO2�Fire�Extinguishers�–�5�Nos.�

·� 25�kg�Trolley�type�Extinguishers�–�2�Nos.�

8� Electrical�panel�room�with�

fire�siren�

1�

9� DG�set�(62.5�KVA�to�be�

utilized�in�case�of�power�

failure�from�GEB)�

1�

Development�of�8�wells�bysetting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�

facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�

PROJECT�

DESCRIPTIO

N�

�2�-�17�

Figure�2.11�Process�flow�diagram�of�production�system

Development�of�8�wells�bysetting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�

facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�

PROJECT�

DESCRIPTIO

N�

�2�-�18�

�Figure�2.12�Standard�layout�of�proposed�EPS

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�19�

2.6.3�� Site�Clearance�

Agricultural� land�acquired�on� lease�basis�for�development�of�EPS.�After� completing�of�HC�

extraction� land�will�be� restored�and� returned�back� to� land�owners�complying�with� standard�

procedure.�

Construction�activity�shall�be�carried�out�within�well�site�premises.�During� the�construction�

phase,�approximately�6-7�truck� loads�per�day�of�material�movement�would� take�place.�The�

site�construction�would�be�done�largely�by�employing�local�labour.�

2.6.4�� Access�and�Transport�

The�proposed�project� shall�not� require�development�of�access� roads� since,� sites�are�already�

having�approach�roads�(existing�or�were�prepared�at�the�time�of�drilling).�

The� transportation�of� the� crude�oil� from� the�production�site� shall�be�using� tankers� /� trailers�

using�the�existing�and�proposed�road�system�outlined�above.�

2.6.5�� Production�Site�Facilities�

The�site�perimeter�will�be�appropriately�fenced�in�the�interests�of�security�and�public�safety.�

Site�will�require�the�following�facilities:�

� Staff�sheds�with�power�generator��

� Material�storage�area�

� Bath�Heater�

� Fire�water�pit�

� Waste�Water�pit�

� Crude�oil�storage�area�(tank�farm)�

� Hazardous�waste�storage�area�

The�detailed�production�site�facilities�were�shown�in�the�Standard�layout�of�proposed�EPS�in�

Figure�2.11�

2.6.6�� Raw�Materials�Required�for�Production�activity�

As� such� there� shall� be� no� raw� materials� required� during� production� activity.� However�

chemicals� like� Demulsifier� &� Pour� point� depressants,� are� used� to� reduce� the� viscosity� of�

crude�oil�and�will�be�stored�in�smaller�quantities�in�the�site.�It�shall�be�transported�to�site�from�

GPSC�ware�house.�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�20�

2.7� UTILITIES�

2.7.1� Water�Consumption�and�Wastewater�Generation�

Water�will�be�sourced�through�bore�well�within�the�site�premises�and/or�through�tankers�from�

public�sources�in�the�vicinity�in�case�of�additional�requirements.�The�total�water�consumption�

at�each�installation�is�shown�in�Table�2.6�

Table�2.6�Water�Consumption�

S.No.� Description� Water�Requirement�per�

each�installation�(KLD)�

1.� Domestic� 2.5�

2.� Industrial�(for�bath�heater)� 1.0�

3.� Fire�water�make�up� 2.5�

Total� 6.0�

Wastewater�Generation�

Wastewater� generation� will� be� from� domestic� usage� only.� Apart� from� this,� there� will� be�

wastewater�generation�in�the� form�of�produced�water�during�extraction�of�oil�and�gas�in�the�

later� stage.�With� aging� of� field,� reservoir� water� starts� moving� into� well� bore� and� will� be�

produced� along� with� crude� oil.� This� is� mainly� due� to� increase� of� water� saturation� in�

Hydrocarbon�pore�volume.�The�same�shall�be�separated�in�the�oil�and�gas�separator�and�due�

to�density�difference,�it�will�be�drained�out.�The�same�shall�be�collected�in�the�drain�pit�and�

disposed�as�per�oil�filed�industry�practices�following�the�discharges�standards�of�State�PCB.�

Domestic�wastewater�shall�be�sent�to�septic�tank�followed�by�soak�pit.�

Table�2.7�Wastewater�Generation�

S.No.� Description� Wastewater�generated�per�

each�installation�(KLD)�

1.� Produced�Water� 10.0�KLD/well�

2.� Domestic� 1.0�KLD/well�

Total� 11.0�

2.7.2� Power�Requirement�

Source� of� Electricity� for� the� proposed� project� site� will� be� from� Gujarat� Electricity� Board�

(GEB).�The�power�requirement�(Motive:�100�HP�&�Light:�25�KVA)�from�GEB.�

Development� of� 8� wells� bysetting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�II�PROJECT�

DESCRIPTION�

� 2�-�21�

Stand�by�DG�set�will�be�installed�for�emergency�power�supply.�

DG�set�of�capacity�62.5�KVA�will�be�installed.�In�later�stages�of�field,�Artificial�Lift�may�be�

required�at�wells,�then�electricity�at�wells�will�be�sourced�through�GEB.��

Vent�shall�be�provided�in�temporary�storage�tanks.�Also�stack�will�be�provided�to�DG�set�and�

oil�and�gas�separators.�The�details�of�stack�are�given�in�Table�2.8�

Table�2.8�Stack�details�

� Details�of�stack�

Stack�attached�to� DG�set� Oil-gas�separator�

Stack�height� 5�m�(as�per�CPCB�guideline)� 9�m�

2.7.3� Solid�Waste�Generation�

The� solid� waste� generated� from� the� proposed� project� will� be� only� in� form� of� domestic�

municipal�waste.�

Domestic�solid�waste�1-2�kg/day�generated�at�each�site�will�be�segregated�at�source�(Organic�

/�inorganic)�&�disposed�accordingly.�

2.7.4� Hazardous�waste��

Hazardous�waste�generated�at�each�installation�is�given�in�Table�2.9�

Table�2.9�Hazardous�waste�

S.No.� Description� Quantity�

1.� Waste/Used�oil� 10.0-15.0�litres/year�

2.� Oily�Cotton�waste� 30�kg/month�

3.� Waste�Sludge�Oil� 1�SCM/month�

Waste/Used� oil� will� be� used� mainly� for� internal� purpose� like� lubrication� of� machinery�

whereas�oily�cotton�waste�and�used�sludge�oil�will�be�handed�to�authorized�disposal�site.�

2.8� PROJECT�COST�

Total�cost�of�the�project�is�Rs.3-4�Crores�in�the�development�of�production�facilities�at�each�

site.�Hence,�the�total�project�cost�will�be�in�the�range�of�Rs.�24-25�Crores.�

� � �

���

CHAPTER�–�III�

ENVIRONMENTAL�

BASELINE�STUDY�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-1�

3.0�INTRODUCTION�

This� chapter� describes� the� existing� environmental� and� socio-economic� baseline� for� the�

proposed�project�and�its�surrounding�area.�Baseline�data�establishes�the�present�status�of�the�

environment� identifies� the� sensitive� receptors� in� the� study� area� and� provides� the� basis� for�

assessment�of�the�impacts�due�to�the�project,�and�enabling�the�development�of�a�robust�and�

comprehensive�environmental�management�and�monitoring�plan.��

The�baseline�quality�of�various�components�of�the�environment,�viz.�air,�noise,�water,� land,�

biology,�meteorological� and�socio-economic� factors�are�assessed�within� the� impact� zone�of�

10� km� radius� around� the� proposed� site.� Secondary� data� has� also� been� incorporated� from�

authentic� sources� viz.� Govt./Non-Governmental� Agencies,� Universities,� Indian�

Meteorological� Department� (IMD),� Ground� Water� Board� etc.� Various� environmental�

components�were�monitored�and�samples�analysed.��

The�main�purpose�&�objective�of�the�study�area�is:�

·� To� delineate� the� prevailing� environmental� condition� of� project/study� area� as� per�

awarded�TOR�issued�by�MoEFCC�for�EIA�study.�

·� To�understand�the�project�need�and�environmental�characteristics�of�the�area.�

·� To�assess�the�existing�environmental�quality�

·� To�identify�environmentally�significant�factors�or�sensitive�geographical�locations.�

·� To� generate� &/or� collect� the� information� of� physical-chemical� properties� of� the�

environment�of�the�project�area,�which�includes�data� indicating�quality�&�prevailing�

status�of� air,�water� resources,� soil� fertility,� noise,� flora�&� fauna,�ecological� habitats�

etc.�

·� To� study� &� generate/prepare� the� Land� Use/Land� Cover� map,� Topographic� map,�

Cartographic�Map�of�10�km�radial�area�from�the�site.�

·� To�generate�&/or�collect�details�regarding�climatic�condition�of�project�area.�

3.1�STUDY�AREA�

Study� area� covers� 10� km� radius� from� proposed� project� site� located� at� Kheda� and� Anand�

district�of�Gujarat�State.�

3.2�STUDY�PERIOD��

Primary�baseline�data�was�collected�between�23rd�March’�2019�and�22nd�June’�2019,�which�

has� been�considered� as� the� ‘study� period’� for� the� baseline.�Primary� baseline� data� has� been�

supplemented�with� requisite� secondary�data�wherever�necessary.� In� line�with� the�Terms� of�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-2�

Reference�(ToR)�requirement�prescribed�by�the�Expert�Appraisal�Committee�(EAC),� a�zone�

comprising�a�10�km�radius�around�the�proposed�project�site�is�considered�as�the�‘study�area’�

for�the�EIA�for�land�use�aspects�and�ecology�study.�

3.3�METHODOLOGY�OF�EIA�STUDY�

Approach�&�Methodology�of�Baseline�Study�

The�methodology�for�conducting�the�baseline�environmental�survey�has�been�obtained�from�

the�guidelines�provided�in�the�“EIA�Guidance�Manual�for�Oil�and�Gas�Exploration”�issued�by�

the�Ministry�of�Environment,�Forest�and�Climate�Change�(MoEF&CC).��

Primary�Data�Collection:�Monitoring�Plan�and�Quality�Assurance�Procedures�

The�study�period�and�methodology�for�primary�data�collection�is�followed�as�per�the�CPCB�

guidelines� in� line�with� TOR�prescribed� by�MoEF&CC.�Summary� of�monitoring� plan�with�

sampling�testing�methodology�followed�is�summarised�in�Table�3.1.�

Table�3.1�Summary�of�Methodology�for�Baseline�Data�Collection�

S.�No.�

Environmental�Attributes�

No.� of�Locations/�Area�

Duration� and� frequency� of� � sampling�and�other�remarks�

1.� Meteorology�Data�� At�one�station� Meteorology� data� was� collected� on� an�hourly�basis�for�3�months.��

2.� Ambient�Air�Quality� 8� Twice�a�week�for�24�hours;�for�3�months�

3.� Ambient�Noise�Levels� 8� For� 24� hours� each� in� a� month;� for� 1�season�

4.� Surface�Water�Quality�� 2� Once�per�a�month�

5.� Groundwater�Quality� 8� Once�per�a�month�

6.� Soil�Quality� 5� Once�per�a�month�

7.� Ecology�&�Biodiversity�� Study�area� Once�during�the�study�period��

8.� Socio-economic�Studies� Study�area� Primary�consultations�were�carried�out� in�villages�within�10�km�radius�during�study�period.�

List� of� villages� surveyed� within� 10� km�radius�is�enclosed�–�Refer�Social�Baseline�for�details�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-3�

3.4�MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL�DATA�

The� study�area� falls�under�Humid�Subtropical� zone�according�to�Koppen’s�classification�of�

climate�zones.�Winter�and�early�summer�are�long�and�dry;�summer�is�exceedingly�hot�leading�

to�heat�waves.�The�rainy�season�lasts�from�September�to�December.�

Historical�meteorological�data�were�obtained�from�climatological�tables�pertaining�to�Meerut�

(as� the�nearest� representative� IMD�station)� for� the�period�1960-1990�and� is� summarised� in�

table�3.2.�

Table�3.2�Meteorological�Data�of�(Period�1960-1990)�

Month� Temperature�

(0C)�daily�

Relative�

Humidity,�%�

Rainfall�

in�mm�

Wind�speed�

Kmph�

Pre-dominant�

wind�direction�

From�Max� Min� Max� Min�

January� 30.3� 12.7� 66� 32� 0.9� 4.2� NE�

February� 32.7� 14.6� 60� 25� 0.5� 4.4� NE,�NW�

March� 36.9� 19.0� 53� 20� 1.8� 4.3� NW,�SW�

April� 40.0� 23.5� 56� 21� 2.5� 5.2� SW,�NW�

May� 40.7� 26.7� 64� 28� 4.5� 9.1� SW,W�

June� 37.4� 27.3� 75� 49� 125.5� 11.1� SW,W�

July� 32.8� 25.9� 86� 70� 277.1� 9.0� SW,W�

August� 31.6� 25.1� 89� 73� 264.4� 7.6� SW,W�

September� 33.6� 24.6� 85� 61� 116.1� 5.3� SW,W�

October� 36.4� 21.9� 71� 40� 17.1� 3.2� NE,NW�

November� 24.1� 17.5� 64� 38� 26.7� 3.1� NE,N�

December� 31.2� 14.2� 68� 38� 4.7� 3.7� NE,N�

(Source-IMD�Baroda)�

3.4.1�Wind�Speed�and�Direction�

Being�a�coastal�area�the�wind�speed�is�high�and�found�mostly�between�3.1�–�11.1�km/hour�for�

all�the�months.�The�wind�speed�during�summer�season�was�mostly�between�4.3�–9.1�km/hr�

while�during�rainy�season,�it�was�between�5.3-11.1�km/hr�and�in�winter�months�wind�speed�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-4�

ranges�between�3.7-4.4�km/hr.�The�predominant�wind�direction� is�from�southwest� and�west�

direction.�During�winter�season�the�wind�blows�from�northwest�and�north�direction.�

3.4.2�Relative�Humidity:�

Most�humid�conditions�are�found�in�the�monsoons,�followed�by�summer,�post-monsoons,�and�

winter� in� that�order.�Mornings� are�more�humid� than� evenings;� highest� relative�humidity� is�

recorded�as� 89%� in�August�mornings� followed�by� 86%�in� July� and�August�month.�During�

summer�season,�relative�humidity�remains�between�19�–�64�%.�

3.4.3�Temperature:�

December� and� January� constitutes� winter� months� with� daily� mean� minimum� temperature�

around� 12.7oCand� daily� mean� maximum� temperature� around� 32.7oC.� May� is� the� hottest�

month� with� daily� mean� maximum� temperature� around� 40.7oC� and� daily� mean� minimum�

temperature�around�19.8oC�in�March�of�summer.�

3.4.4�Rainfall�

The� distribution�of� rainfall� in� the� region,�which� includes� the� study� area,� is� regular.�Annual�

total� rainfall� in� the� region� is� 841.8mm.� Over� 80%� of� the� total� annual� rainfall� is� received�

during�the�monsoon�period�between�June�and�September.�

3.4.5�Calm�Period�

The�calm�period�constitutes�an�important� factor� in�the�dispersion�of�air�pollution.�The�calm�

period� is� more� during� night-time� compared� to� daytime.� The�maximum�calm� period� occurs�

during�September�to�February.�

3.4.6�Site�specific�Met�Data�

An� automatic� met� station� was� established� at� site� to� collect� the� site-specific� data.� The�

predominant�wind�direction�was�from�northwest�and�north�direction.�Clam�conditions�remain�

11.44%�of�the�time�(Table�3.3).�

Table�3.3�Site�specific�meteorological�data�

Sl.�No.�

Parameters�March�������23rd-31st�

Apr-19�May-19�

June����������1st�to�-22nd�June�

1� Temperature�(0C)� Maximum� 45.90� 46.50� 44.60� 45.70�Minimum� 24.90� 25.80� 28.40� 25.30�Average� 35.35� 36.39� 36.66� 34.45�

2� Relative�Humidity�(%)� Maximum� 35.20� 56.70� 62.20� 84.40�Minimum� 8.10� 9.60� 13.10� 15.40�Average� 19.05� 25.96� 35.02� 51.22�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-5�

3� Wind�Speed�(m/s)� Maximum� 3.58� 4.97� 6.61� 6.64�Minimum� 0.00� 0.00� 0.00� 0.00�Average� 1.43� 1.32� 1.96� 1.95�

4� Wind�Direction�(%)� �� E� 0.93� 0.00� 3.76� 2.84��� ENE� 3.24� 0.14� 0.27� 0.76��� ESE� 3.70� 0.28� 1.75� 1.52��� N� 9.72� 4.03� 0.27� 3.22��� NE� 6.48� 0.83� 0.40� 2.65��� NNE� 4.63� 0.56� 0.40� 1.52��� NNW� 5.09� 7.50� 0.54� 4.17��� NW� 19.44� 18.47� 7.66� 3.03��� S� 0.00� 0.83� 4.84� 10.80��� SE� 0.93� 0.56� 3.36� 2.84��� SSE� 0.46� 0.00� 1.88� 2.08��� SSW� 0.00� 1.25� 3.76� 14.77��� SW� 6.48� 10.42� 19.09� 18.18��� W�� 7.87� 21.25� 21.91� 12.50��� WNW� 4.63� 10.14� 8.87� 1.89��� WSW� 2.78� 7.92� 13.44� 10.42��� CALM� 23.61� 15.83� 7.80� 6.82�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-6�

Fig�3.1�Wind�rose�for�the�period�of�23rd�March’�19�to�22nd�June�‘19�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-7�

3.5�AIR�ENVIRONMENT�

3.5.1� Selection� of� Sampling� Locations:� To� assess� the� baseline� ambient� air� quality� a�

scientifically� designed�ambient� air� quality�monitoring� network�was�established.�Air� quality�

monitoring� study� was� carried� out� during� pre-monsoon� season� (i.e.� 23rd� March’19� to� 22nd�

June’19)�within�10�km�radius�of�the�project�site.�The�ambient�air�quality�monitoring�stations�

were�selected�after�a�brief�study�based�on�the�following�considerations�

v� Meteorological�conditions��

v� Topography�of�the�study�area�

v� Predominant�wind�direction�

v� Emission�sources�

v� Receptors�sensitivity�

Ambient� Air� Quality� Monitoring� Stations� were� set� up� at� Eight� locations� with� due�

consideration�to�the�above�mentioned�points.�The�locations�of�the�sampling�stations�are�given�

in�the�Table�3.5�and�the�same�are�also�show�in�the�Fig�3.2.�

3.5.2�Methodology�of�Sampling�and�Analysis�

Air�samples�collected�were�tested�for�the�following�parameters�

v� PM10�

v� PM2.5�

v� Sulphur�Dioxide�(SO2)�

v� Oxides�of�Nitrogen�(NOx)�

v� Carbon�Monoxide�(CO)�

v� Ozone�(O3)�

v� Lead�(Pb)�

v� Ammonia�(NH3)�

v� Benzene�(C6H6)�

v� Benzo(a)Pyrene�(BaP)�

v� Arsenic�(As)�

v� Nickel�(Ni),�

v� Hydro�Carbon�HC�(Methane�and�Non�Methane)�

v� Volatile�Organic�Compound�(VOC)�

The� sampling� and� analysis� of� ambient� air� quality� parameters� was� carried� out� as� per� the�

procedures� detailed� in� relevant� parts�of� IS:� 5182� (Indian�Standards� for�Ambient�Air�Quality�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-8�

Test� Methods).� The� methods� used� for� determining� the� above� mentioned� parameters� and�

furnished�hereunder�in�the�table�3.4.�

Frequency� of� Sampling:� 24�hourly�samples�for�PM10,�PM2.5,�SO2�and�NOx,�CO,�O3,�Pb,��NH3,�

C6H6,�BaP,�As,�Ni,��HC�and�VOC�were�collected�from�each�station,�at�a�frequency�of�twice�a�

week�for�the�pre-monsoon�season� �

Table�3.4�Techniques�and�Detectable�limits�for�Ambient�Air�Quality�Monitoring�

S.�No.� Parameter� Technique� Technical�Protocol� Minimum�Detectable�

Limit�

1� PM10�(µg/m3)� Respirable�Dust�

Sampler�(Gravimetric�

method)�

IS-5182�

(Part-IV)�5.0�mg/m3�

2� PM2.5�(µg/m3)� Fine�Particulate�

Sampler�(Gravimetric�

method)�

40�CFR�USEPA�

Gravimetric�2.0�mg/m3�

3� Sulphur�dioxide�SO2�

(µg/m3)�

Modified�West�and�

Gaeke�

IS-5182�(Part-II)� 4.0�mg/m3�

4� Oxides�of�Nitrogen��

NOx�(µg/m3)�

Jacob�&Hochheiser� IS-5182�(Part-VI)� 4.0�mg/m3�

5� Carbon�Monoxide�

(CO)�mg/m3�

Non�Dispersible�Infra-

red�Spectroscopy�

(NDIR)�

IS:5182�(Part-X)� 0.10�mg/m3�

6� Ozone��(O3)�µg/m3� Chemical�Method� IS:5182�(Part-IX)� 10�µg/m3�

7� Lead�(Pb)�µg/m3�� ICP�after�sampling�on�

EPM�2000�or�

equivalent�filter�paper�

IS:5182�(Part-22)� 0.06�µg/m3�

8� Ammonia�(NH3)�

µg/m3�

Indophenol�blue�

method�

IS:5182�

(Indophenol�

Method)�

20�µg/m3�

9� Benzene�(C6H6)�

µg/m3�

Gas�Chromatography� IS:5182�(Part-XI)� 2.0�µg/m3�

10� Benzo(a)Pyrene�

(BaP)�ng/m3�

Solvent�extraction�

followed�by�GC��

IS:5182�(Part-XII)� 0.5�ng/m3�

11� Arsenic�(As)�ng/m3� ICP�after�sampling�on�

EPM�2000�or�

equivalent�filter�paper�

CPCB�guidelines� 0.44�ng/m3�

12� Nickel�(Ni),�ng/m3� ICP�after�sampling�on�

EPM�2000�or�

equivalent�filter�paper�

CPCB�guidelines� 0.6�ng/m3�

13� Hydro�Carbon��

(Methane�and�Non�

Methane)�

Gas�Chromatography� IS-5182�(Part-XXI)� 0.5�ppm�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-9�

14� Volatile�Organic�

Compound�GC�Method�� EPA�21�PID� 0.5�ppm�

Table�3.5�Location�of�Ambient�Air�Quality�Monitoring�Stations�

S.�No� Location�Station�

Code�

Direction�

from�

Project�Site�

Latitude�and�

Longitude�

Distance�w.r.t�

Project�Site�

km�

Environmental�

Setting�

1� Khumarvad� A1� ENE�from�

Kheda1�Well�

�22°45'5.54"N��

72°43'29.83"E�0.9�

Residential�Area�

2� Kheda�Town� A2� WNW�from�

PNE1�well�

�22°44'29.53"N��

72°41'12.44"E�2.2�

Residential�Area�

3� Vansar� A3� SSE�from�

PNE2�

�22°43'26.90"N��

72°42'49.06"E�0.4�

Residential�Area�

4� Vaso� A4� East�from�

VASO2�Well�

�22°40'6.77"N��

72°45'15.54"E�3.9�

Residential�Area�

5�

Nandoli�

A5� ESE�from�

PNE1�East�

well�

�22°37'5.88"N��

72°40'52.15"E�3.2�

Residential�Area�

6�

Daloli�

A6� East�from�

Changara�

Well�

�22°31'53.45"N��

72°35'4.68"E�3.4�

Residential�Area�

7� Indernaj� A7� East�from�

Indernaj�well�

�22°29'53.46"N��

72°33'22.38"E�3.9�

Residential�Area�

8� Kanbha� A8� SE�from�

TS10�well�

�22°18'52.17"N��

72°47'21.52"E�3.3�

Residential�Area�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-1

0�

Fig�3.2�Ambient�Air�Quality�M

onitoring�M

ap�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-1

1�

Table�3.6�Summary�of�Analysis�of�Ambient�Air�Quality�in�the�Study�Area�

Parameter�

PM10(µg/m

3)�

PM2.5( µg/m

3 )�

SO2( µg/m

3 )�

NOx(µg/m

3)�

Monitoring�

Station�

No.of�samples�

Maximum�

Minimum�

Mean�

98th�percentile�

No.of�samples�

Maximum�

Minimum�

Mean�

98th�percentile�

No.of�samples�

Maximum�

Minimum�

Mean�

98th�percentile�

No.of�samples�

Maximum�

Minimum�

Mean�

98th�percentile�

A1�

26�

68.2�

44.8�

53.5�

65.1�

26�

37.1�

20.1�

26.2�

36.0�

26�

11.0�

8.3�

9.9�

10.9�

26�

12.6�

10.2�

11.5�

12.5�

A2�

26 �

79.2�

52.8�

63.2�

75.9�

26�

42.7�

26.1�

32.7�

40.0�

26�

13.2�

10.4�

12.0�

13.1�

26�

15.5�

12.2�

14.1�

15.2�

A3�

26�

61.5�

38.2�

48.0�

57.9�

26�

28.1�

16.5�

21.9�

26.8�

26�

9.6�

7.1�

8.5�

9.5�

26�

11.1�

7.7�

9.9�

11.0�

A4�

26�

65.7�

42.8�

51.8�

62.7�

26�

35.6�

19.7�

25.0�

33.8�

26�

10.4�

7.2�

9.3�

10.3�

26�

12.3�

8.7�

10.9�

12.1�

A5�

26�

73.8�

48.2�

57.8�

70.7�

26�

38.5�

23.1�

29.3�

36.1�

26�

12.0�

9.3�

10.9�

11.9�

26�

13.9�

11.1�

12.7�

13.8�

A6�

26�

63.9�

40.5�

50.3�

60.2�

26�

33.8�

18.2�

23.8�

32.1�

26�

10.1�

7.4�

9.0�

10.0�

26�

11.6�

8.2�

10.4�

11.5�

A7�

26�

70.9�

46.4�

55.7�

68.2�

26�

36.4�

22.2�

27.4�

33.8�

26�

11.4�

8.7�

10.4�

11.4�

26�

13.1�

10.6�

12.1�

13.0�

A8�

26�

76.2�

49.2�

60.0�

72.9�

26�

40.6�

24.2�

30.6�

37.9�

26�

12.5�

9.9�

11.5�

12.4�

26�

14.8�

11.8�

13.4�

14.6�

NAAQS�

100(µg/m

3)�

60(µg/m

3 )�

80(µg/m

3 )�

80(µg/m

3 )�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-1

2�

��

Monitoring�Locations�

No�of�Samples�

CO(m

g/m

3)�

O3(µg/m

3)�

NH

3(µg/m

3)�

Max�

Min�

Mean�

98��percentile�

Max�

Min�

Mean�

98��percentile�

Max�

Min�

Mean�

98��percentile�

A1�

26�

0.24�

0.11�

0.14�

0.22�

42.0�

17.0�

30.5�

41.5�

26.0�

20.0�

20.9�

24.5�

A2�

26�

0.35�

0.16�

0.23�

0.34�

52.0�

29.0�

40.2�

50.5�

34.0�

19.0�

26.7�

32.5�

A3�

26�

0.16�

<0.10�

0.11�

0.15�

35.0�

13.0�

23.9�

33.5�

<20�

<20�

<20�

<20�

A4�

26�

0.21�

<0.10�

0.13�

0.19�

39.0�

16.0�

28.2�

38.5�

24.0�

<20�

20.31�

23.0�

A5�

26�

0.28�

0.13�

0.18�

0.27�

46.0�

21.0�

35.0�

45.5�

30.0�

18.0�

22.6�

28.5�

A6�

26�

0.18�

<0.10�

0.12�

0.17�

37.0�

14.0�

25.9�

36.5�

22.0�

<20�

20.1�

21.5�

A7�

26�

0.26�

0.11�

0.16�

0.24�

44.0�

19.0�

32.7�

43.5�

28.0�

16.0�

21.3�

26.5�

A8�

26�

0.31�

0.14�

0.20�

0.30�

48.0�

24.0�

37.5�

47.5�

32.0�

17.0�

24.4�

31.0�

NAAQ�Standards�

4.0mg/m

3 �at�1hr�

180µg/m

3 �at�1hr�

400µg/m

3�

� �

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-13�

GRAPHICAL�PRESENTATION�OF�AMBIENT�AIR�QUALITY�IN�THE�STUDY�AREA�

� �

65.1

75.9

57.962.7

70.760.2

68.272.9

100

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

120.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

98�Percentile�of�PM10�(µg/m3)

36.040.0

26.8

33.836.1

32.1 33.837.9

60

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

98�Percentile�of�PM2.5�(µg/m3)

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-14�

GRAPHICAL�PRESENTATION�OF�AMBIENT�AIR�QUALITY�IN�THE�STUDY�AREA�

11.0 13.19.5 10.3 11.9 10.0 11.4 12.4

80

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

98�Percentile�of�SO2�(µg/m3)

12.515.2

11.0 12.1 13.8 11.5 13.0 14.6

80

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

98�Percentile�of�NOx�(µg/m3)

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-15�

GRAPHICAL�PRESENTATION�OF�AMBIENT�AIR�QUALITY�IN�THE�STUDY�AREA�

0.220.34

0.15 0.19 0.27 0.17 0.24 0.30

4

0.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

98�Percentile�CO�(mg/m3)

41.550.5

33.5 38.548.5

36.543.5 47.5

180

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

120.0

140.0

160.0

180.0

200.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

O3�(µg/m3)

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-16�

GRAPHICAL�PRESENTATION�OF�AMBIENT�AIR�QUALITY�IN�THE�STUDY�AREA�

3.5.3�Existing�Ambient�Air�Quality�

On� the� perusal� of� above� summary� of� analysis� of� ambient� air� quality� in� the� study� are� it� is�

evident� that�all�monitored�values�in�various� locations�are�well�within�the�specified�limits�of�

CPCB.�The�� results�are�summarized�below:�

PM10:� The� highest� PM10� concentration� 79.2µg/m3� was� observed� in� the� ambient� air� was�

recorded�at�station�A2�while�the�lowest�PM10�concentration�was�found�to�be�38.2µg/m3�at�A3.���

All�the�monitored�values�of�PM10�are�well�below�the�specified�limit�of�100�µg/m3.�

PM2.5:� The� highest� PM2.5� concentration� 42.7µg/m3� was� observed� in� the� ambient� air� was�

recorded�� at�station�A3�while�the�lowest�PM2.5�concentration�was�found�to�be�16.5µg/m3�

at�A3.�All�the�monitored�values�of�PM2.5�are�well�below�the�specified�limit�of�60�µg/m3.��

SO2:�The�highest�SO2�concentration�13.2µg/m3�was�observed�in�the�ambient�air�was�recorded�

at� station�A2�while� the� lowest� SO2�concentration�was� found� to�be� 7.1µg/m3� at�A3.�All� the�

monitored�values�of�SO2�are�well�below�the�specified�limit�of�80�µg/m3.�

24.5 32.520.0 23.0 28.5 21.5 26.5 31.0

400.0

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

300.0

350.0

400.0

450.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Standard

Ammonia�NH3�(µg/m3)

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-17�

NOx:� The� highest� NOx� concentration� 15.5µg/m3was� observed� in� the� ambient� air� was�

recorded�at�station�A2�while�the�lowest�NOx�concentration�was�found�to�be�7.7µg/m3�at�A3.��

All�the�monitored�values�of�NOx�are�well�below�the�specified�limit�of�80�µg/m3.�

CO:�The�highest�CO�concentration�0.34mg/m3was�observed�in�the�ambient�air�was�recorded�

at� station�A2�while�the� lowest�CO�concentration�was�found�to�be�<0.10mg/m3�BDL(Below�

Detection� Limit)� at�A3,�A4,� and�A6.� �All� the�monitored� values� of�CO� are�well� below� the�

specified�limit�of�4.0mg/m3�at�1hr.�

O3:�The�highest�O3�concentration�52.0µg/m3was�observed�in�the�ambient�air�was�recorded�at�

station�A2� while� the� lowest�O3� concentration� was� found� to� be� 13.0µg/m3� at� A3.� �All� the�

monitored�values�of�O3�are�well�below�the�specified�limit�of�180�µg/m3�at�1hr.�

NH3:�The�highest�NH3�concentration�34.0µg/m3was�observed�in�the�ambient�air�was�recorded�

at� station�A1�while�the�lowest�NH3�concentration�was�found�to�be�<20.0µg/m3�BDL�at�A3,�

A4�and�A6.��All�the�� monitored� values� of� NH3� are� well� below� the� specified� limit� of�

400µg/m3�

Lead�(Pb),�Benzene�(C6H6),�Benzo(a)pyrene�(BaP),�Arsenic�(As),�Nickel�(Ni),�HC�(methane�and�non�

methane�Hydro�Carbon),�Volatile�Organic�Carbon�(VOC)��are�remained�below�detection�limit�(BDL)�

in�the�study�area.�

3.6�WATER�ENVIRONMENT�

The�water�resources,�both�surface�and�groundwater�play�an��important�role�in�the�development�

of� the� area.� Likewise,� the� water� resources� of� the� area� have� been� studied� to� establish� the���

current�status�of�water�quality�in�the�area.�The�parameters�of�prime�importance�were�selected�

under�physical,�chemical�inorganic,�chemical�organic�and�heavy�metal�groups.�Water�samples�

from�ground�and�surface�water�sources�were�collected.�The�water�samples�were�collected�in�

pre-treated� sampling� cans� and� transported� to� laboratory� for� analysis.� Due� care� was� taken�

during�sampling�&�transportation�of�these�samples.�

3.6.1�Surface�Water�and�Ground�Water�Quality�Assessment�

In�order�to�assess�water�quality�impacts�surface�water�and�ground�water�samples�are�collected�

from� the� surrounding� villages.� The� samples� analyzed� for� various� physical� and� chemical�

parameters�to�know�the�contamination�levels�as�per�the�IS�Standards.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-18�

1.� Ground�water�quality��� � ---��� IS�10500-2012�

2.� Surface/canal/sea�water�quality�� ---���� IS�2296�

3.6.2�Selection�of�Sampling�Locations�

� Sampling�locations�were�selected�on�basis�of:�

a)� Drainage�pattern�

b)� Location�of�residential�areas�respecting�different�activities��

c)� Likely�areas�those�can�represent�baseline�conditions�

Samples� for� bacteriological� analysis� were� collected� in� sterilized� glass� bottles.� Selected�

physico-chemical� and� bacteriological� parameters� have� been� analyzed� for� projecting� the�

existing�water�quality�status�in�the�study�area.��

The�samples�were�analyzed�in�accordance�with�“Standard�Methods�for�Examination�of�Water�

and�Wastewater�Analysis”�published�by�APHA.�

3.6.3�Sampling�Techniques��

Samples� for�chemical�analysis�were�collected�in�polyethylene�carboys.�Samples�collected�for�

metal�content�were�acidified�with�1�ml�HNO3.�Samples�for�bacteriological�� analysis� were�

collected�in�sterilized�glass�bottles.�Selected�physico-chemical�and�� bacteriological� parameters�

have�been�analyzed�for�projecting�the�existing�water�quality��status� in� the� study� area.��

Parameters� like� temperature,�Dissolved�Oxygen� (DO)� and� pH�were� analyzed� at� the� time� of�

sample�collection.�

The�methodology� for� sample�collection�and�preservation�techniques�was� followed�as�per�the�

Standard�Operating�Procedures�(SOP)�mentioned�in�table�3.7.��

Table�3.7�Standard�Operating�Procedures�(SOP)�for�water�sampling�

Parameter� Sample�Collection� Sample�Size� Storage/�Preservation�

pH� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

50�ml� On�site�analysis�

Electrical�

Conductivity�

Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

50�ml� On�site�parameter�

Total�suspended�solids� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

100�ml� Refrigeration,�

can�be�stored�for�7�days�

Total� Dissolved��

Solids�

Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

100�ml� Refrigeration,�

can�be�stored�for�7�days�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-19�

Parameter� Sample�Collection� Sample�Size� Storage/�Preservation�

BOD� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

500�ml� Refrigeration,�48�hrs�

Hardness� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

100�ml� Add� HNO3� to� pH<2,�

refrigeration;�6�months�

Chlorides� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

50�ml� Not�required;�28�days�

Sulphates� Grab�sampling�

Plastic�/glass�container�

100�ml� Refrigeration;�28�days�

Nitrates� Plastic�containers� 100�ml� Refrigeration;�48�hrs�

Fluorides� Plastic�containers�only� 100�ml� Not�required;�28�days�

Alkalinity� Plastic/�glass�containers� 100�ml� Refrigeration;�14�days�

Ammonia� Plastic/�glass�containers� 100�ml� Add� H2SO4� to� pH>2,�

refrigeration,�28�days�

Heavy� Metals� (As,�

Cd,� Mn,� Cu,� Fe,� Zn,�

Pb�etc.)�

Plastic/�Glass�rinse�with�

1+1�HNO3�

500�ml� Filter,�add�HNO3�to�pH>2;�

Grab�sample;�6�months�

Analytical�Techniques��

The�analytical�techniques�used�for�water�analysis�is�given�in�the�Table�3.8.�

Table�3.8�Analytical�techniques�for�water�analysis�

Parameter� Method��

pH� APHA-4500-H+�

Colour� APHA-2120�C�

Odour� IS:�3025,�Part-4�

Temperature� APHA-2550�B�

Dissolved�Oxygen� APHA-4500�O�

BOD� APHA-5210�B�

Electrical�conductivity� APHA-2510�B�

Turbidity� APHA-2130�B�

Chlorides� APHA-4500�Cl-�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-20�

Parameter� Method��

Fluorides� APHA-4500�F-�

Total�dissolved�solids� APHA-2540�C�

Total�suspended�solids� APHA-2540�D�

Total�hardness� APHA-2340�C�

Sulphates� APHA-4500�SO4-2�

Arsenic� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3114�B/�APHA-3500�As�

Calcium� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Ca�

Magnesium� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Mg�

Sodium� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Na�

Potassium� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�K�

Manganese� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Mn�

Mercury� APHA-3112�B/�APHA-3500�Hg�

Lead� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Pb�

Copper� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Cu�

Cadmium� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Cd�

Iron� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Fe�

Zinc� APHA-3120�B/�APHA-3500�Zn�

Boron� APHA-4500�B�

Coliform�organisms� APHA-9215�D�

Alkalinity� APHA-2320�B�

COD� APHA-5220�D�

Phenolic�Compounds� APHA-510�C�

Source:� Standard� Methods� for� the� Examination� of� Water� and� Wastewater,� Published� By� APHA,�

AWWA,�WEF�23rd�Edition,�2017�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-21�

3.6.4�Water�Sampling�Stations�

Table�3.9�Water�sampling�locations�

Code� Station�

Direction�bearing�

w.r.t�Project�Site�

Latitude�&�Longitude�

Distance�from�

Project�Site�(km)�

Source�of�collection�

GW1� Kheda�Camp� NW�from�

Kheda1�Well�

�22°45'21.79"N��

72°42'19.80"E�

1.5� Supply�water�

GW2� Undhela�S�from�PNE2�

�22°41'49.25"N��

72°42'49.67"E�

3.5� Supply�Water�

GW3� VASO� ESE�from�

VASO2�

�22°39'39.56"N��

72°45'22.76"E�

4.1� Supply�Water�

GW4� Punaj� NW�from�

PNE1�East�

�22°38'51.63"N��

72°36'43.70"E�

5.1� Supply�Water�

GW5� Daloli� ESE�of�

Changara�

well�

�22°31'51.13"N��

72°35'3.54"E�

3.3� Supply�Water�

GW6� Varsada� NW�from�

Indernaj�well�

�22°31'0.32"N��

72°30'46.41"E�

1.9� Ground�water�

GW7� Vatadara� NNW�of�

TS10�well�

�22°20'28.80"N��

72°45'9.02"E�

2.2� Ground�water�

GW8� Kalamsar� SSW�of�

TS10�well�

�22°18'9.71"N��

72°44'32.35"E�

2.9� Ground�water�

SW1� Vatrak�River�Near�

Kheda�West�of�

Kheda1�well�

�22°45'19.56"N��

72°40'53.69"E�

3.6� Surface�water�

SW2� Vally�Lake� South��of�

Indernaj�

Well�

�22°28'10.07"N��

72°30'55.65"E�

3.2� Surface�water�

SW3� Nagrama�Pond� SW�of�

PNE1East�

�22°37'8.58"N��

72°38'42.87"E�

0.8� Surface�water�

SW4� Kanbha�Pond� SE�from�

TS10�well�

�22°18'44.70"N���

72°47'22.04"E�

3.4� Surface�water�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-22�

Fig�3.3�Ground�Water�and�Surface�Water�Sampling�Location�Map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-2

3�

Table�3.10�Ground�water�quality�of�the�study�area�

S.No.�

PARAMETER�

UNIT�

GW1�

GW2�

GW3�

GW4�

GW5�

GW6�

GW7�

GW8�

IS:10500-Standards�

��

��

��

��

��

�Acceptable�

Permissible�

1.�

Color�

Hazen�

<1�

<1�

<1�

<1�

<1�

<1�

<1�

<1�

5�15�

2.�

Temperature�of�Water�

0 C�

26.5�

26.9�

26.1�

26.1�

25.9�

26.1�

25.9�

26.5�

-�-�

3.�

pH�

-�7.6�

7.8�

7.7�

7.6�

7.3�

8.1�

7.6�

7.6�

6.5-8.5�

6.5-8.5�

4.�

Turbidity�

NTU�

0.73�

0.78�

0.7�

3�

1.45�

1.1�

1.2�

0.73�

1�5�

5.�

Total�Dissolved�Solids�

mg/l�

796�

822�

811�

839�

546�

695�

708�

796�

500�

2000�

6.�

Total�alkalinity�(as��CaCO3)�

mg/l�

464�

486�

452�

270�

260�

438�

406�

464�

200�

600�

7.�

Total�Hardness�(as��CaCO3)�

mg/l�

158�

165�

159�

176�

250�

127�

115�

158�

300�

600�

8.�

Chlorides�as�Cl�

mg/l�

116�

120�

116�

224�

106�

105�

134�

116�

250�

1000�

9.�

Calcium�as�Ca�

mg/l�

71�

83�

78�

101�

74�

24.8�

19.2�

71�

75�

200�

10.�

Magnesium�as�Mg�

mg/l�

26.8�

28.1�

26.5�

27�

58�

18.3�

16.4�

26.8�

30�

100�

11.�

Fluoride�as�F�

mg/l�

0.58�

0.64�

0.58�

0.71�

0.66�

0.73�

0.68�

0.58�

1.0�

1.5�

12.�

Nitrates�as�NO3�

mg/l�

9.4�

3.9�

3.6�

4.2�

6.1�

5.8�

5.4�

9.4�

45�

45�

13.�

Sulphates�as�SO4�

mg/l�

69.6�

72�

68.2�

134.4�

63.6�

63�

80.4�

69.6�

200�

400�

14.�

Arsen

ic�as�As�

mg/l�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

0.01�

0.05�

15.�

Cadmium�as�Cd�

mg/l�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

<0.002�

0.003�

0.003�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-2

4�

16.�

Copper�as�Cu�

mg/l�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

0.05�

1.5�

17.�

Lead�as�Pb�

mg/l�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

0.01�

0.01�

18.�

Iron�as�Fe�

mg/l�

0.11�

0.11�

0.10�

0.12�

0.10�

0.12�

0.11�

0.11�

0.3�

0.3�

19.�

Manganese�as�Mn�

mg/l�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

<0.05�

0.1�

0.3�

20.�

Zinc�as�Zn�

mg/l�

0.23�

0.25�

0.23�

0.28�

0.21�

0.26�

0.24�

0.23�

5.0�

15.0�

21.�

Dissolved�phosphates�

mg/l�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

<0.01�

-�-�

22.�

Phenolic�Compounds�as�

C6H5OH�

mg/l�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

<0.001�

0.001�

0.002�

23.�

Residual�Chlorine�

mg/l�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

<0.005�

-�-�

24.�

E.�Coli�

MPN/100�ml�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

Not�

Detected�

ND�

ND�

25.�

Total�Coliforms�

MPN/100�ml�

61�

59�

56�

59�

36�

48�

54�

61�

ND�

ND�

� � � � � �

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-25�

Table�3.11�Surface�water�quality�of�the�study�area�

S.�No� PARAMETER� UNIT� SW1� SW2� SW3� SW4� IS:2296�–Standard

s�1.� Color�� Hazen� <1� <1� <1� <1� -�2.� Odour� -� Agreeable� Agreeable� Agreeable� Agreeable� -�3.� Turbidity� Ntu� 2.3� 2.5� 2.4� 5.7� -�4.� pH� -�

7.3� 7.5� 7.4� 7.7�6.50�–�8.50�

5.� Temperature� 0C� 24.3� 25.8� 24.9� 25.1� -�6.� Electrical�Conductivity� mmhos/

cm�316� 329� 335� 353� -�

7.� Total�Dissolved�Solids� mg/l� 206� 224� 218� 230� 1500�8.� Total�Suspended�Solids� � mg/l� 8� 10� 9� 12� -�9.� Total�Alkalinity�as�CaCO3� mg/l� 137� 156� 148� 162� -�10.� Total�Hardness�as�� mg/l� 116� 127� 121� 139� -�11.� Calcium�as�Ca� mg/l� 30.2� 35.1� 31.8� 37.5� -�12.� Magnesium�as�Mg� mg/l� 9.3� 10.4� 9.6� 11.1� -�13.� Chloride�as�Cl� mg/l� 35.2� 37.2� 36.4� 39.7� -�14.� Sulphate�as�SO4� � mg/l� 9.5� 10.6� 9.8� 11.9� -�15.� Nitrate�as�NO3� mg/l� 0.17� 0.23� 0.2� 0.26� � �16.� Iron�as�Fe� mg/l� 0.08� 0.11� 0.09� 0.12� -�17.� Hexavalent�Chromium��

as�Cr6+�mg/l�

<0.001� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001�0.05�

18.� Phenolic�Compounds� mg/l� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� 0.005�19.� Cyanide�as�CN� � mg/l� <0.002� <0.002� <0.002� <0.002� 0.05�20.� Zinc�as�Zn� mg/l� <�0.01� <�0.01� <�0.01� <�0.01� 15�21.� Lead�as�Pb� mg/l� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� 0.01�22.� Copper�as�Cu� mg/l� <0.05� <0.05� <0.05� <0.05� 1.5�23.� Aluminium�as�Al� mg/l� <0.005� <0.005� <0.005� <0.005� 0.1�24.� Manganese�as�Mn� mg/l� <0.05� <0.05� <0.05� <0.05� 5.0�25.� Mercury�as�Hg� mg/l� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� -�26.� Arsenic�as�As� mg/l� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� <0.001� -�27.� Cadmium�as�Cd� mg/l� <0.002� <0.002� <0.002� <0.002� -�28.� Dissolved�Oxygen� mg/l� 6.1� 6.6� 6.4� 6.8� 5.0�min�29.� Chemical�Oxygen�Demand� mg/l� 2.6� 3.2� 2.9� 3.6� -�30.� Biochemical� Oxygen�

Demand�mg/l�

1� 1.1� 1� 1.2�3.0�

31.� Total�Kjheldhal�Nitrogen� mg/l� <�1.0� <�1.0� <�1.0� <�1.0� -�32.� Free�Ammonical�Nitrogen� mg/l� <�0.01� <�0.01� <�0.01� <�0.01� -�33.� Oil�&�Grease� mg/l� <�0.1� <�0.1� <�0.1� <�0.1� -�34.� E.�Coli� MPN/100�

ml�Absent� Absent� Absent� Absent� Absent�

35.� Total�Coliforms� MPN/100�ml�

590� 630� 610� 660� 5000�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-26�

3.6.5�Surface�water�quality�results�are�summarized�below:�

·� pH�of�the�surface�water�collected�was�neutral�with�pH�ranging�from�7.3�–�7.7�

·� TDS�was�found�to�be�206mg/l� to�230mg/l.�The�tolerance� limit�of�1,500�mg/l�as�per�

IS:2296��

·� Total�hardness�was�found�to�be�116mg/l�to�139mg/l��

·� Presence�of�Nitrate�was�recorded�as�0.17mg/l��to�0.26mg�/l�

·� DO�was�observed�as�6.1mg/l��to�6.8mg�/l�

·� Total�coliform�in�water�was�590MPN/100ml�to�660MPN/100ml�.The�likely�source�of�

bacteriological�contamination�was�due�to�the�proximity�to�residential�area�

·� All�the�heavy�metals�were�found�to�be�within�below�detectable�limits.�

3.6.6�Summary�of�Groundwater�quality:�

·� During�the�study�period,�the�pH�of� the�groundwater�was�found�varying�between�7.3�

and�8.1.�The�pH�values� for�all� the� samples�collected� in� the� study�area�during� study�

period�were�found�to�be�within�the�acceptable�limits.�

·� The�TDS�of�all�the�samples�were�within�the�permissible�limit�of�2000�mg/l�except�at�

project�site�(GW1)�exceeds�the�permissible�limit.�

·� The� Chloride� levels� in� the� groundwater� samples� collected� in� the� study� area� were�

ranging�from�105�–�224mg/l.��

·� In�the�groundwater�samples�collected�from�the�study�area,�the�hardness�was�found�to�

be�varying�from�151�mg/l�to1377�mg/l.��

·� In�the�groundwater�samples�of�study�area�the�fluoride�values�were�found�to�be�within�

a�range�of�0.58�mg/l�to�0.73�mg/l.��

All�the�heavy�metals�in�all�samples�were�found�to�be�below�the�permissible�limits.��

An�overview�of�the�results�obtained�reveals� that�three�parameters�of�TDS,�Chloride,�

Hardness,� were� found� above� the� permissible� limits� at� GW1� samples� of� IS:� 10500�

Drinking�Water�Standards.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-27�

3.7�SOIL�QUALITY�

3.7.1�Selection�of�sampling�Locations�

For�studying�soil�profile�of�the�region,�sampling�locations�were�selected�to�assess�the�existing�

overall� soil� conditions� around� the� project� site.�The� study� of� the� soil�profile�establishes� the�

baseline� characteristics� and� this� will� help� in� future� for� identifying� the� incremental�

concentrations� if� any,� due� to� the� proposed� project.� The� sampling� locations� have� been�

identified�with�following�objectives.�

a)� To�determine�the�baseline�soil�characteristics�of�the�study�area�

b)� To�determine�the�impact�of�the�project�activities�on�soil�characteristics�

3.7.2�Sampling�and�Analytical�Techniques�

Five� sampling� locations� were� selected� to� assess� the� existing� soil� conditions� representing�

various� land� use� conditions� and� geological� features.� At� each� location,� soil� samples� were�

collected�from�three�different�depths�viz.�30�cm,�60�cm�and�90�cm��below� the�surface�and�are�

homogenized.�This�is�in�line�with�IS:�2720�&�Methods�of�� Soil�Analysis,�Part-1,�2nd�edition,�

1986�of�(American�Society�for�Agronomy�and�Soil��Science� Society� of� America).� The�

homogenized�samples�were�analyzed�for�physical�� and� chemical� characteristics.� The� soil�

samples�were�collected�and�analyzed�once�in�each�season.�

The� samples� have� been� analyzed� as� per� the� established� scientific� methods� for� physico-

chemical�parameters.�

The�methodology�adopted�for�each�parameter�is�described�in�table�3.12.�

Table�3.12�Analytical�techniques�for�Soil�analysis�

Parameter� Method�(ASTM�number)�

Textural�classification� Chart�developed�by�Public�Roads�

Administration�

pH� pH�meter�(D�1293-84)�

Electrical�conductivity� Conductivity�meter�(D�1125-82)�

Nitrogen� Kjeldahl�distillation�(D�3590-84)�

Phosphorus� Molybdenum�blue,�calorimetric�(D�515-82)�

Potassium� Flame�photometric�(D�1428-82)�

Sodium� Flame�photometric�(D�1428-82)�

Calcium� IS:2720�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-28�

Parameter� Method�(ASTM�number)�

Magnesium� IS:2720�

Chlorides� Argentometric�(D�512-81�Rev�85)�

Table�3.13�Details�of�soil�sampling�locations�

Code� Location/Villages�Latitude�and��Longitude�

Distance�from�Project�Site(km)�

Direction�Bearing��w.r.t�Project�Site�

S1�Kheda�Camp� �22°45'0.88"N��

72°42'26.09"E�1.0� W�of�Kheda1�

S2�Vaso� �22°39'37.85"N��

72°44'57.71"E�3.3� ESE�of�VASO2�well�

S3�Changara� �22°32'52.28"N��

72°35'34.92"E�4.2� ENE�

S4�Varsada� �22°29'31.63"N��

72°29'58.69"E�2.0�

WSW�of�Indernaj�

well�

S5�Benejda� �22°19'59.74"N��

72°46'4.20"E�1.6� NNE�of�TS10�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-29�

Fig�3.4�Soil�sampling�location�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-30�

Table�3.14�Soil�analysis�results�in�the�study�area�

S.No�

Parameter� Unit� S1� S2� S3� S4� S5�

1.� pH�(1:5)�Aq�Extract� --� 8.9� 8.7� 9.8� 8.5� 8.3�

2.� Conductivity��

(1:5�Aq�Extract)�

m�mhos�

/cm� 574� 539� 526� 205� 569�

3.� Texture�

(a)�Sand��

(b)�Silt��

(c)�Clay��

%�

43.8�

10.0�

46.2�

42.3�

12.4�

��45.3�

76.2�

8.2�

15.6�

36.7�

6.8�

56.5�

33.4�

15.8�

50.8�

4.� Bulk�Density� gm/cm3� 107� 112� 118� 103� 98�

5.� Moisture�Content� %� 5.1� 4.8� 5.4� 4.3� 4�

6.� Available�Nitrogen�as�N� kg/ha� 101� 119� 56� 119� 110�

7.� Available�Phosphorous�as�P� kg/ha� 22.3� 32.9� 10.3� 22.5� 31.8�

8.� Available�Potassium�as�K� kg/ha� 263� 208� 103� 241� 248�

9.� Exchangeable� Sodium� as�

Na�

mg/kg�

172� 181� 141� 169� 163�

10.� Exchangeable� Calcium� as�

Ca�

mg/kg�

164� 174� 142� 286� 386�

11.� Exchangeable� Magnesium�

as�Mg�

mg/kg�

132� 178� 75� 110� 121�

12.� Water� Soluble� Chlorides� as�

Cl�

mg/kg�

191� 206� 162� 202� 216�

13.� Water� Soluble� Sulphates� as�

SO4�

mg/kg�

17.5� 19.2� 15.9� 21.5� 20.8�

14.� Organic�matter� � %� 0.96� 1.2� 0.42� 0.98� 1.0�

15.� Organic�Carbon� %� 0.78� 0.82� 0.29� 0.73� 0.80�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-31�

3.7.3�Summary�of�Soil�Analysis�Data�

The�analytical�results�of�the�soil�samples�are�summarized�below.��

The�pH�of�the�soil�is�an�important�property;�vegetation�cannot�grow�in�low�and�high�pH�value�

soils.�The�normal�range�of�pH�in�the�soils�is�6.0�to�8.5.�The�pH�values�in�the�study�area�are�

varying�from�8.3�to�9.8�indicating�that�the�soils�are�falling�in�neutral�to�slightly�alkaline�soil.��

Based�on�the�electrical�conductivity,�the�soils�are�classified�into�four�groups�(Normal,�Critical�for� germination,� Critical� for� growth� of� the� sensitive� crops,� Injurious� to� most� crops).� The�electrical�conductivity�in�the�study�area�is�varying�from�205�to�574�micro-� Siemens� per�centimeter�(µS/cm).�This�is�average�for�germination.���

The� other� important� parameters� for� characterization� of� soil� for� irrigation� are� the� primary�

nutrients� –� Nitrogen,� Phosphorus� and� Potassium� (N,� P,� K)� and� the� secondary� nutrients-

Calcium,�Magnesium�and�Sulphur�(Ca,�Mg,�S).�The�primary�and�secondary�nutrient�elements�

are�known�as�major�elements.�This�classification�is�based�on�their�relative�abundance,�and�not�

on�their�relative�importance.��

Nitrogen�encourages�the�vegetative�development�of�plants�by�imparting�a�healthy��green�

colour�to�the�leaves.�The�available�Nitrogen�as�N�in�the�study�area�is�varying�from�56�to�119�

kg/ha.�This�is�less�for�crops�when�compared�with�soil�standards.�

Phosphorus� influences� the�vigour�of�plants� and� improves� the� quality�of�crops.� In� the� study�

area�available,�Phosphorus�was�found�in�varying�quantities�of�10.3�to�32.9��kg/ha.� This� is� less�

sufficient�level�when�compared�to�soil�standards.�

Potassium�enhances�the�ability�of�the�plants�to�resist�diseases,�insect�attacks,�cold�and�other�

adverse� conditions.� The� available� potassium� in� the� study� area� varies� between� 103� to� 263�

kg/ha.�This�is�very�less�sufficient�level�for�crops.�

Organic�Carbon�in�the�study�area�ranges�from�0.29�to�0.82%.�This�is�very�less�level�for�crops.�

Based�on�the�above�results,�the�soils�in�the�region�are�average�fertile�enough�for�� cultivation�

of�crops.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-32�

Table�3.15�Standard�soil�classification�

S.�No� Soil�Test� Classification�1.� pH� <4.5�Extremely�acidic�

4.51-�5.50�Very�strongly�acidic�5.51-6.00�moderately�acidic�6.01-6.50�slightly�acidic�6.51-7.30�Neutral�7.31-7.80�slightly�alkaline�7.81-8.50�moderately�alkaline�8.51-9.0�strongly�alkaline�>9.00�very�strongly�alkaline�

2.� Electrical�Conductivity�(ppm)�(1ppm�=�640�µmhos)�

Up�to�1.00�Average�1.01-2.00�harmful�to�germination�2.01-3.00�harmful�to�crops�(sensitive�to�salts)�

3.� Organic�Carbon� Up�to�0.2:�very�less�0.21-0.4:�less�0.41-0.5�medium,�0.51-0.8:�on�an�average�sufficient�0.81-1.00:�sufficient�>1.0�more�than�sufficient�

4.� Nitrogen�(Kg/ha)� Up�to�50�very�less�51-100�less�101-150�good�151-300�Better�>300�sufficient�

5.� Phosphorus�(Kg/ha)� Up�to�15�very�less�16-30�less�31-50�medium�51-65�on�an�average�sufficient�66-80�sufficient�>80�more�than�sufficient�

6.� Potassium�(Kg/ha)� 0�-120�very�less�120-180�less�181-240�medium�241-300�average�301-360�better�>360�more�than�sufficient�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-33�

3.8�NOISE�ENVIRONMENT�

3.8.1�Identification�of�Sampling�Locations�

Noise�at�different�generating�sources�has�identified�based�on�the�activities�in�the�village�area,�

ambient�noise�due�to�industries�and�traffic�and�the�noise�at�sensitive�areas.�A�detailed�survey�

on�noise�environment�was�carried�in�and�around�the�project�site� to�study�the�levels�of�noise,�

as� the� high� dB� (A)� levels� may� cause� adverse� effect� on� human� beings� and� associated�

environment,� including� structures,� domestic� animals� and� natural� ecological� systems.� The�

locations�were�identified�keeping�in�view�the�land�use�pattern�and�environmental�setting.�Spot�

noise�levels�were�measured�using�a�precision�noise�level�meter�at�eight�locations�within�study�

zone.�

3.8.2�Methodology��

The�monitoring�was�carried�out�at�each�location�for�a�period�of�24hrs,�once�during�the�study�

period.�The�locations�were�identified�keeping�in�view�the�land�use�pattern�and�environmental�

setting.� The�day� levels� of�noise� have�been�monitored� during� 6� am� to� 10� pm� and� the� night�

levels�during�10�pm�to�6�am.�The�Ld,�Ln�and�Ldn�were�calculated�based�on�the�hourly�Leq�

values.� Spot� noise� levels� were�measured� using� a� precision� noise� level� meter� at� residential�

areas,�industrial�areas�and�commercial�centres�etc.,�in�all�eight�locations�which�were�covered�

with�in�study�zone.�The�noise�levels�include�vehicular�movement�and�local�activities.�

Noise� levels�were� recorded� for� every� 15minutes� in� a� clock� hour� for� a� continuous� 24-hour�

period�at�all�locations.�

Table�3.16�Noise�Monitoring�Locations�

S.No� Location�Station�Code�

Direction�from�

Project�Site�

Latitude�and�Longitude�

Distance�w.r.t�Project�Site�km�

Environmental�Setting�

1.� Khumarvad� N1�

ENE�from�

Kheda1�

Well�

�22°45'5.54"N��

72°43'29.83"E�0.9�

Residential�Area�

2.�Kheda�

Town�N2�

WNW�from�

PNE1�well�

�22°44'29.53"N��

72°41'12.44"E�2.2�

Residential�Area�

3.� Vansar� N3�SSE�from�

PNE2�

�22°43'26.90"N��

72°42'49.06"E�0.4� Residential�Area�

4.� Vaso� N4�

East�from�

VASO2�

Well�

�22°40'6.77"N��

72°45'15.54"E�3.9� Residential�Area�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-34�

5.� Nandoli� N5�

ESE�from�

PNE1�East�

well�

�22°37'5.88"N��

72°40'52.15"E�3.2� Residential�Area�

6.� Daloli� N6�

East�from�

Changara�

Well�

�22°31'53.45"N��

72°35'4.68"E�3.4� Residential�Area�

7.� Indernaj� N7�

East�from�

Indernaj�

well�

�22°29'53.46"N��

72°33'22.38"E�3.9� Residential�Area�

8.� Kanbha� N8�SE�from�

TS10�well�

�22°18'52.17"N��

72°47'21.52"E�3.3�

Residential�Area�

3.8.3�Description�of�Locations:�

N1�–�the�location�has�been�selected�to�assess�noise�levels�in�the�proposed�project�site.�N2,�N3,�

N4,�N5,�N6,�N7�and�N8�–�the�locations�have�been�selected�to�assess�noise�levels�near�to�the�

project�in�residential�areas�with�light�Vehicular�Movement.�

3.8.3.1�Noise�Levels�in�the�Study�Area��

The�noise�level�monitored�during�the� study�period�are�given�in�following� table�3.17� � in�the�

form�of�Lday,�Lnight�and�Ldn�compared�with�CPCB�Standards.�

Table�3.17�CPCB�standards�of�Noise�levels�

Location�Code�

Environmental�Setting�

CPCB�norms�Leq�(dBA)�

Lday� Lnight�

Day� Night�

N1� Industrial� 75� 70� 54.3� 42.5�

N2�Industrial��

75� 70� 62.5� 50.3�

N3�Industrial�

75� 70� 48.3� 38.0�

N4�Industrial�

75� 70� 52.3� 40.4�

N5�Residantial�

75� 70� 58.6� 51.7�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-35�

N6�Residential�

55� 45� 50.2� 40.4�

N7�Residential�

55� 45� 56.3� 44.4�

N8�Residential�

55� 45� 60.7� 48.6�

Fig�3.5�Noise�Monitoring�Location�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-36�

GRAPHICAL�REPRESENTATION�OF�NOISE�LEVELS�

54.3

62.5

48.352.3

58.6

50.256.3

60.7

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

No

ise�L

eve

ls

Sampling�Locations

Equivalent�Noise�Day�Time�Leq�dB(A)

Leq�Day Residential Industrial

42.5

50.3

38.0 40.4

51.7

40.444.4

48.6

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

No

ise�L

eve

ls

Sampling�Locations

Equivalent�Noise�NightTime�Leq�dB(A)

Leq�Night Residential Industrial

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-37�

3.9�GEOLOGY�AND�HYDROGEOLOGY�

3.9.1�Physiographic�setting�

The�present�physiographic�set�up�is�a�combined�result�of�diversified�lithology,�structure�and�

denudational�as�well�as�depositional�processes�active�in�the�area.�The�terrain�has�moderate�to�

low� slope.� Over� all� drainage� density� is� low� in� most� of� the� area.� It� is� a� vast� sandy� tract�

characterised�by�gently�sloping,�slightly�rolling�to�undulating�topography�owing�to�presence�

of�blown�sands�at�surface.���

3.9.2�Geology�

The� Quaternary,� Post� Miocene� and� Tertiary� sediments� in� the� area� were� deposited� over� a�

sinking� basement.� The� main� formation� is� of� quaternary� age� -� alluvium� deposited� by�

Sabarmati� and�Watrak�rivers.�They�comprise�multi-layered� formations�of�gravel,� sand,�clay�

and� kankars� intermixed� at� places.� The�clay� and� sand�horizons� form�alternate� layers�having�

pinching�and�swelling�nature.�The�kankars,�pebbles�and�the�gravels�form�lenses.�Thickness�of�

alluvium� increases� from� north� and� North� West� towards� south� and� south� west� direction.�

Alluvium�is�underlain�by�Deccan�traps�in�general�with�intervening�blue�clays�at�some�places.��

Era� Age�of�the�formation�

Lithology�

Quaternary� Recent� and�Pleistocene�

Unconsolidated� pebble,� gravel,� sand,� silt� and�clay.����

� Pliocene� Gray�to�reddish�clay,�claystone�and�sandstone.�UNCONFORMITY�Tertiary�� Miocene����� Gray�shale,�claystone�and�conglomerate.���� Eocene��� Dark�gray�to�black,�carbonaceous�shale�UNCONFORMITY�Cretaceous�� Upper� Basalt�� � ��

3.9.3�Hydro-geomorphology�and�Ground�water�prospects�

Hydro-geomorphologically� the� wells� of� Part� A� -� Kheda-1,� PNE-1,� Vaso-2,� Changara-1,�

Indernaj-1�are�all�part�of�Alluvial�plain�of�the�Wartak�River�flowing�from�NE�to�SW�direction�

to� join� the�Sabarmati�River.�The�Sabarmati� river� flow� from�North� to�West�of�Tarapur�EPS�

before�joining�the�Gulf�of�Kumbhat.��

Similarly,�the�wells�of�Part�B�–�CB�ON/2�and�TS�and�Part�C�–�Borsad-1�are�part�of�Alluvial�

plain.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-38�

��

Legend� ��

�����������������������������������������������N�

Map�unit� Geological�sequence�

Geomorphic�unit�

����Quaternary�Sediments�

�Alluvial�plain�

�Stabilised�sand�dunes�

Fig.�3.6�Hydrogeomorphologial�map�of�block�area�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-39�

Alluvial�plain�is�the�single�most�prominent�geomorphic�unit�and�covers�the�major�part�of�the�

district.� It� forms� part� of� the� inter� cratonic� Cambay� graben,� where� sediments� have� been�

deposited� in� a� slow� sinking� basin.�Wind� as� carrier� has� dumped� or� deposited� sand� and� silt�

covering�paleo-topography�and�older�formations.��

3.9.3.1�Hydro-geological�setting�

Ground�water�occurs�both�under�phreatic�and�confined�conditions�in�arenaceous�horizons�that�

form� a� multi-layered� aquifer� system.� The� occurrence� and� movement� of� ground� water� is�

mainly�controlled�by�inter-granular�pore�spaces.�Two�major�aquifers�can�be�identified�within�

the�explored�depth.�Ground�water�in�the�upper�unit�occurs�under�phreatic�conditions,�which�at�

places�becomes�semi-confined�to�confine.�The�lower�unit,�comprising�a�few�hundred�metres�

of�alternating�sandy�and�clayey�horizons,�forms�a�multiple�confined�aquifer�system.�

In� alluvial�plain�of�Vatrak� river� the� depth� to�ground�water� is�between�5� and�10�mbgl.�The�

average� fluctuation,� between� pre-monsoon� and� post�monsoon� seasons,� recorded� during� the�

studies�is�of�the�order�of�3m.�It�varies�from�0.60m�to�10.26m.�The�aquifer�material�consists�of�

loose�sediments�with� yields�vary�from�200-400� lpm� in� tube�wells�depth� ranging�150-200m�

bgl.��

The�ground�water�resources�potential�and�stage�of�development�indicate�that�the�area�is�in�

safe�category.�The�main�kharif�crops�are�paddy�and�Juwar.�Wheat�and�pulses�are�the�main�

rabi�crops.��

3.10�SEISMICITY�AND�ASSOCIATED�HAZARDS�

The�Gujarat� region� is�one�of� the�most�seismic�prone� intra-continental� regions�of�the�world.�

The�Kheda�and�Anand�districts�fall�in�zone�III.�Based�on�tectonic�features�and�records�of�past�

earthquakes,� a� seismic� zoning�map� of� India� has� been� prepared� by� a� committee� of� experts�

under�the�auspices�of�Bureau�of�Indian�Standard�(BIS�Code:� IS:�1893:�Part�I�2002).� In�this�

seismic� zoning�map,� the� project� area� lies� in�Zone� III� i.e.�moderate� risk�zone� area� liable� to�

shaking�intensity�VII.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-40�

Fig�3.7�Seismic�map�of�India�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-41�

3.11�BIOLOGICAL�ENVIRONMENT�

3.11.1�Introduction�

Ecological�studies�are�one�of�the�important�aspects�of�Environmental�Impact�Assessment�with�

a�view�to�conserve�environmental�quality�and�biodiversity.�Ecological�systems�show�complex�

inter-relationships�between�biotic�and�abiotic�components�including�dependence,�competition�

and�mutualism.�Biotic� components�comprise�of�both� plant� and� animal�communities,�which�

interact�not� only�within�and� between� themselves� but� also�with� the�abiotic� components� viz.�

physical�and�chemical�components�of�the�environment.�

Generally,� biological� communities� are� good� indicators� of� climatic� and� edaphic� factors.�

Studies� on� biological� aspects� of� ecosystem� are� important� in� Environmental� Impact�

Assessment� for� safety� of� natural� flora� and� fauna.� The� biological� environment� includes�

terrestrial�and�aquatic�ecosystems.�

The�animal�and�plant�communities�co-exist�in�a�well-organized�manner.�Their�natural�settings�

can� get� disturbed� by� any� externally� induced� anthropological� activities� or� by� naturally�

occurring� calamities� or� disaster.� So,� once� this� setting� is� disturbed,� it� sometimes� is� either�

practically� impossible� or�may� take� a� longer� time� to� come� back� to� its�original� state.�Hence�

changes� in� the� status� of� flora� and� fauna� are� an� elementary� requirement� of� Environmental�

Impact�Assessment�studies,�in�view�of�the�need�for�conservation�of�environmental�quality�and�

biodiversity.��

Environmental� Impact�Assessment� has�become�an� integral� part� of�development� projects� in�

India� ever� since� 1994,� to� formulate� policies� and� guidelines� for� environmentally� sound�

economic�development.�Proper�assessment�of�biological� environment�and�compilation�of�its�

taxonomical�data�is�essential�for�the�impact�prediction.�

Consistent� regularly� updated� data� on� regional� and� local� taxonomy� and� floristic� and� faunal�

diversity� of� the� areas� are� almost� non-existent� in� country� as� diverse� as� India.� Instant�

information�on�biodiversity�profiles�of�the�area,�where�the�proposed�project�is�setting�up,�is�an�

essential�part�of�the�baseline�studies�of�EIA.�Contributions�towards�biodiversity�surveys�may�

sometimes�recognize�as�the�actual�value�additions�in�terms�of�new�records�or�a�new�data�base�

but�are�more�often�recognized�in�the�validation�and�updating�of�the�existing�information�base.��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-42�

3.11.2�Study�area�

The� State� of� Gujarat� is� predominately� an� arid� and� semi-arid� region.� But,� due� to� its�

geographical� position� and� topographical� variations,� it� is� quite� rich� in� its� ecological�wealth�

ranging�from�grasslands,�forests�(thorny�scrub�to�canopy�forests),�wetlands,�saline�deserts�and�

the�coastal�systems.�However,�most�of�these�ecological�systems�are�facing�threats�of�different�

kinds�originated�from�almost�all�the�above-defined�pressures�of�anthropogenic�nature.��

��

�General�view�of�project�area�

�Crop�fields��

�Pithecellobium�dulce�

�Prosopis�spicegera�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-43�

�Pariaj�lake�

�Lake�near�well�

�Invasive�species�of�Prosopis�juliflora�

�Scrub�jungle�

�Little�Egrets�in�the�study�area�

�Meshawa�Canal�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-44�

�Bajra�cultivation�

�Cucumber�cultivation�

No�natural�forest�land�was�observed�in�the�study�area�except�few�scattered�scrub�cover�in�the�

barren�lands�and�area�demarcated�for�grazing.�Floral�inventory�of�the�study�area�is�to�provide�

necessary�on� floristic� structure� in� the� study�area� for� formulating�effective�management�and�

conservation�measures.�The�climatic,�edaphic�and�biotic�variations�with�their�complex�inter-

relationship�and�composition�of�species,�which�are�adapted�to�these�variations,�have�resulted�

in� different� vegetation� cover,� characteristic� of� each� region.� The� study� area� comprises�

agricultural�fields�and�invasive�tree�i.e.�Prosopis�Juliflora�is�dominant�on�the�road�sides�and�

vacant� places.� Perennial� weeds� are� growing� naturally� and� few� trees� are� Neem,� Teak� and�

Indian�beech�growing�within� in� the�core�and�buffer�areas.�The�crops�like�wheat,� Jowar�and�

vegetables�are�harvesting�in�the�both�districts�of�the�Anand�and�Kheda.�In�the�present�survey�

10�km�area�all� around� the�project� site�were�considered� as�study� area� for�biological� survey.�

The� buffer� area� completely� occupied� by� invasive� species� is�Prosopis� juliflora.� Some� stray�

species�of�trees,�shrubs�and�herbs,�occur�here�and�there,�representing�the�last�vestiges�of�the�

natural�vegetation�of�the�region.�

3.11.3�Methodology�

3.11.3.1�Floral�diversity�

An�ecological�survey�on�baseline�status�of�flora�from�periphery�of�the�project�site�was�recorded�

through�reconnaissance�field�surveys.��The�checklists�of�plant�species�was�prepared�by�sampling�

the�vegetation�zones�and�preliminary�identification�was�done�based�on�morphological�features�

and�reproductive�materials�like�flowers,�fruits�and�seeds.���

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-45�

The�authenticity�plant�species�identification�was�confirmed�with�local�floras�is�Flora�of�Gujarat�

state.� Binomial,� family� name� and� author� citation� were� followed� as� per� “The� flora� of� the�

Presidency�of�Bombay”.�

For�trees,�ten�10×10m�square�plots�of�each�were�randomly�laid�in�each�study�site.�All� trees�of�

≥10�cm�girth�at�breast�height� (130�cm�gbh� from�ground)�were�measured�and� recorded.�Using�

Microsoft�Excel�Spreadsheet�calculations�were�made�for�the�following:��

Basal�area=�(gbh)�2/4*3.14�

������������������ =Total�number�of�quadrates�in�which�the�species�occur

Total�number�of�quadrates�studied�X�100�

��������� = ��������������Total�number�of�individuals�of�a�sepcies�inall�quadrates

Total�number�of�quadrates�studied��

���������� = ��������Total�number�of�individuals�of�a�species�in�all�quadrates

Total�number�of�quadrates�in�which�the�species�occurred��

������������������� = ���������Frequency�of�individuals�of�a�species

Total�frequency�of�all�species�X�100�

����������������� = �����������������Density�of�individuals�of�a�species

Total�total�density�of�all�species�X�100�

������������������� = ������Abundance�of�individuals�of�a�species

Total�abundance�of�all�species�X�100�

Important�Value�Index�=�Relative�density�+�Relative�frequency�+Relative�abundance�

The�diversity�indices�were�calculated�by�using�Biodiversity�pro�(1997)�in�core�zone�of�the�project�

areas�to�know�variation�among�the�plant�species.�The�data�collected�were�also�used�to�compute�

community�indices�like�species�diversity�(H')�of�different�tree�species�was�calculated�by�using�the�

Shannon-�Weiner�Index�(Shannon�and�Weiner,�1963),�as�such:���

�H'�=�-�(ni/N)/�n�(ni/N),��

Where,�ni/N,�which�denotes�the�importance�probability�of�each�species�in�a�population,�ni=�

Importance�of�value�of�species�and�N�is�the�total�number�of�individuals�of�all�species�in�that�

vegetation�type.�Species�dominance�(Cd)�was�calculated�following�Simpson�(Simpson,�1949):�

Such�that��

Cd�=��(ni/N)2,��

Where,�ni�and�N�are�the�same�as�those�for�Shannon-Weiner�information�function.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-46�

Evenness�(e)�=�H'/log�S�

where,�H'=�Shannon�index,�S�=�number�of�species.�

3.11.3.2�Faunal�diversity�

Information� pertaining� to� the� existence� of� migratory� corridors� and� breeding� habitats� of�

endangered� and� threatened� fauna�were� assessed� � � based� on� the� information� provided� by� the�

local� inhabitants� and� � � forest� department� personnel.� The� conservation� status� of� each� faunal�

species� recorded� from� the� project� areas�were�ascertained� as�per� schedules� of� Indian�wildlife�

(protection)�Act,� 1972� and� IUCN� -Red� Data�Book� (RDB).The� survey� of� faunal� elements� of�

core�and�buffer�zone�were�assessed�as�per�the�following�sampling�techniques:�

Taxa� Sampling�techniques�Butterflies� Random�walk,�Opportunistic�observations�Amphibians� Visual�encounter�survey�(Search)�Reptiles� Visual�encounter�survey�(Search)�Birds� Random�walk,�Opportunistic�observations�Mammals� Tracks,�pugmarks�and�faecal�remains�

3.11.3.4�Phytoplankton�

Few�horizontal�hauls�were�made�to�collect�plankton�samples�using�plankton�nets�with�a�mesh�

size� of� 50µm� and� 120� µm.� Samples� were� immediately� transported� to� the� laboratory� and�

preserved�using�40%�formalin.�After�thoroughly�shaking�the�concentrate�sample,�an�aliquote�

sub-sample�(1�ml),�was�transferred�on�to�a�microscopic�slide�examined.�On�an�average,�five�

such� replicates�were� taken�and� the� results� computed� for�1�ml� of� the� concentrated� sediment�

samples�and�identified�using�Edmondson�(1959),�Anand�(1988).�

3.11.3.5�Zooplankton�

For�the�qualitative�and�quantitative�analysis�of�zooplankton,�an�aliquot�sub�sample�(2�ml)�was�

taken� from� the� concentrated� sample,� after� thoroughly� shaking� and� ensuring� uniform�

distribution� of� the� plankton,� were� qualitatively� enumerated.� Five� such� enumerations� were�

made�and�averages�calculated�for�1�ml�of�each�sample�(Battish�1992).�

3.11.4�Floral�observations�

The� area� falling� under� 10� km� radial� distance� is� surrounded� by� both� aquatic� and� terrestrial�

ecosystems.�Diverse�system�such�as�open�forest,�cultivated�lands,�sand�dune�vegetation�and�

human�habitation�were�present�in�the�study�area�that�supported�diverse�floral�species.�

A�total�of�190�species�of�plants�(including�wild,�ornamental�and�cultivated�plants)�belonging�

59�families�were�documented�and�identified�in�the�10�km�radial�distance�from�the�proposed�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-47�

project�sites�of�the�study�area.�The�identified�plant�species�with�scientific�name,�family,�habit,�

habitat�and�type�are�given�in�table�3.18�below.�

Based�on�the�habit,�among�the�190�plants,�herbaceous�plants�were�dominant�in�the�study�area�

and�were� represented�with� 68� species,� followed� by� trees� (51� species),� shrubs� (26� species),�

climbers�(22�species),�grasses�(17�species)�and�sedges�with�6�species�(Table�3.18).��

Table�3.18�Plant�species�recorded�in�the�study�area�and�its�surrounding�

S.No.� Plant�name� Common�name� Family� Habit�

1� Abelmoschus�manihot� Jugali�bhindi� Malvaceae� Shrub�

2� Abrus�precatorius� Chanothi� Fabaceae� Climber�

3� Abutilon�indicum� Khapat� Malvaceae� Shrub�

4� Acacia�ariculiformis� Australian�baval� Mimosaceae� Tree�

5� Acacia�ferruginea� �� Mimosaceae� Tree�

6� Acacia�leucophloea� Hermo�baval� Mimosaceae� Tree�

7� Acacia�nilotica� Baval� Mimosaceae� Tree�

8� Acalypha�indica� Dadari� Euphorbiaceae� Herb�

9� Acanthospermum�hispidum�

�� Asteraceae� Herb�

10� Achyranthes�aspera� Anghedi� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

11� Adhatoda�vasica� Arduso� Acanthaceae� Shrub�

12� Aegle�marmelos� Bilva� Rutaceae� Tree�

13� Aeluropus�lagopoides� Khariyugha� Poaceae� Grass�

14� Aerva�javanica� Bur� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

15� Ageratum�conyzoides� �� Asteraceae� Herb�

16� Ailanthus�excelsa� Aurdso� Simaroubaceae� Tree�

17� Alangium�salvifolium� Ankol� Alangiaceae� Tree�

18� Albizia�lebeck� Siris� Mimosaceae� Tree�

19� Albizia�procera� Kalo�siris� Mimosaceae� Tree�

20� Aloe�barbadensis� Kunvarpato� Liliaceae� Herb�

21� Alysicarpus�longifolius� �� Fabaceae� Herb�

22� Amaranthus�spinosus� Kantachaulai� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

23� Ammania�baccifera� Jungli�mehendi� Lythraceae� Herb�

24� Andrographis�echioides� Kalukariyatun� Acanthaceae� Herb�

25� Anisochilus�carnosus� Kapurli� Lamiaceae� Herb�

26� Annona�squamosa� Sitaphal� Annonaceae� Tree�

27� Anogeissus�latifolia� Dhau� Combretaceae� Tree�

28� Anthocephalus�cadamba� Kadamb� Rutaceae� Tree�

29� Antigonon�leptopus� �� Polygonaceae� Climber�

30� Apluda�mutica� Tachula� Poaceae� Grass�

31� Aponogeton�natans� �� Aponogetonaceae� Sedge�

32� Argemone�mexicana� Darudi� Papavaraceae� Herb�

33� Azadiractha�indica� Llimbado� Meliaceae� Tree�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-48�

34� Bacopa�monnieri� Jalanevari� Plantaginaceae� Herb�

35� Balanites�aegyptiaca� Hingot� Zygophyllaceae� Tree�

36� Bauhinia�purpurea� Kaniar� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

37� Blepharis�maderaspatensis�

Utangan� Acanthaceae� Herb�

38� Blumea�eriantha� Kalhar� Asteraceae� Herb�

39� Boerhavia�diffusa� Satodi� Nyctaginaceae� Herb�

40� Bombax�ceiba� Shimalo� Malvaceae� Tree�

41� Borassus�flabellifer� Taad� Arecaceae� Tree�

42� Bougainvillea�spectabilis� Bougainvel� Nyctaginaceae� Shrub�

43� Caesalpinia�crista� Kachka� Caesalpiniaceae� Shrub�

44� Cajanus�cajan� Tuvar� Fabaceae� Herb�

45� Calotropis�gigantea� Akado� Asclepiadaceae� Shrub�

46� Calotropis�procera� Akado� Asclepiadaceae� Shrub�

47� Capparis�decidua� Kerdo� Capparaceae� Shrub�

48� Capparis�sepiaria� Kanthar� Capparaceae� Shrub�

49� Cardiospermum�halicacabum�

Shibjal� Sapindaceae� Climber�

50� Carica�papaya� Papaya� Caricaceae� Tree�

51� Cassia�auriculata� Aval� Caesalpiniaceae� Shrub�

52� Cassia�fistula� Garmalo� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

53� Cassia�siamea� Kasid� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

54� Celosia�argentea� Lambdi� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

55� Chloris�barbata� �� Poaceae� Grass�

56� Chloris�virgata� �� Poaceae� Grass�

57� Cleome�gynandra� Parhar� Cleomaceae� Herb�

58� Clerodenrum�inerme� Madhi� Verbenaceae� Shrub�

59� Clitoria�biflora� �� Fabaceae� Climber�

60� Clitoria�ternatea� Gokaran� Fabaceae� Climber�

61� Coccinia�grandis� Ghiloda� Cucurbitaceae� Climber�

62� Cocculus�hirsutus� Vevdi� Menispermaceae� Climber�

63� Cocos�nucifera� Narial� Arecaceae� Tree�

64� Commelina�benghalensis� Buchna� Commelinaceae� Sedge�

65� Commelina�forskalaei� �� Commelinaceae� Sedge�

66� Corchorus�depressus� Chunch� Tiliaceae� Herb�

67� Corchorus�olitorius� �� Tiliaceae� Herb�

68� Cressa�cretica� Rudanti� Convolvulaceae� Herb�

69� Crotalaria�burhia� Kharshan� Fabaceae� Herb�

70� Crotalaria�retusa� �� Fabaceae� Herb�

71� Cucumis�callosus� Tarbucha� Cucurbitaceae� Climber�

72� Cuscuta�reflexa� Amarvel� Cuscutaceae� Herb�

73� Cynodon�barberi� �� Poaceae� Grass�

74� Cynodon�dactylon� Darbh� Poaceae� Grass�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-49�

75� Cyperus�defformis� �� Cyperaceae� Sedge�

76� Cyperus�rotundus� Chido� Cyperaceae� Sedge�

77� Dactyloctenium�aegyptium� Crowfoot�grass� Poaceae� Grass�

78� Datura�metal� Daturo� Solanaceae� Shrub�

79� Delonix�regia� Gulmor� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

80� Dendrocalamus�strictus� Bans� Poaceae� Tree�

81� Dichrostachys�cinerea� Marud� Mimosaceae� Tree�

82� Diopsyros�melanoxylon� Tamrug� Ebenaceae� Tree�

83� Echinops�echinatus� Shulio� Asteraceae� Herb�

84� Eichhornia�crassipes� Kanphutti� Pontederiaceae� Herb�

85� Eucalyptus�globulus� Nilgiri� Myrtaceae� Tree�

86� Euphorbia�hirta� �� Euphorbiaceae� Herb�

87� Euphorbia�microphylla� �� Euphorbiaceae� Herb�

88� Euphorbia�nerifolia� Thor� Euphorbiaceae� Shrub�

89� Fagonia�cretica� Dhamaso� Zygophyllaceae� Herb�

90� Ficus�benghalensis� Vad� Moraceae� Tree�

91� Ficus�racemosa� Umaro� Moraceae� Tree�

92� Ficus�religiosa� Piplo� Moraceae� Tree�

93� Fimbristylis�dichotoma� �� Cyperaceae� Sedge�

94� Gomphrena�decumbens� Globe�amaranth� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

95� Hedyotis�corymbosa� �� Rubiaceae� Herb�

96� Heliotropium�indicum� Hati-sundara� Boraginaceae� Herb�

97� Holarrhena�antidysenterica�

Indrajav� Apocynaceae� Tree�

98� Hydrilla�verticillata� Jhangi� Hydrocharitaceae� Herb�

99� Hygrophila�auriculata� Akaro� Acanthaceae� Herb�

100� Indigofera�oblongifolia� Neel� Fabaceae� Shrub�

101� Ipomoea�aquatica� Nalini�bhaji� Convolvulaceae� Herb�

102� Ipomoea�cairica� �� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

103� Ipomoea�fistulosa� Nasarmo� Convolvulaceae� Shrub�

104� Ipomoea�obscura� Vad�fudradi� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

105� Ipomoea�obscura� �� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

106� Ipomoea�pes-caprae� Dariani�vel� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

107� Ipomoea�pes-tigrides� �� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

108� Ipomoea�pulchella� Neeli�bel� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

109� Jatropha�curcas� Ratanjot� Euphorbiaceae� Shrub�

110� Justicia�procumbens� Kagner� Acanthaceae� Herb�

111� Lacunae�procumbens� Moti�bhonpatri� Asteraceae� Herb�

112� Lantana�camara� Ganthai� Verbenaceae� Shrub�

113� Lawsonia�inermis� Mendhi� Lythraceae� Shrub�

114� Lepidagathis�crystata� Bukharjadi� Acanthaceae� Herb�

115� Leucaena�leucocephala� Subabul� Mimosaceae� Tree�

116� Limnophyton�obtusifolium� �� Alismataceae� Herb�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-50�

117� Limonia�acidissima� Kotha� Rutaceae� Tree�

118� Luffa�acutangula� Jungli�turia� Cucurbitaceae� Climber�

119� Luffa�cylindrica� Galku� Cucurbitaceae� Climber�

120� Mangifera�indica� Kari� Anacardiaceae� Tree�

121� Manilkara�hexandra� Rayan� Sapotaceae� Tree�

122� Melia�azadirach� Bakanlimdo� Meliaceae� Tree�

123� Moringa�oleifera� Sargawo� Moraceae� Tree�

124� Mucuna�prurita� Kavach� Fabaceae� Climber�

125� Mukia�maderaspatana� Aganaki� Cucurbitaceae� Climber�

126� Musa�paradasiaca� Kela� Musaceae� Shrub�

127� Nelumbo�nucifera� Motu�Kamal� Nymphaceae� Herb�

128� Nerium�indicum� Lalkaren� Apocynaceae� Shrub�

129� Nymphaea�pubescens� Kamal� Nymphaceae� Herb�

130� Nymphoides�indica� Kumudini� Menyanthaceae� Herb�

131� Nymphoides�parviflorum� �� Menyanthaceae� Herb�

132� Oryza�sativa� Chokha� Poaceae� Grass�

133� Ottelia�alismoides� �� Hydrocharitaceae� Herb�

134� Parkinsonia�aculeata� Ram�babul� Fabaceae� Tree�

135� Parthenium�hysterophorus� Congress�weed� Asteraceae� Herb�

136� Paspalum�longiflorum� �� Poaceae� Grass�

137� Pedalium�murex� Mota�gokhru� Pedaliaceae� Herb�

138� Peltophorum�pterocarpum� Sonmukhi� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

139� Pentatropis�spiralis� Shingroti� Asclepiadaceae� Climber�

140� Pergularia�daemia� Utarani� Asclepiadaceae� Climber�

141� Phoenix�sylvestris� Khajuri� Arecaceae� Tree�

142� Phragmites�karka� Narkul� Poaceae� Grass�

143� Pistia�stratiotes� Prashani� Araceae� Herb�

144� Pithecellobium�dulce� Gorasmli� Mimosaceae� Tree�

145� Plumeria�rubra� Champo� Apocynaceae� Tree�

146� Polyalthia�longifolia� Asopalav� Annonaceae� Tree�

147� Polycarpaea�corymbosa� Bugyale� Caryophyllaceae� Herb�

148� Polygonum�cuspidatum� Zinaco�okhrad� Polygonaceae� Herb�

149� Polygonum�glabrum� Sherul� Polygonaceae� Herb�

150� Prosopis�cineraria� Khyigdo� Mimosaceae� Tree�

151� Prosopis�juliflora� Gando�baval� Mimosaceae� Tree�

152� Ricinus�communis� Devalo� Euphorbiaceae� Shrub�

153� Rivea�hypocrateriformis� Sanjvel� Convolvulaceae� Climber�

154� Salicornia�brachiata� Marcher� Amaranthaceae� Herb�

155� Salvadora�oleoides� Piludi� Salvadoraceae� Tree�

156� Sesbania�sesban� Shevari� Fabaceae� Shrub�

157� Sesuvium�portulacastrum� Dhapa� Aizoaceae� Herb�

158� Seteria�glauca� Kolat� Poaceae� Grass�

159� Sida�cordata� Bhoybala� Malvaceae� Herb�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-51�

160� Sida�rhombifolia� Sahadeva� Malvaceae� Herb�

161� Sida�rotundifolia� Mahabala� Malvaceae� Herb�

162� Solanum�indicum� Ubhi�ringan� Solanaceae� Shrub�

163� Solanum�nigrum� Piludi� Solanaceae� Herb�

164� Solanum�surattense� Bhoringi� Solanaceae� Herb�

165� Sorghum�bicolor� Jowar� Poaceae� Grass�

166� Sphaeranthus�indicus� Gorakh�mundi� Asteraceae� Herb�

167� Syzygium�cumini� Jambu� Myrtaceae� Tree�

168� Tamarindus�indica� Amali� Caesalpiniaceae� Tree�

169� Tectona�grandis� Sag� Verbenaceae� Tree�

170� Tephrosia�purpurea� Ghodakan� Fabaceae� Herb�

171� Tephrosia�villosa� Sarpancho� Fabaceae� Herb�

172� Terminalia�catappa� Badam� Combretaceae� Tree�

173� Themeda�tremula� Kangarro�grass� Poaceae� Grass�

174� Thespecia�populnea� Paras�piplo� Malvaceae� Tree�

175� Thevetia�peruviana� Pili�karan� Apocynaceae� Shrub�

176� Tinospora�cordifolia� Galo� Menispermaceae� Climber�

177� Tribulus�terestris� Mithu�gokru� Zygophyllaceae� Herb�

178� Trichodesma�indicum� Undha�fuli� Boraginaceae� Herb�

179� Tridax�procumbens� Pardhesi�bangro� Asteraceae� Herb�

180� Triticum�aestivum� Ghau� Poaceae� Grass�

181� Triumfetta�rhombifolia� Jhinpati� Tiliaceae� Herb�

182� Triumfetta�rotundifolia� �� Tiliaceae� Herb�

183� Typha�angustata� Ramban� Typhaceae� Grass�

184� Urochloa�panicoides� �� Poaceae� Grass�

185� Vallisneria�spiralis� Syala� Hydrocharitaceae� Herb�

186� Vernonia�cinerea� Sahadevi� Asteraceae� Herb�

187� Woodfordia�fruticosa� Dhawani� Lythraceae� Shrub�

188� Zea�mays� Makai� Poaceae� Grass�

189� Ziziphus�glabrata� Bor� Rhamnaceae� Tree�

190� Ziziphus�nummularia� Chanibor� Rhamnaceae� Shrub�

3.11.4.1�Phytosociology�of�the�plants�

Species� dominance� is� calculated� based� on� the� Important� Value� Index� (IVI)� and� was�

calculated� every� species� found� in� each� study� sites.� It� is� usually� practiced� in� ecological�

scrutinizes;� IVI� indicates� the� ecological� importance� of� a� species� in� a� specific� ecosystem�

which� can� be� used� for� computing� species� conservation� and� management� through� which�

species�having�low� IVI�value� require�soar�protection�preference.�The� IVI� for�a� species�was�

calculated�as� the� sum�of� its� relative�basal� area,� relative� frequency,� and� relative�density�and�

often�to�describe�and�compare�the�species�dominance�of�the�sites.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-52�

Sample�plots�were�selected�in�such�a�way�to�get�maximum�representation�of�different�types�of�

vegetation�and�plots�were�laid�out�in�different�part�of�the�study�area�of�10�km�radius.�Analysis�

of�the�vegetation�will�help�in�determining�the�relative�importance�of�each�species�in�the�study�

area�and� to� reveal� if�any�economically�valuable� species� is� threatened� in� the�process.� In� the�

study�area,�the�highest�IVI�value�recorded�for�Prosopis�cineraria�(20.52)�and�was�found�to�be�

the� dominant� species� owing� to� high� values� of� relative� density� and� Relative� frequency,�

followed�by�Prosopis�juliflora�(14.83),�Balanites�aegyptiaca�and�Delonix�regia�(Table�2)�and�

detailed�phytosociological�studies�shown�in�table�3.19.��

Distribution�of�shrubs�in�the�study�area�of�the�proposed�project,�the�various�quadrats�indicated�

that�Cassia�auriculata�and�Euphorbia�nerifolia�are� the�dominant�with� represented�by�14.83�

each� IVI� followed� by� Calotropis� procera� and� Lantana� camara� (12.55� each),� remaining�

species�were�given�in�the�table�3.20.����

As� the� study� area� is�dominated�by� the�waterlogged�grass� lands�and�crop� fields,� the�area� is�

with� remarkably� rich� herbaceous� ground� cover.� The� herbs� observed� in� the� sampling� plots,�

during� the� survey� period,�Dactyloctenium� aegyptium� is� the� dominant� species� followed� by�

Sida�cordata,�Acalypha�indica�and�Tridax�procumbens�have�been�enlisted�in�the�table�3.21.�

�3.11.4.2�Cultivated�plants�in�the�study�area�

The� agricultural� practices�has� occupied� the�majority�of�available� the� landscape.�The�major�

agriculture�activities�of�this�region�vary�seasonally;�the�rice�(Oryza�sativa)�is�the�major�crop�

during� monsoon� period� while,� and� wheat� (Triticum� aestivum)� is� cultivated� as� major� crop�

during� winter.� The� crop� occupying� the� highest� percentage� of� the� sown� area� of� this� region�

either� as� substitutes� of� the� base� crop� in� the� same� season� or� as� the� crops� which� fit� in� the�

rotation� in� the� subsequent� season,� are� considered� as� minor� crop.� The�minor� crops� of� this�

region�are�Bajra�(Pennisetum�typhoides),�and�Jowar�(Sorghum�bicolour).�Horticulture�activity�

is�not�much�developed�in�this�region�of�Anand�District�but�Eucalyptus�plantation�are�growing�

in�the�region.��

3.11.4.3�Threatened�category�plants�

The� IUCN�Red�list� is�the�world’s�most�comprehensive�inventory�of�the�global�conservation�

status�of�plant�and�animal�species.�These�criteria�are�relevant�to�all�species�and�all�regions�of�

the�world.�Among� the�enumerated�flora� in� the�study�area,�none�of� them�were�assigned�any�

threat�category,�by�RED�data�book�of�Indian�Plants�and�Red�list�of�threatened�vascular�plants.����

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-5

3�

Table�3.19�Importance�Value�Index�of�tree�species�in�the�study�area�

Plant�name�

TNI�

TNS�

TNQ�Fre�

RF�

Den�

RD�

Abu�

RA�

IVI�

Prosopis�cineraria�

10�

8�

8�100�

9.3�

1.25�11.11�

1.25�

0.11�

20.52�

Prosopis�juliflora�

7�

6�

8�75�

7�

0.88�

7.85�

1.17�

0.08�

14.83�

Acacia�nilotica�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Alangium�salvifolium�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Balanites�aegyptiaca�

5�

5�

8�62.5�

5.8�

0.63�

5.56�

1�0.06�

11.43�

Diopsyros�melanoxylon�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Pithecellobium�dulce�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Manilkara�hexandra�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Delonix�regia�

4�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.5�

4.44�

1.33�

0.04�

7.98�

Anthocephalus�cadamba�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Azadiractha�indica�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Ficus�racemosa�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Holarrhena�pubescens�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Bauhinia�purpurea�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Albizia�procera�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Thespecia�populnea�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Acacia�leucophloea�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Tamarindus�indica�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Aegle�marmelos�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Cassia�fistula�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Melia�azadirach�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Anogeissus�latifolia�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Ailanthus�excelsa�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Dichrostachys�cinerea�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Limonia�acidissima�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-5

4�

Phoenix�sylvestris�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Mangifera�indica�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Plumeria�rubra�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Syzygium�cumini�

4�

4�

8�50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�0.04�

9.14�

Albizia�lebeck�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Borassus�flabellifer�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Limonia�acidissima�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Ziziphus�glabrata�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Thespecia�populnea�

2�

2�

8�25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�0.02�

4.57�

Tectona�grandis�

1�

1�

8�12.5�

1.2�

0.13�

1.11�

1�0.01�

2.29�

Bombax�ceiba�

3�

3�

8�37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�0.03�

6.86�

Total�

90�

86�

288���

����

����

����

*TNI�–�Total�Number�of�Individuals,�TNS�–�Total�Number�of�Species�occurred,�TNQ�–�Total�Number�of�Quadrates,�Fre�–�Frequency,�RF�–�

Relative�Frequency,�Den�–�Density,�RD�–�Relative�Density,�Abu�–�Abundance,�RA�–�Relative�Abundance,�IVI�–�Importance�Value�Index�

Table�3.20�Phytosociology�of�the�Shrubs�in�the�study�area�

Plant�name�

TNI�

TNS�

TNQ�

Fre�

RF�

Den�

RD�

Abu�

RA�

IVI�

Cassia�auriculata�

7�

6�

8�

75�

7�

0.88�

7.78�

1.17�

0.08�14.83�

Calotropis�procera�

6�

5�

8�

62.5�

5.8�

0.75�

6.67�

1.2�

0.07�12.55�

Abutilon�indicum�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Nerium�indicum�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Adhatoda�vasica�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Abelmoschus�manihot�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Jatropha�curcas�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Ziziphus�nummularia�

3�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.38�

3.33�

1.5�

0.03�

5.69�

Caesalpinia�crista�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-5

5�

Ipomoea�fistulosa�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Thevetia�peruviana�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Clerodenrum�inerme�

2�

1�

8�

12.5�

1.2�

0.25�

2.22�

2�

0.02�

3.41�

Solanum�indicum�

5�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.63�

5.56�

1.25�

0.06�10.26�

Lantana�camara�

6�

5�

8�

62.5�

5.8�

0.75�

6.67�

1.2�

0.07�12.55�

Capparis�decidua�

5�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.63�

5.56�

1.25�

0.06�10.26�

Sesbania�sesban�

3�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.38�

3.33�

1.5�

0.03�

5.69�

Euphorbia�nerifolia�

7�

6�

8�

75�

7�

0.88�

7.78�

1.17�

0.08�14.83�

Indigofera�oblongifolia�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Woodfordia�fruticosa�

10�

8�

8�

100�

9.3�

1.25�11.11�

1.25�

0.11�20.52�

Ipomoea�fistulosa�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Total�

81�

70�

160���

����

����

����

*TNI�–�Total�Number�of�Individuals,�TNS�–�Total�Number�of�Species�occurred,�TNQ�–�Total�Number�of�Quadrates,�Fre�–�Frequency,�RF�–�

Relative�Frequency,�Den�–�Density,�RD�–�Relative�Density,�Abu�–�Abundance,�RA�–�Relative�Abundance,�IVI�–�Importance�Value�Index�

Table�3.21�Phytosociology�of�the�herbs�in�the�study�area�

Plant�name�

TNI�

TNS�

TNQ�

Fre�

RF�

Den�

RD�

Abu�

RA�

IVI�

Acalypha�indica�

5�

5�

8�

62.5�

5.8�

0.63�

5.56�

1�

0.06�11.43�

Phragmites�karka�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Gomphrena�decumbens�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Hygrophila�auriculata�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Triumfetta�rotundifolia�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Aerva�javanica�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Parthenium�

hysterophorus�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Tridax�procumbens�

5�

5�

8�

62.5�

5.8�

0.63�

5.56�

1�

0.06�11.43�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-5

6�

Crotalaria�retusa�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Vernonia�cinerea�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Amaranthus�spinosus�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Anisochilus�carnosus�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Bacopa�monnieri�

3�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.38�

3.33�

1.5�

0.03�

5.69�

Themeda�tremula�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Euphorbia�hirta�

4�

4�

8�

50�

4.7�

0.5�

4.44�

1�

0.04�

9.14�

Tephrosia�purpurea�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Cleome�gynandra�

3�

3�

8�

37.5�

3.5�

0.38�

3.33�

1�

0.03�

6.86�

Boerhavia�diffusa�

2�

2�

8�

25�

2.3�

0.25�

2.22�

1�

0.02�

4.57�

Dactyloctenium�

aegyptium�

26�

8�

8�

100�

9.3�

3.25�

28.89�

3.25�

0.29�38.48�

Sida�cordata�

15�

8�

8�

100�

9.3�

1.88�

16.67�

1.88�

0.17�26.14�

Total�

100�

74�

160���

����

����

����

*TNI�–�Total�Number�of�Individuals,�TNS�–�Total�Number�of�Species�occurred,�TNQ�–�Total�Number�of�Quadrates,�Fre�–�Frequency,�RF�–�

Relative�Frequency,�Den�–�Density,�RD�–�Relative�Density,�Abu�–�Abundance,�RA�–�Relative�Abundance,�IVI�–�Importance�Value�Index�

� � � � � � � �

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-57�

3.11.4.4�Biodiversity�indices�

Biodiversity� index� is� a� quantitative� measures� that� reflects� how� many� different� types� of�

species,� there�are� in�a�dataset,� and�simultaneously� takes� into�account�how�evenly� the�basic�

entities� are� distributed� among� those� types� of� species.� The� value� of� biodiversity� index�

increases�both�when�the�number�of�types�increases�and�when�evenness�increases.�For�a�given�

number�of�type�of�species,�the�value�of�a�biodiversity� index� is�maximised�when�all� type�of�

species�are�equally�abundant.�Biodiversity�indices�values�are�given�in�the�Table�3.22.��

Table�3.22�Biodiversity�indices�of�the�study�area�

Community�Shannon-Wiener�Index�(H)�

Simpson�Diversity�Index�(1/D)� Species�Evenness�

Tree� 3.39� 0.95� 0.82�

Shrub� 2.86� 0.93� 0.87�

Herb� 2.63� 0.88� 0.69��

3.11.5�Faunal�observations�

For� the� documentation� of� the� faunal� biodiversity� of� the� study� area� with� respect� to� birds,�

reptiles,�amphibians,�and�butterfly�species,�a�baseline�survey�conducted�in�March-May,�2019.�

To� prepare� a� detailed� report� on� the� status� of� faunal� diversity� within� study� area� of� 10�Km�

radius� around� CB-ON/02� (Tarapur� Block)� block� area,� field� studies� were� conducted.� Both�

direct� (sighting)� and� indirect� (evidences)� observations� methods� were� used� to� survey� the�

faunal� species� around� the� study� area.� Additionally� reference� of� relevant� literatures�

(published/unpublished)�and�dialogues�with�local�people�were�also�varied�out� to�consolidate�

the�presence�of�faunal�distribution�in�the�area�(Smith�1933-43,�Ali�and�Ripley�1983,�Daniel�

1983,�Prater�1993,�Murthy�and�Chandrasekhar�1988).��

No�wild�mammalian�species�was�directly�sighted�during� field�survey�and�conversation�with�

local�people�located�within�the�study�area�also�could�not�confirm�presence�of�any�wild�animal�

in�that�area,�Indian�porcupine,�Common�five�stripped�Squirrel,�Common��Indian�Mongoose,�

Indian�Rabbit,�Large� Indian�Squirrel�were�observed�during�primary� survey.�Since�birds�are�

considered� to� be� the� indicators� for� monitoring� and� understanding� human� impacts� on�

ecological� systems� attempt� was�made� to� gather� quantitative� data� on� the� avifauna� by�walk�

through� survey� within� the� entire� block� area� and� in� the� agricultural� lands� within� the� close�

proximity� to� the� two� large� water� bodies� of� this� region� Kanewal� lake� and� Pariag� lake.�

Systematic�account�of�the�birds�in�the�study�area�with�the�status�of�occurrence�is�given�in�the�

Table�3.23.��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-58�

Livestock�like�cattle,�goat,�poultry,�duck�and�pig�are�reared�for�dairy�products,�meat,�egg�and�

for� agriculture� purpose.�Majority� of� cattle� are� of� local� variety.� Backyard�poultry� farms� are�

mostly�common�in�this�area;�however,�some�commercial�poultry� farms�are�also�recorded�in�

the�study�area.��

Some�of�the�sighted� fauna�were�given�protection�by� the� Indian�Wild�Life� (Protection)�Act,�

1972�by�including�them�in�different�schedules.�Among�the�birds�in�the�study�area,�Pea�fowl�

(Pavo�cristatus),� is� included�in�Schedule� I�of�Wild�Life�Protection�Act�(1972),�while�many�

other�birds�are�included�in�Schedule�IV.�There�is�no�rare�or�endangered�fauna�observed�in�the�

1�km� radius�of� the� each�well� location.�None�of� the� sighted�animal� species�can�be�assigned�

endemic�species�category�of�the�study�area.��

Table�3.23�Checklist�of�fauna�observed�in�the�study�area�

S.No.� Scientific�name� Common�name� IWPA�1972�Schedule��

Status�as�per�IUCN�Red�list�category�

�Mammals�

1� Boselaphus�tragocamelus� Nilgai� III� Least�concern�

2� Canis�aureus� Jackal� II� Least�concern�

3� Funambulus�pennantii� Five�striped�squirrel� IV� Least�concern�

4� Herpestes�edwardsii� Indian�Grey�Mongoose� II� Least�concern�

5� Hystrix�indica� Indian�Crested�porcupine� IV� Least�concern�

6� Lepus�nigricollis� Indian�Hare� IV� Least�concern�

7� Macaca�mulatta� Rhesus�macaque� II� Least�concern�

8� Mus�booduga� Indian�Field�Mouse� V� Least�concern�

9� Presbytis�entellus� Common�langur� II� Endangered�

10� Rattus�rattus� Common�house�rat� V� Least�concern�

�Aves��

11� Acridotheres�tristis� Common�myna� IV� Least�concern�

12� Alcedo�atthis� Coomon�kingfisher� IV� Least�concern�

13� Anas�crecca� Common�teal� IV� Least�concern�

14� Ardea�alba� Great�White�Egret� IV� Least�concern�

15� Ardeola�grayii� Indian�Pond-Heron� IV� Least�concern�

16� Columba�livia� Rock�Pigeon� IV� Least�concern�

17� Copsychus�saularis� Magpie-Robin� IV� Least�concern�

18� Coracias�benghalensis� Indian�Roller� IV� Least�concern�

19� Corvus�splendens� House�crow� V� Least�concern�

20� Egretta�garzetta� Little�Egret� IV� Least�concern�

21� Francolinus�pondicerianus�

Grey�francolin� IV� Least�concern�

22� Fulica�atra� Common�Coot� IV� Least�concern�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-59�

23� Grus�grus� Common�crane� IV� Least�concern�

24� Himantopus�himantopus� Black-Winged�Stilt� IV� Least�concern�

25� Hirundo�rustica� Common�Swallow� IV� Least�concern�

26� Merops�orientalis� Green�bee�eater� IV� Least�concern�

27� Mesophoyx�intermedia�� Intermediate�Egret� IV� Not�assessed�

28� Milvus�migrans� Common�Pariah�Kite� IV� Least�concern�

29� Orthotomus�sutorius� Common�Tailorbird� IV� Least�concern�

30� Pavo�cristatus� Common�peafowl� I� Least�concern�

31� Phalacrocorax�fuscicollis� Indian�Cormorant� IV� Least�concern�

32� Prinia�buchanani� Rufous�fronted�prinia� IV� Least�concern�

33� Psittacula�krameri� Rose�ringed�Parakeet� IV� Least�concern�

34� Pterocles�exustus� Chestnut-bellied�sandgrouse�

IV� Least�concern�

35� Saxicoloides�fulicatus� Indian�Robin� IV� Least�concern�

36� Streptopelia�orientalis� Oriental�Turtle�Dove� IV� Least�concern�

37� Turdoides�caudatus� Common�Babbler� IV� Least�concern�

38� Vanellus�indicus� Red-wattled�Lapwing� IV� Least�concern�

�Reptiles��

39� Calotes�vericolor� Common�Garden�Lizard� IV� Not�assessed�

40� Hemidactylus�flaviviridis� House�Lizard� IV� Not�assessed�

41� Naja�naja� King�Cobra� II� Least�concern�

42� Ptyas�mucosa� Yellow�Rat�Snake� II� Not�assessed�

�Amphibians��

43� Bufo�melanostictus� Common�Indian�Toad� IV� Least�concern�

44� Rana�limnocharis� Paddy-field�frog� IV� Least�concern�

45� Rana�tigrina� Indian�bull�frog� IV� Least�concern�

�Butterflies��

46� Junonia�orytha� Blue�Pansy� �� Not�assessed�

47� Tirumala�limniace� Blue�Tiger� �� Not�assessed�

48� Junonia�iphita� Chocolate�Pansy� �� Not�assessed�

49� Euthalia�garuda� Common�Baron� �� Not�assessed�

50� Jamides�celeno� Common�Cerulean� �� Not�assessed�

51� Catopsilia�pomona� Common�emigrant� �� Not�assessed�

52� Eurema�hecabe� Common�Grass�yellow� �� Not�assessed�

53� Euploea�core� Common�Indian�Crow� �� Least�Concern�

54� Delias�eucharis� Common�Jezebel� �� Not�assessed�

55� Phalanta�phalanta� Common�Leopard� �� Not�assessed�

56� Papilio�polytes� Common�Mormon� �� Not�assessed�

57� Neptis�hylas� Common�sailor� �� Not�assessed�

58� Parantica�algae� Glassy�Tiger� �� Not�assessed�

59� Euchrysops�cnejus� Gram�Blue� �� Not�assessed�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-60�

60� Hypolimnas�bolina� Great�Egg�Fly� �� Not�assessed�

61� Junonia�atlites� Grey�Pansy� �� Not�assessed�

62� Spialia�galba� Indian�Skipper� �� Not�assessed�

63� Junonia�lemonias� Lemon�Pansy� �� Not�assessed�

64� Junonia�almana� Peacock�Pansy� �� Least�Concern�

65� Anaphaeis�aurota� Pioneer� �� Not�assessed�

66� Danaus�chrysippus� Plain�Tiger� �� Least�Concern�

67� Abisara�echerius� Plum�Judy� �� Not�assessed�

68� Danaus�genutia� Striped�Tiger� �� Not�assessed�

69� Junonia�hierta� Yellow�Pansy� �� Least�Concern�

Table�3.24�Quantitative�assessment�of�birds�in�the�study�area�

Name�of�bird�

No.�of�plot�in�which�species�presence�

Total�no.�of�species� Frequency�

Relative�Frequency� Abundance�

Open�billed�stork� 4� 11� 0.33� 9.82� 0.91�

Indian�moorhen� 2� 54� 0.16� 4.76� 0.16�

Darter� 3� 6� 0.25� 7.44� 0.25�

Cormorant� 1� 17� 0.08� 2.38� 0.08�

Cattle�Egret� 6� 93� 0.5� 14.8� 0.5�

Pond�Heron� 3� 19� 0.25� 7.44� 0.25�

Black�Headed�Ibis� 5� 17� 0.41� 12.2� 0.41�

Whistling�duck� 1� 93� 0.08� 2.38� 0.08�

Sarus�crane� 5� 27� 0.41� 12.2� 0.41�

Purple�Moorhen� 2� 17� 0.16� 4.76� 0.16�

Red�Headed�Black�Ibis� 1� 4� 0.08� 2.38� 0.08�

Black�winged�stilt� 1� 4� 0.08� 2.38� 0.33�

Large�Egret� 2� 2� 0.16� 4.76� 0.16�

Jacana� 2� 9� 0.16� 4.76� 0.75�

White�Stork� 2� 2� 0.16� 4.76� 0.16��

3.11.6�Aquatic�Ecology�

Establishment�of�biological�status�of�an�ecosystem�is�an�essential�pre-requisite�to�assess�the�

impacts� of� existing� as�well� as� proposed� developments� in� the� surrounding� region.�The� best�

indicators�of�environmental�quality�for�a�particular�environmental�condition�are�the�biological�

species,� viz.� phytoplankton� and� zooplankton.� With� a� view� to� conserve� the� environmental�

quality�and�safety�of�natural�flora�and�fauna,�studies�on�biological�aspects�of�the�ecosystem�is�

of� priority� in� an� environmental� impact� assessment� study.� These� indicators� serve� as� an�

inexpensive�and�efficient� for�early�warning�and�control� system�and�hence�were� included�in�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-61�

the� study.� The� presence� of� these� indicator� organisms� depend� on� physic-chemical�

characteristics�of�water�such�as�pH,�Conductivity,�Nutrients,�BOD,�Alkalinity�etc.� and� also�

type�of�water�body�viz.�canal/rivers,�lakes�and�sea.�

���

3.11.6.1�Phytoplankton�and�Zooplankton�

Phytoplankton�can�be�broadly�grouped�into�two�categories�those�with�plant�origin�are�called�

‘Phytoplankton’�and�those�with�animal�origin�are�called�‘Zooplankton’.�

Phytoplankton�

Phytoplankton’s�are�the�major�primary�producers�of�organic�matter�in�the�aquatic�ecosystem�

and� especially� oceans� whose� 90%� productivity� is� from� the� planktons.� Collectively,� they�

directly�or�indirectly�support�the�entire�animal�population.�When�the�water�column�becomes�

shallow�in�spring,�phytoplankton’s�are�exposed�to�higher�light�intensity�in�the�upper�sunlight.�

Light� is� one� of� the� major� abiotic� factors� that� favour� the� growth� of� phytoplankton.� The�

massive� build� up� of� phytoplankton� in� spring� directly� contributes� new� organic� carbon� to�

support� the� Zooplankton,� which,� in� turn,� benefits� larger� aquatic� animals� including� fish,�

crustaceans,�molluscs,�birds.�Phytoplankton�were�concentrated�by�centrifugation�and�analysed�

microscopically� in� laboratory.� Identification� of� phytoplankton� was� done� using� taxonomic�

keys.�Details�of�the�phytoplankton�shown�in�Table�3.25.��

Table�3.25�Phytoplankton�observed�in�the�study�area�

Family� Phytoplankton�

Bacillariophyceae�������������

Navicula�sp.�

Melosira�sp�

Cyclotella�sp�

Synedra�sp�

Fragillaria�sp�

Nitzschia�sp�

Gomphonema�sp�

Cynophyceae���������

Merismopedia�sp�

Spirulina�sp�

Anabaena�sp�

Oscillatoria�sp�

Anacystis�sp�

Chlorophyceae�������

Scenedesmus�quadricauda�

Ankistrdesmus�sp�

Clorella�vulgaris�

Chlorococcum�sp�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-62�

������

Cosmerium�sp�

Oocystis�sp��

Euglena�sp�Zooplankton�

The�significance�of�Zooplanktons�is�found�in�their�role�in�transferring�biological�production�

from�phytoplankton�to� larger�organisms� in� the�food�web.�A� large�number�of�phytoplankton�

species� are� grazed� upon� by� the� microscopic� protozoan,� tunicates,� copepods� and� other�

crustaceans.�These� in� turn�become�food� for�the�other�animals� further�linking� the� food�web.�

Therefore,�variability� in�the�production�of�planktons�would�affect�the�survival�of�young�fidh�

that�depend�on�them.�The�result�of�the�Zooplankton�analysis�is�tabulated�in�Table�3.26.��

Table�3.26�Zooplankton�species�in�the�study�area�

Family� Zooplankton�

Copepoda�����

Naulius�larvae�

Cyclops�sp�

Diaptomus�sp�

Rotifera���������

Brachionus�calyciflorus�

Brachionus�angularis��

Keratella�cochlearis�

Tricocera�sp�

Filinia�sp�

Cladocera� Ceriodaphnia�sp��

3.12�LAND�USE/�LAND�COVER�

The� basic�purpose� of� land� use�pattern� and�classification� in�an� EIA�study� is� to� identify� the�

manner�in�which�different�parts�of�land�area�is�utilized�or�not�utilized.�Remote�sensing�data�

provides�reliable�accurate�baseline�information�for�land�use�mapping�as�it� is�a�rapid�method�

of�acquiring�up-to-date�information�of�over�a�large�geological�area.�

Studies�on�land�use�aspects�of�eco-system�play�an�imperative�role�in�identifying�susceptible�

issues�and�to�take�appropriate�action�to�uphold�ecological�equilibrium�in�the�region.�The�main�

objective� of� this� section� is� to� provide� a� baseline� status� of� the� study� area� covering� 10� km�

radius�around�the�proposed�plant�site�so�that�temporal�changes�due�to�the�industrial�activities�

on�the�surroundings�can�be�assessed�in�future.�

The�objectives�of�Land�use�Pattern�are�to:�

�Determine�the�present�Land�use�pattern�

�Analyze�the�impacts�on�Land�use�due�to�the�proposed�plant�site�in�the�study�area�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-63�

�Study� area� with� proposed� unit� as� epicentre� 10� km� radius� from� the� core� area� is�

considered�for�land�use�study.��

3.12.1� Satellite� Data:� � � The� Satellite� IRS�P-6� LISSIV� images� are� obtained� from�National�

Remote� Sensing�Centre� (NRSC)�Hyderabad.�The� satellite� image�of� the� site� is� presented� in�

Fig.�3.8.�

3.12.2�Topographical�Data:�Topographical�maps�of�Survey�of�India�(SOI)�were�obtained�for�

land�use�study�as�well�to�develop�contour�and�drainages�pattern�of�area�from�F43G6,�F43G7,�

F43G8,� F43G9,� F43G10,� F43G11,� F43G12,� F43G13,� F43G14,� F43G15,� F43G16,� F43H2,�

and�bF43H3.��������������������������������

3.12.3�Methodology:�The�overall�methodology�(Fig�3.9)�adopted�and�followed�to�achieve�the�

objectives�of�the�present�study�involves�the�following:�

·� Collection�of�source�data�of�Survey�of� India�(SOI)�toposheets.�These�are�the�main�

inputs�for�the�preparation�of�essential�layers�

·� Satellite� data� of� IRS�P-6�LISSIV� sensor� is� geometrically� corrected� and� enhanced�

using�principal�component�method�and�nearest�neighborhood�re-sampling�technique�

·� Preparation� of� basic� themes� like� layout� map,� transport� &� settlement� map� and�

contour�map�from�the�source�data.�Then�updating�of�layout�map,�transport�map�and�

drainage�map�from�the�satellite�image�by�visual�interpretation�

·� Essential�maps� (related� to� natural� resources)� like�Land� use� /� Land� cover�map�are�

prepared� by� visual� interpretation� of� the� satellite� imagery.� Visual� interpretation� is�

carried�out�based�on�the�image�characteristics�like�tone,�size,�shape,�pattern,�texture,�

location,�association,�background�etc.�in�conjunction�with�existing�maps/�literature�

·� Preliminary�quality�check�and�necessary�corrections�are�carried�out�for�all�the�maps�

prepared�

·� All�the�maps�prepared�are�converted�into�soft�copy�by�digitization�of�contours�and�

drainages.� In� that� process� editing,� labeling,� mosaicking,� quality� checking,� data�

integration�etc.�are�done,�finally�Land�use�areas�are�measured�in�Sq.km.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-6

4�

Fig�3.8�Satellite�Im

age�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-65�

Fig�3.9�Flow�chart�of�methodology�

3.12.4�Land�use�Map�Analysis�

Land� use�Map�Analysis� carried�out� based�on� the� image�colour,� texture,� Tone�etc.��

Following�steps�are�used�to�analyse�the�Land�use�pattern�of�project�site:�

·� Collection� of� scanned� toposheets� and�Geo-reference� the� scanned� image� using� the�

available�coordinates�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-66�

·� Collection� of� IRS� LISS� IV� images� and� made� fused� and� blended� the� images� for�

colour� combinations� using� Image� interpreter-Utilities� and� Layer� stack� option�

available�in�ERDAS�

·� Identification�Area�of�interest�(AOI)�and�made�a�buffer�of�10�km�radius.��

·� Enhance�the�Fused�and�blended�LISS�IV�image�using�the�Spatial,�Radiometric�and�

Temporal�options�in�ERDAS�

·� Rectified� the� LISS� IV� image� using�Geo-referencing� technique,�Toposheets� to� get�

UTM�coordinate�system�

·� Subset�the�LISS�images�and�Toposheets�using�10�km�buffer�AOI�

·� Automatic�classifications�done�for�LISS� IV� images�using�maximum� iterations�and�

number�of�options�in�unsupervised�classification�options�

·� Created� the� signature� file�by�selecting�the�more� samples�of�different� features�with�

AOI�on�Unsupervised�classification�image�

·� Visual�interpretation�and�supervised�classification�mixed�with�recoding�practice�

·� Verified�through�the�QC�/�QA�and�finalized�the�data.�

3.12.5��Spatial�Data�from�SOI�Topographical�Sheets�

Creating�a�GIS�spatial�database�is�a�complex�operation,�and�is�the�heart�of�the�entire�work;�

it� involves�data�capture,�verification�and�structuring�processes.�Raw�geographical�data�are�

available� in� many� different� analogue� and� digital� form� such� as� toposheets,� aerial�

photographs,� satellite� imageries� and� tables.� Out� of� all� these� sources,� the� source� of�

toposheets�is�of�much�concern�to�natural�resource�scientist�and�an�environmentalist.�

In�the�present�study,�the�essential�maps�generated�from�SOI�topographical�maps.�Using�the�

topographical�maps,� the� drainage�maps� (Fig� 3.10)� and� contour�Map� was� also� developed.�

The�maps�are�prepared�to�a�certain�scale�and�with�attributes�complying�with�the�requirement�

of�terms�of�reference�(ToR).�The�location�of�entities�on�the�earth’s�surface�is�then�specified�

by�means�of�an�agreed�co-ordinate�system.�For�most�GIS,�the�common�frame�of�co-ordinate�

system� used� for� the� study� is� UTM� co-ordinates� system.� All� the� maps� are� first� Geo-

referenced.�The�same�procedure�is�also�applied�on�remote�sensing�data�before�it�is�used�to�

prepare�the�Essential�maps.��

There�is�a�road�network�connecting�built-up�areas.�As�the�terrain�conditions�are�alluvial�type�

soil� and� site� elevation� bit� undulations� also� there� is� a� drainage� network� around� the� site�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-67�

location,� there� is� no� chance� of� flooding.� Hence� risk� factors� are� less.� No� Bird� sanctuaries�

located�in�the�study�area.��

3.12.6�Contour�Map�and�Elevations�of�Study�Area��

The� contours� in� Toposheets� have� been� digitized� in� the�GIS� environment� and� assigned� the�

respective�elevation�values�in�meters�with�reference�to�the�mean�sea�level.�Using�the�SRTM�

(Shuttle�Radar�Topography�Mission)�data,�the�elevation�values�has�been�verified.�Thereafter�

final�contour�map�has�been�prepared�with�combination�of�Toposheets�and�SRTM�ith�contour�

interval�of�10�m.�Project�site�contours�vary�from�20m�to�30m�above�MSL�and�the�study�area�

contours�vary� from�10�m� to�40�m�above�MSL.�From� the�project� site�the�No�high� range�hill�

area�were�observed�towards�North�West�direction�and�the�lowest�contours�were�observed�in�

South�west�direction.�While�the�remaining�areas�showed�variations�with�respect�to�contours.�

Contour�Map�and�Elevations�of�Study�Area�is�presented�in�Fig.3.11.��

3.12.7�Topography�(Digital�Elevation�Model)�

A�digital�elevation�model�(DEM)�is�a�digital�representation�of�ground�surface�topography�or�

terrain�(Fig�3.12).�It�is�also�widely�known�as�a�digital�terrain�model�(DTM).�A�DEM�can�be�

represented� as� a� raster� (a� grid� of� squares,� also� known� as� a� height� map�when� representing�

elevation)�or�as�a�triangular�irregular�network.�The�proposed�plant�location�is�shown�in�that�

Relief� map.� For� the� relief� study� of� the� area� very� higher� quality� SRTM� (Shuttle� Radar�

Topography� Mission)� and� DEM� is� downloaded.� These� DEMs� of� the� Terra� represents�

elevation�at�a�30�m�resolution.�

3.12.8�Land�use�land�cover�statistics�of�buffer�zone�

Map�showing� the�Land�Use�Land�Cover�classification� in� the� study�area� is�presented� in�Fig�

3.13�it�is�clearly�that�the�area�is�covered�with�Agricultural�Fallow�around�55�%�respectively�

of�the�total�area�which�is�taken�up�for�non-cultivation�but�is�temporarily�allowed�to�rest,�un-

cropped�for�one�or�more�season,�but�not�less�than�one�year.�Thus,�total�non-cultivable�land�is�

55�%.Other�class�is�Around�the�Agricultural�Fallow�edges�the�Settlement�(Built-up�area�Fig�

3.14)���is�located�and�occupies�around�9�%,�and�Roads�7�%�of�the�total�study�area.��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-6

8�

Fig�3.10�Drainage�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-6

9�

Fig�3.11�Contour�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-7

0�

Fig�3.12�Digital�Elevation�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-7

1�

Fig�3.13�Land�use/Land�cover�map�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-7

2�

Fig�3.14�Built-up�area�map�of�the�10�km�radius�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-73�

It�is�an�area�of�human�habitation�developed�due�to�non-agricultural�use�and�that�has�a�cover�of�

buildings,� transport� and� communication,� utilities� in� association� with�water,� vegetation� and�

vacant�lands.�The�open�scrub�is�3�%�respectively�in�the�total�study�area.��The�proposed�project�

is� on� Agricultural� Fallow� with� bit� undulations� terrain� and� does� not� have� any� significant�

impact�on�the�surrounding�villages�and�habitation.�The�water�bodies�cover�11%�of�the�total�

area.� The� Pasture� Land� is� 3%� and� Mud� is� covering� around� 3%� .These� area� have� a� very�

prominent�signature�and�can�be�seen�as�almost�Dark�blue�and�light�blue�in�the�satellite�image.�

The�statistical�break-up�of�the�land�use�classes�of�buffer�zone�are�presented�in�Table�3.27�and�

depicted�in�Fig.�3.15.�

�Fig�3.15�Graphical�presentation�of�Land�use�statistics�

Table�3.27�Land�Use�Land�Covers�Statistics�of�Buffer�Zone�

SL�No� LULC_Class� Area�(Ha)� Area�(%)�

1� Water�Bodies� 42300.00� 11%�

2� Open�scrub� 12800.00� 3%�

3� Built�Up� 34800.00� 9%�

4� Open�Jungle� 10100.00� 3%�

5� Roads� 26100.00� 7%�

6� Agricultural�Fallow� 210100.00� 55%�

7� Pasture�Land� 11100.00� 3%�

11%3%

9%

3%

7%

55%

3%2% 3%

3%

Landuse�statistics WaterBodies

Open�scrub

BuiltUp

Open�Jungle

Roads

AgriculturalFallowPasture�Land

Dense�Scrub

Mud

Railways

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-74�

8� Dense�Scrub� 7200.00� 2%�

9� Mud� 12100.00� 3%�

10� Railways� 12100.00� 3%�

Total� 378700.00� 100%�

3.13�SOCIO-ECONOMIC�ENVIRONMENT�

3.13.1�Overview�

The�socio�economic�study�includes�the�processes�of�analyzing,�monitoring�and�managing�the�

intended�and�unintended�social�consequences,�both�positive�and�negative�aspects.�The�socio-

economic� baseline� on� demographic� patterns,� economic� and� livelihood� profile� and�

infrastructure� facilities,� community� perception� and� mitigation� measures� in� the� study� area.�

Based�on�the�data�is�compiled�in�this�section,�the�impact�assessment�will�predict�and�evaluate�

any�potential�impacts�of�the�proposed�project�on�the�local�community,�livelihoods�and�other�

social�systems.��

The�study�area�presented�in�the�socio-economic�baseline�comprises�of�the�following:��

Ø� Proposed�project�location�–�within�the�limits�of�study�area��

� Profile�of�settlements�within�a�radius�of�10�km�around�the�proposed�project��

� To� identify� the� impact�of� socioeconomic� factors� and�mitigating�measure�within� the�

study�area.��

� Public�awareness�and�their�concern�about�the�project�and�need�assessment�of�the�local�

communities.��

The� socio-economic� baseline� has� been� prepared� on� the� basis� of� a� review� of� available�

secondary� sources� of� information� was� generated� through� site� observation� ,� individual�

interviews�and�focus�group�discussion�with�the�people�living�in�the�villages�identified�to�be�

within�the�study�area.�In�addition�to�this,�Field�survey�was�conducted�in�the�villages�from�95�

participants.��It�has�also�been�undertaken�to�assess�their�and�awareness�and�perceptions�about�

the� proposed� project.� Random� interactions� were� also� made� with� the� local� communities,�

school�teacher,�PHC�centre,�stake�holders,�anganwadi�workers.��

3.13.2�Demographic�details�of�the�study�area�

The�proposed�study�area�located�part�of,�Anand�and�Kheda�districts.�The�statistics�regarding�

the�human�population�and�the�number�of�households�in�the�study�area�is�given�in�table�3.28,�

indicates� that� there� are� 61� villages� in� the� study� areas.� � This� information� is� used� from� the�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-75�

Census� of� India,� 2011.� Village� boundaries� do� not� match� the� study� area� boundaries� and�

therefore� populations� of� villages� even� partially� in� the� study� area� have� been� considered� in�

enumerating�the�study�area�population.�

Census�data�2011�it�has�been�found�that,�Kheda�district�has�a�total�population�of�22,98,934�of�

which�11,87,098�are�males�and�11,11,836�are�females.�Anand�district�has�a� total�population�

of�20,�90,276�out�of�which�10,�88,253�are�males�and�10,�02,023�are�females.��The�population�

growth�rate�shows�a�declining�trend�for�the�past�two�decades,�i.e.�1991-2001�and�2001-2011�

for�all� the�districts.�The�growth� rate�has�declined� from�13.04�percent�(1991-2001)� to�12.57�

percent�(2001-2011)�for�Anand�district�and�from�13.32�percent�(1991-2001)�to�12.81�percent�

(2001-�2011)�for�the�Kheda�district.��

The�population�density�of�all�the�three�districts�has�increased�marginally�through�the�decade�

(2001-�2011).�The�density�of�Anand�district�has�increased�from�631�people�per�sq�km�to�711�

people�per�sq�km�while�in�Kheda�district�it�has�increased�from�479�people�per�sq�km�to�541�

people�per�sq�km.�This�can�be�explained�as�because�of� its�accessibility�to�other�parts�of� the�

State�and�the�availability�of�employment�opportunities.�

The�sex�ratio�of�both�the�districts�has�marginally�increased�through�the�decade�(2001-2011).�

The� sex� ratio� of�Kheda� district�has� shown� increase� from�923� to� 937� females�per� thousand�

males,�while�Anand�district�has�increased�from�910�to�921�females�per�thousand�males��

Table�3.28�Demographical�details�of�two�districts�

�Description� Anand�District�� Kheda�District�

� 2011� 2011�

Population� 20.93�Lakhs� 23.00�Lakhs�

Actual�Population� 2,092,745� 2,299,885�

Male� 1,087,224� 1,185,727�

Female� 1,005,521� 1,114,158�

Population�Growth� 12.70%� 13.62%�

Area�Sq.�Km� 3,204� 3,953�

Density/km2� 653� 582�

Proportion� to� Gujarat�Population�

3.46%� 3.81%�

Sex�Ratio�(Per�1000)� 925� 940�

Child�Sex�Ratio�(0-6�Age)� 884� 896�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-76�

����Source:�https://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/197-kheda.html�

Table�3.29�Population�details�within�the�study�area�

District� Taluka� No_HH� TOT_P� TOT_M� TOT_F� P_06� M_06� F_06�

Anand� Tarapur� 16768� 88522� 46032� 42490� 11705� 6259� 5446�

Sojitra� 18601� 89813� 46728� 43085� 11510� 6062� 5448�

Anand� 62886� 303807� 157812� 145995� 36458� 19507� 16951�

Petlad� 48978� 232594� 121320� 111274� 28337� 15187� 13150�

Khambhat� 40185� 201964� 105264� 96700� 26013� 13763� 12250�

Borsad� 65384� 316107� 164655� 151452� 40178� 21231� 18947�

Anklav� 25948� 126105� 65431� 60674� 16626� 8749� 7877�

Kheda� Mehmedabad� 44812� 220610� 112359� 108251� 29796� 15741� 14055�

Kheda� 21103� 102587� 53126� 49461� 13325� 7122� 6203�

Average�Literacy� 84.37� 82.65�

Male�Literacy� 91.82� 91.31�

Female�Literacy� 76.36� 73.49�

Total� Child� Population� (0-6�Age)�

254,008� 291,133�

Male�Population�(0-6�Age)� 134,827� 153,591�

Female�Population�(0-6�Age)� 119,181� 137,542�

Literates� 1,551,253� 1,660,243�

Male�Literates� 874,481� 942,480�

Female�Literates� 676,772� 717,763�

Child�Proportion�(0-6�Age)� 12.14%� 12.66%�

Boys�Proportion�(0-6�Age)� 12.40%� 12.95%�

Girls�Proportion�(0-6�Age)� 11.85%� 12.34%�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-77�

Matar� 32902� 162800� 84391� 78409� 20874� 11064� 9810�

Nadiad� 57610� 274773� 142118� 132655� 34498� 18188� 16310�

Mahudha� 22996� 114838� 59083� 55755� 15096� 7953� 7143�

Thasra� 59654� 301943� 156457� 145486� 39805� 20929� 18876�

3.13.3�Social�Characteristics�

The�proposed�site�is�situated�in�Anand�and�Kheda�districts.�There�are�seven�sub�district/Taluk�

in� Ananda� and� six� sub� districts� in� Kheda� (Table� 28�&� 29).� Anand� is� known� as� the�Milk�

Capital�of�India.�It�became�famous�for�Amul�dairy�and�its�milk�revolution.�This�city�hosts�the�

National� Dairy� Development� Board� of� India� and� Anand� Agricultural� University.� Another�

well-known�product�of�the�city�is�Vallabh�Vidhyanagar�and�Karamsad,�an�educational�suburb�

of�Anand.�

The�Kheda� district�borders�Ahmedabad� in� the�west,� also� known� as�“Kaira”.�Kheda� is� also�

known�by�the�name�golden�leaf�since�it�is�the�major�producer�of�tobacco.�

The�study�area�has�a�predominant�Hindu�population.�The�various�castes�residing�in� the�area�

are� Dabhi,� Koli� Patel,� Bharwad,� Vankar,� Darbar,� Garasiya,� Vaghri,� Harijan,� Brahmin� and�

Thakkar.�

Table�3.30�Statistics�regarding�to�distribution�of�SC�/�ST�in�the�study�area�

District� Taluka� Schedule�Caste� Schedule�Tribes�

� Male� Female� Total�%� Male� Female� Total�%�

A�

n�

a�

n�

d�

Tarapur� 5013� 4571� 10.83� 234� 205� 0.5�

Sojitra� 2539� 2251� 5.2� 0.6� 272� ������0.6�

Anand� 6743� 6443� 4.13� 2727� 2561� 2.49�

Petlad� 7620� 6843� 6.36� 580� 531� 0.59�

Khambhat� 7519� 6862� 6.97� 561� 525� 0.85�

Borsad� 6156� 5782� 3.77� 710� 705� 0.48�

Anklav� 2235� 2019� 3.39� 131� 120� 0.24�

K� Mehmedabad� 3980� 3702� 3.86� 609� 533� 0.75�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-78�

h�

e�

d�

a�

Kheda� 5263� 4822� 9.36� 3443� 3022� 5.44�

Matar� 4191� 3907� 4.97� 922� 815� 1.07�

Nadiad� 6128� 5495� 4.43� 1488� 1302� 1.56�

Mahudha� 1987� 1893� 3.23� 653� 652� 1.02�

Thasra� 8866� 8237� 5.53� 4119� 3858� 3.22�

Source:�http://censusindia.gov.in/pca/cdb_pca_census/Houselisting-housing-GUJARAT.html�

The�above�statistical�data�depicts�SC�and�ST�population�of� the�total� two�districts.�The�tribal�

population�is�very�less�in�the�study�area�as�against�the�people�belonging�to�scheduled�caste.��

3.13.4�Livelihood�

The� livelihood� is� very� much� dependent� on� natural� and� economic� endowments� and�

institutional�arrangements.�Agriculture�holds�significant�position�in�the�economy�of�in�these�

two�districts.�

Table�3.31.�Occupational�details�

%�Occupational�Status�

A�

N�

A�

N�

D�

Sub-�District� Cultivation� Agriculture� House�hold� Others�

Tarapur� 28.53� 43.73� 0.59� 27.15�

Sojitra� 21.67� 54.34� 1.20� 22.78�

Umreth� 27.48� 46.01� 1.15� 25.35�

Anand� 10.34� 30.82� 1.87� 56.96�

Petlad� 16.87� 48.32� 1.69� 33.11�

Khambhat� 19.80� 33.54� 3.53� 43.13�

Borsad� 19.15� 44.81� 2.44� 33.60�

Anklav� 20.86� 49.65� 0.88� 28.61�

K�

H�

Mehmedabad� 19.94� 43.50� 1.27� 35.29�

Kheda� 30.08� 48.09� 1.15� 20.68�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-79�

E�

D�

A�

Matar� 12.52� 32.39� 1.97� 53.12�

Nadiad� 33.62� 44.48� 1.29� 20.60�

Mahudha� 19.94� 43.50� 1.27� 35.29�

Tharsa� 30.47� 45.07� 1.13� 23.33�

�Source:�Primary�Census�Abstract,�2011�

Most� of� the� people� within� the� study� area� are� dependent� on� agriculture� as� their� primary�

occupation.�Animal�husbandry� is� also�a�widely� prevalent� occupation�within� the� study�area.�

However,�people�nowadays�have�started�working�in� the�nearby�factories�and�manufacturing�

units�present�within�the�study�area.�Over�950�units�of�Small�and�Medium�Enterprises�(SMEs)�

are�present�in�Anand�district.�

3.13.5�Agriculture�and�allied�sectors�

Paddy,�Wheat,�Bajara,�castor,�cotton�and�Tobacco�are� the�predominant�crops�of�the�District.�

The�main�crops�of�the�district�are�Paddy�and�Bajra�in�Kharif�and�Wheat�and�Potato�in�Rabi.�

Active�public�interventions�in�the�form�of�development�of�irrigation�and�input�supply�systems�

coupled� with� favorable� output� markets� initially� boosted� the� wheat� and� paddy� yields� and�

returns�thereby�shifting�the�crop�pattern�in�favour�of�these�crops.�The�oil�seed�crop�like�castor�

has� gain� area� due� to� the� introduction� of� high� yielding� varieties� and� higher� net� return.� The�

Vegetable� crops� like� Tomato� and�Chili� area� have�been� increased� in� recent� years.�The� area�

under�banana�and�papaya�crops�is�increasing�due�to�the�introduction�of�new�technologies�like�

tissue�culture,�drip�irrigation�

The�villagers�mainly�sell�their�agricultural�products�at�Tarapur�Market.�Agriculture�is�mostly�

carried�out�by�the�water�from�bore�wells�and�wells.�Modern�equipments�and�tractors�are�used�

to�carry�out�the�agricultural�work�in�the�study�area.�

3.13.6��Animal�Husbandry�

Livestock� rearing� is�very� common� among� the� people� of� this� region� as�major� population� is�

Rabaris.�Most�of�the�animals�reared�by�them�are�cows�and�buffaloes.�

With�the�presence�of�the�cooperative�dairy�industry�within�the�study�area,�proper�and�regular�

veterinary� care� is� provided� to� the� animals.�Private� veterinary� doctors�come� on� the� basis�of�

their� requirement.� Regular� medical� check-up� of� animals� is� carried� out� by� these� private�

doctors.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-80�

3.13.7�Industries/Factories�

Anand� is� an� industrial� base� for� Chemical,� Engineering� and� Food�&�Agriculture� products.�

Anand�Milk-� producers� Union� Limited� (AMUL)� is� the� largest� dairy� cooperative� in� India.�

Industrial� developments� could� be� attributed� to� the� presence� of� a� significant� numbers� of�

Chemical� and� Engineering� units� in� the� district,� which� include� Cambay� Chemicals� Ltd.,�

Beepee� Coating� Ltd.,� Elecon� Engineering� Company� Ltd.,� Hindustan� Packaging� Company�

Ltd.,�National�Dairy�Development�Board,�Mother�Dairy�Food�Processing�Ltd.�

3.13.8�Education�Facilities�

It�was�observed�that�majority��of��the�study�areas�are�well�equipped�with�educational�facilities�

with�primary�schools,�secondary�schools�and��senior�secondary�school�within�the�study�area.�

Facilities�for�higher�education�are�average�within�the�study�area.�Aspiring�students�go�to�other�

towns�and�cities�to�pursue�higher�education.�

The�villages�in�the�study�area�have�primary�schools�upto�class�8th�while�in�few�villages�one�

could�find�schools�upto�class�10th.�The�villagers�go�to�the�nearby�bigger�villages�or�city�for�

higher�education.�

The�average�education�attainment�of�most�of�the�village�dwellers�is�upto�class�10th�minimum.�

In�some�villages,�villagers�have�studied�upto�graduated�level.�

The� average� literacy� rate� of� Anand� and� Kheda� district� in� 2011� was� 85.79%� and� 84.31%�

compared� to� 74.51%� and� 71.90%� of� 2001� respectively.� Gender� wise,� male� and� female�

literacy� rates� were� 93.23%� and� 77.76%� respectively� in� Anand� district� while� 93.40%� and�

74.67%�respectively�in�Kheda�district,�according�to�the�2011�Provisional�Census.�

3.13.9�Health�Facilities�

The�above�table�shows�that�the�study�area�consists�of�7�maternity�and�child�welfare�centers,�5�

child� welfare� centers,� 3� health� centers,� 3� primary� health� centers,� 19� primary� health� sub-

centers,� 9� family� welfare� centers,� 11� registered� medical� practitioners� and� 38� community�

health�workers.�Private�Doctors�commonly�pay�visits�to�villages�as�and�when�required�by�the�

people.�

Fever,�malaria�and�water�borne�diseases�are�commonly�prevalent�in�the�study�area.�

Anganwadi� workers� and� ASHAs� continuously� work� for� the� promotion� and� betterment� of�

health�of�children�and�women.�

��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-81�

3.13.10�Drinking�Water�Facility�

Water� And� Sanitation� Management� Organization� (WASMO)� provides� water� to� all� the�

villages�of�the�study�area.�In�some�villages,�people�use�water�from�the�Kanewal�and�Pariyej�

lakes�which�are�natural�water�bodies�present�within�the�study�area.�Sabarmati�river�provides�

water�to�few�of�the�villages�within�the�study�area�namely-�Khada,�Asamali,�Ingoli,�Kharenti,�

Palla�and�Virdi.�

3.13.11�Infrastructure�(Physical)�

The� statistics� regarding� to� the� prevalence� of� basic� infrastructure� within� the� study� area� are�

given�and�it�is�well�connected�by�roads�and�railways.�Almost�all�the�villages�within�the�study�

area� are� facilitated� with� a� bus� stop.� Railway� line� passes� through� Pisawada� and� Mota�

Kalodara,�villages�falling�within�7-10�km�range�within�the�study�area.�

3.13.12�Means�of�Communication�

Most�important�means�of�communication�nowadays�is�mobile�phones�which�are�possessed�by�

most�of�the�people�within�the�study�area.�

3.13.13�Availability�of�Power�Supply�

The� Government� of� Gujarat� supplies� 24� hours� uninterrupted� power� to� all� the� households�

within�the�study�area�under�the�Jyotigram�Scheme.�

3.13.14�Social�Welfare�

During� the� survey� it�was� observed� that� all� the� villages� have� the� facility� of�Anganwadi� for�

early�childhood�development�under� the� scheme� of�“Integrated�Child�Development�Services�

(ICDS)”.�The�primary�schools�are�established�under�the�Sarva�Shiksha�Abhiyaan.�Nutritious�

mid-day� meals� are� provided� everyday� to� the� school� children.� The� health� facilities� are�

provided�under�“National�Rural�Health�Mission�(NRHM)”.�The�rural�employment�is�provided�

to�the�villagers�under�the�scheme�of�Mahatma�Gandhi�National�Rural�Employment�Guarantee�

Act� (MNREGA).�Housing� facilities�are�provided�under� the� Indira�Awas�Yojana� (IAY)�and�

the�Sardar�Awas�Yojana�(SAY).�

3.13.15�Cultural�Profile�

Archeological�or�Historical�Sites/�Places�of�Religious�Importance.�There�are�no�archeological�

or�historical�sites�within�the�study�area.�However,�there�exist�two�lakes�namely�–�Pariyej�and�

Kanewal�within� the� study�area�which�are�a�habitat� for�migratory�birds.�Pariyej� lake�houses�

many� species� of� foreign�migratory� birds� and� is� developed� as� a� bird� sanctuary.� Similar� to�

Pariyej,�Kanewal�Lake�is�also�a�heaven�for�bird-watchers.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�

at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER-III�

DESCRIPTIO

N�OF�

ENVIR

ONMENT�

� �3-8

2�

Table�3.32�Distribution�of�villages�according�to�availability�of�different�amenities,�2011�

.�Sub�

District�

No�of�

villages�

Type�of�amenity�available�

Education�

Medical�

Drinking�

water�

Post�office�

Telephone�

Transport��

Banks�

Agricultural��

credit�

societies�

Approach�by�

pucca�road�

Power�

supply�

A�N�A�N�D� �

2�3�

4�5�

6�7�

8�9�

10�

11�

12�

13�

Tarapur�

42�

41�(�97.62)�11�(�26.19)�

42�(�100)�

21�(�50)�

42�(�100)�

42�(�100)�

2�(�4.76)�

22�(�52.38)�

41�(�97.62)�

42�(�100)�

Sojitra�

24�

24�(�100)�

18�(�75)�

24�(�100)�14�(�58.33)�

24�(�100)�

24�(�100)�

5�(�20.83)�

5�(�20.83)�

24�(�100)�

24�(�100)�

Anand�

37�

37�(�100)�

36�(�97.3)�

37�(�100)�

31�(�83.78)�

37�(�100)�

37�(�100)�22�(�59.46)�

27�(�72.97)�

37�(�100)�

37�(�100)�

Petlad�

56�

56�(�100)�45�(�80.36)�

56�(�100)�

34�(�60.71)�

56�(�100)�

56�(�100)�16�(�28.57)�

11�(�19.64)�

56�(�100)�

56�(�100)�

-Khambhat�

57�

57�(�100)�29�(�50.88)�

57�(�100)�

33�(�57.89)�

57�(�100)�

57�(�100)�

9�(�15.79)�

37�(�64.91)�

57�(�100)�

57�(�100)�

Borsad�

64�

64�(�100)�57�(�89.06)�

64�(�100)�

49�(�76.56)�

64�(�100)�

64�(�100)�20�(�31.25)�

1�(�1.56)�

63�(�98.44)�

64�(�100)�

Anklav�

31�

31�(�100)�26�(�83.87)�

31�(�100)�

19�(�61.29)�

31�(�100)�

31�(�100)�

3�(�9.68)�

17�(�54.84)�

31�(�100)�

31�(�100)�

K�H�E�D�A�

Mehmedabad�

65�

63�(�96.92)�35�(�53.85)�

65�(�100)�

29�(�44.62)�

65�(�100)�

65�(�100)�11�(�16.92)�

12�(�18.46)�

63�(�96.92)�

65�(�100)�

Kheda�

39�

39�(�100)�19�(�48.72)�

39�(�100)�

23�(�58.97)�

39�(�100)�

39�(�100)�

8�(�20.51)�

15�(�38.46)�

39�(�100)�

39�(�100)�

Matar�

55�

55�(�100)�

44�(�80)�

55�(�100)�

29�(�52.73)�

55�(�100)�

55�(�100)�

8�(�14.55)�

18�(�32.73)�

55�(�100)�

55�(�100)�

Nadiad�

59�

59�(�100)�47�(�79.66)�

59�(�100)�

36�(�61.02)�

59�(�100)�

59�(�100)�22�(�37.29)�

32�(�54.24)�

59�(�100)�

59�(�100)�

Mahudha�

41�

41�(�100)�22�(�53.66)�

41�(�100)�

20�(�48.78)�

41�(�100)�

41�(�100)�

3�(�7.32)�

0�(�0)�

41�(�100)�

41�(�100)�

Thasra�

94�

94�(�100)�44�(�46.81)�

94�(�100)�

53�(�56.38)�

94�(�100)�

94�(�100)�

7�(�7.45)�

47�(�50)�

93�(�98.94)�

94�(�100)�

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/Gujarat_tables.html�

� � � �

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-83�

3.13.16�Lifestyle�

Most�of� the�people�within� the� study� area� have�an�agrarian� lifestyle.�Hence� their� livelihood�

pattern� is�much�simpler� as�compared� to� an�urban� lifestyle.�Men�are�usually� found�wearing�

trousers�and� shirts� and�women�mostly�wear� salwar-kameez�or� sarees.�However,�older�men�

still�continue�wearing�dhoti-�kurta�and�older�women�wear�chaniya-choli�in�rural�areas.�People�

follow� a� staple� diet� of� chapatti� and� cooked� vegetables,� rice� and� dal� along� with�

accompaniments�of�buttermilk�and�pickle.�

3.13.17�Primary�survey�

3.13.17.1�Community�perception:��

A� primary� perception� survey� was� conducted� to� predict� the� intended� and� unintended�

consequences�in�the�study�area.�A�method�of�survey�was�administered�for�this�study.�In�this�

connection,�samples�of�95�participants�are�participated�from�20�villages�(Table�3.33).� It�has�

been� collected� by� covering� various� age� groups,� communities,� gender,� educational�

qualification,�nature�of�work,�economical�status�and�other�major�variable.�In�this�connection,�

respondents� were� asked� for� their� awareness/opinion� about� the� project� and� also� of� their�

opinion� about� the� impacts� of� the� project� which� is� an� important� aspect� of� socioeconomic�

environment�viz.�job�opportunities,�education,�health�care,�housing,�transportation�facility�and�

economic� status.�Apart� from� the� demographical� and� other� primary� information,� the� survey�

questionnaire�was�focused�on�41�items�with�6�major�dimensions�such�as:�1)�Economical;�2)�

Public�Infrastructure�and�services;�3)�Social/cultural;�4)�Environmental;�5)�Health�and�well-

being�6)�Psychological/personal�

Tale�3.33�Particulars�of�the�primary�survey�

SNO� District� Name�of�the�Village�

No�of�Households�

Total�Population�

No�of�participants�

1� Tarapur����

Mil�Rampura� 576� 3555� 7�2� Changada� 314� 1620� 4�3� Valandapura� 341� 1937� 3�4� Tarapur� 3452� 17994� 10�5� Sojitra�

�Piplav� 1056� 5000� 8�

6� Trambovad� 1164� 5453� 5�7� Anand�

�Kasor� 1556� 7305� 7�

8� Gana� 866� 4079� 8�9� Petlad�

�Porda� 852� 3836� 5�

10� Vadadala� 1522� 6907� 9�11� Khambhat�

�Vasna� 649� 3390� 5�

12� Khadodhi� 1147� 5749� 5�13� Kheda� Khumarvad� 159� 176� 2�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-84�

14� � Chandna� 168� 162� 2�15� Matar�

���

Sokhda� 139� 133� 2�16� Matar� 443� 424� 4�17� Heranj� 85� 85� 2�18� Limbasi� 224� 204� 2�19� Nadiad�

�Alindra� 155� 155� 2�

20� Vaso� 379� Vaso� 3�� Total� 95�

3.13.17.2�Community�Perception�and�Impact�of�Various�Domains��

It�was�observed�from�the�participants�that�most�(72%)�of�the�people�are�not�aware�about�this�

project.�Remaining�(28%)�people�said�that�there�are�aware�about�this�project�from�friend�and�

family�members.��

��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-85�

3.13.17.3�Economical�Impact:�

This�domain� focuses�on� respondents’�perception�on�economical� impact.� In� this�connection,�

the� items�of�increasing�of�land,� labor�cost,�overall� income�and�other�related�questions�were�

incorporated.��

Development�and�operation�of�oil�and�gas�assets�can�contribute�positive�social�gains�to�local,�

regional�and�national�communities.�Local�economic�benefits�of�oil�and�gas�development�and�

production� can� include� new� business� opportunities� and� employment� generated� for�

communities,�royalties�paid�to�mineral�and�land�owners,�and�taxes�paid�to�governments.�On�a�

per�employee�basis,� the�oil� and�gas�industry�is� a�high-output,�high-wage�industry�that�has�a�

multiplier�effect�on�local� economies.� In�addition� to�generating� thousands�of�direct� jobs�and�

wages,� the� oil� and� gas� sector� purchases� goods� and� services� from� other� industries,� thereby�

building�transferrable�skill�sets�and�creating�broad�capacity�in�the�community.�Memberships�

and� donations�made� to� local� communities,� schools,� universities� and� organizations� can� also�

benefit�the�community�

This�proposal�would�mean�development�of�this�area�on��lines�with�progressive�policy�of�Govt.�

of� Gujarat,� The� proponent� has� planned� to� recruit� numbers� of� skilled,� semi‐skilled� and�

unskilled�manpower�during�the�production��phase�and�indirect�employment�through�contracts�

for�civil,�mechanical�erection,�electrification,�piping�works�and�associated�amenities.�During�

the�operation��phase,�the�proposed�project�is�expected�to�employ�about�100�people�of�various�

skills�and�semi-skilled�and�unskilled�for�various�required�position.�It�was�observed�that�most�

of� the� local� community� people� have� education� and� qualification,� Hence,� by� proving� skill�

based�training�programs�would�be�helpful�to�the�local�qualified�people.��

3.13.17.4��Social�&�Cultural�impacts:�

This� domain� focused� on� social� and� cultural� aspect� like,� effect�of�migration,� culture,� social�

norms,�and�other�major�aspect.�It�was�observed�that�social�aspects�the�people�who�are�living�

in�study�area�need�not�be�relocated�their�place�because�the�most�of�the�proposed�locations��are�

in� empty� or� barren� lands� (govt.� and� private).� However,� the� proposed� well� location� have�

chances�for�adjustment�based�on�seismic�survey�report.�Hence,�it�can�be�said�the�there�is�no�

chance�of�relation�of�the�people.�With�regard�to�cultural�point,�most�of�the�Gujarat�people�are�

well� aware� and�connected�with� these� type�oil� and� gas� related�works.�So,� there�will� not�be�

impact�on�social�and�cultural�norms.��It�was�also�noticed�form�the�primary�survey�respondents�

that�� there�would�be�no�impact�on�their�cultural�and�tradition,�no�break�ups�in�cohesion�and�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-86�

differences�in�social�and�cultural�norms�due�to�this�project�because�most�of�the�communities�

in�the�are�directly�and�indirectly�depended�on�gas��related�profession.��

3.13.17.5�Health�&�wellbeing�impacts:�

This�dimension�focused�into�the�impact�of�health�and�wellbeing�due�to�proposed�project.� In�

this�connection,�the�questions�related�to�health�are�raised�like;�any�chronic�diseases,�effect�on�

next�generation,�medical�dependence�with�this�project.�Majority�of�the�people�responded�that�

there�would�not�be�any�health�impact�due�to�this�project.�From�negative�points�of�view,�it�was�

generally�observed�the�following�impacts:�In�case�of�leakage�of�Oil�and�gas�and�oily�wastes�

beaches�and�spoil�recreational�activities,�which�cause�serious�damage�to�the�soil�and�nearest�

cultivate�land.�

3.13.17.6�Environmental�Impact:�

This�aspect�focuses�on�environmental�impact�within�the�study�area.�In�this�regards,�questions�

related� damage�of�water,�air� and� soil�were�asked.�People� answered� that� there�would�be�no�

much�impact�on�environment�unless�and�until�any�negative�consequences.�Oil�operations�on�

land� require� drilling� fluids� (sometimes� called� "mud")� that� are� injected� into� the�wellbore� to�

lubricate�the�drilling�bit.�These�fluids�are� supposed�to�be�captured�in� lined�pits�for�disposal,�

but�very�often� they�are� spilled�and�splashed�around� the�well�pad.�This� process�would�have�

minimal�effect�on� land� other� than� this�no� adverse� effect� on� environmental� aspect.�Another�

side,� after� processing� of� the� jetty,� frequent� transportation� may� cause� for� water� and� air�

pollution,�sometimes,�unexpected�accident�may�cause�for�human�and�animal�death.��

3.13.17.7�Public�infrastructure�&�services��

This� dimension� covered� the� public� infrastructure� and� services� related� items.� �Construction�

activities�associated�with�oil�and�gas�production�facilities�leave�behind�radical�impacts�to�the�

landscape.� Well� pad� and� road� construction� require� the� use� of� heavy� equipment� such� as�

bulldozers,� road� graders� and� gravel� trucks.� Development� of� oil� and� gas� complexes.� � The�

proposed� project� has�more� faculties� with� public� infrastructure� and� services.� People� in� the�

study� area� have� expectations� from� the� potential� of� improvement� in� new� roads,� public�

infrastructure� in� the� immediate�vicinity� of� the� project� area.�Most�of� the�proposed� locations�

have�many� infrastructure� facilities� like�black� top� roads,� railway,�medical� facilities,�schools,�

colleges�and�banks.�Due�to�enhancement�of�works�in� this�site,�it�gives�more�development�in�

related�to�infrastructure.���

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-87�

3.13.17.8�Psychological�and�personal�Impact�

Personal�and�psychological�impact� is�related�to�perception�towards�this�project.�i.e.,�attitude�

on�project,�benefits�for�you�and�your�village�and�fear�of�losing�your�goal�with�this�project�and�

other�major�personal�and�psychological�aspects.�It�was�noticed�that�most�of�the�respondents�

believed�that� this�project�enhance�their�quality�of�life�due� to�social�and�economical�growth.�

They� said� that� increasing� of� land� and� labor� cost,� employment� generation� and� other� civic�

amenities�will�generate�positive�attitude�for�individual�and�community�people.����

3.13.18�Other�Impact�Factors�of�Socio-Economic�Environment�

3.13.18.1�Production�Phase�

During� the�early�production�phase,� the�movement�of�equipment,�machineries�may�pose� the�

risk�of�accidents�and�injuries.�As�per�the�existing�practices,�a�road�safety�awareness�campaign�

will� be� put� in� place� to� better� inform� the� communities� about� safer� road� habits.� The� traffic�

management� at� site� will� be� undertaken� by� the� security� personnel� as� per� the� established�

practices.�

While� most� of� the� labor� will� be� local,� interaction� of� local� labor� with� outside� labor� force�

during� the� construction� may� lead� to� transference� of� communicable� diseases,� if� left�

uncontrolled� and� unchecked.� During� the� construction� period,� the� labor� force� will� be�

accommodated�in�the�labor�camps,�hence�no�there�will�be�no�strain�on�the�civic�amenities�like�

drinking�water,�sanitation,�road�transport�and�other�facilities.�

3.13.18.2�Operational�Phase�

The�proposed�project�will� lead�to�indirect�socio-economic�development�of� the�region.�Some�

economic� opportunities� may,� however� develop� in� the� form� of� supplying� materials� and�

services�for�the�proposed�activity�in�the�region.�

3.13.19�Need�assessment�

The� Primary� consultations� survey� has� ascertained� certain� key� expectations� that� are� also�

indicative�of�the�local�community’s�attitude�towards�industrial�development�in�the�study�area.�

The�local�people�requires�the�different�needs�and�expectation�of�the�respondents�in�hierarchy�

with�this�proposed�project�

·� 70%� of� the� people� from� the� participant� group� have� more� expectations� on� job� and�

business�opportunities.�

·� younger� and� educated� (50%)people� shared� their� view� on� conducting� skill�

development�programs�for�the�local�communities,��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-88�

Few�of�them�(35%)�said�that�encourage�skilled�and�poor�community�people,�this�will�

help��

·� Some�of� the�people� in� the� study�area� are�expecting� development� of� roads�and� civic�

amenities.���

·� Late� adults� (above� 50� years)� and� poor� people� looking� for� free�medical� and� health�

related�support.��

The�proposed�project�would�create�certain�impacts�with�beneficial�as�well�as�adverse�effects�

on�the�socio�economic�environment.�

Hence,� it� is�necessary�to� identify�the�extent�of�these�impacts�for� further�planning�of�control�

measures�leading�to�mitigation�of�the�adverse�impacts.�The�impacts�due�to�proposed�project�

on�parameters�of�human�interest�socio-economic�have�been�assessed�as�below:�

Impact�Area� Pre�Mitigation�

Significance�

Mitigation�� Post� mitigation�significance��

Relocation� of� Local�Community�

Low/NIL� No�R&R�required�for�this�project�

Low�

General�Characteristics� and�trends�in�population�of�region�

Low� No� potential� change�on� population� of�region� due� to� this�project� &� hence� no�mitigation�envisaged.�

Low�

Migration� trends� in�study�area�

Low/NIL� No� Impact� on�migration� trends� as�local� labor� utilized�during� work� process�and� very� few� people�of� non� locals� with�necessary� expertise�during� Operation�stage�

Low�

Population�characteristics� in�study� area,�including�distributions�by�age,�sex,� ethnic� groups,�educational� level�and�family�size�

Low� No� Impact� on��population�

Distributions,� and�hence� no� mitigation�envisaged.�

Low�

Distinct� settlement�of� ethnic� groups� or�deprived� economic/�

Low� No� Disruption� in�settlement�patterns�of�

Low�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-89�

minority�groups� people�envisaged�

Economic� history�for�the�region�

Medium� Positive� Impact� due�to�Increase�of�income�levels� of� the� region�due�to�this�project�

High��

Employment�pattern� in� study�area,� including�occupational�distribution� and�location� and�availability� of� work�force�

Low� Temporary�or�regular�employment� is�expected� to� work�during� pre� and� post�production� period�and�laying�activity.�

High��

Income� levels� and�tends�for�study�area�

Medium� Positive� Impact� -�Increase� the� income�levels��

High��

Land� values� in�study�area�

Medium� Positive� Impact� -�Increase� land� values�around�the�vicinity��

High�

Housing�characteristics� in�study� area,�including�in�types�of�housing� and�occupancy�levels�

Low� No� Change�Envisaged�

Low�

Health� and� social�services� in� study�area,� including�health,� workforce,�law� enforcement,�fire� protection,�water� supply,�wastewater�treatment� facilities,�solid� waste�collection� and�disposal�and�utilities�

Medium� Periodic� Health�Check� up� during�drilling� Workers� &�necessary� medication�if�required�

Periodic� Check� on�Potable� Water�supplied� and� good�housekeeping�practices.�

Low�

Public� and� private�educational�resources� in� study�area�

Medium� No� Change�Envisaged�

High��

Community�cohesion,� including�organized�

Low� No� Potential� impact�on� community�cohesions�

Low�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-90�

community�groups�

Areas� of� unique�significance� such� as�cemeteries� of�religious�camps�

Low� No� Disruption� of�unique�areas�

Low�

Archaeological�Heritage� Sites�effected�

Low� No� Archaeological�Heritage� Sites� are�disturbed� or� lost� or�effected� in� any� way�and� hence� no�preservation� plan�required,�

Low�

Population�characteristics� in�study� area,�including�distributions�by�age,�sex,� ethnic� groups,�educational� level�and�family�size�

Low� No� Impact� on��population�

Distributions,� and�hence� no� mitigation�envisaged.�

Low�

Distinct� settlement�of� ethnic� groups� or�deprived� economic/�minority�groups�

Low� No� Disruption� in�settlement�patterns�of�people�envisaged�

Low�

Economic� history�for�the�region�

Medium� Positive� Impact� due�to�Increase�of�income�levels� of� the� region�due�to�this�project�

High��

Employment�pattern� in� study�area,� including�occupational�distribution� and�location� and�availability� of� work�force�

Low� Temporary�or�regular�employment� is�expected� to� work�during� operation�period� and� laying�activity.�

High��

3.13.20�Major�findings�

The� main� objective� of� impact� assessment� is� to� bring� about� a� more� ecologically,� socio-

culturally� and� economically� sustainable� and� equitable� environment.� Impact� assessment,�

therefore,� promotes� community� development� and� empowerment,� builds� capacity,� and�

develops�social�capital.�Every�project�has�certain�pros�with�cons�while�launching�new�project.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-91�

The� present� study� is� mainly� focused� to� know� identify� socioeconomic� developments� in� the�

study� area� and� the� community� perception� about� this� project.� Based� on� the� study,� the� data�

were�collected�from�95�people,�which�are�having�participation�of�three�major�communities�in�

and�around�the�proposed�project.�And�other�main�variables�of�age,�gender�and� locality�also�

focused� in� this� study.� � � The� data�were� collected� from� primary� and� secondary� sources� and�

whereas�the�primary�data�is�statistically�analyzed�by�using�the�SPSS�20.0�version�to�assess�the�

significant� different� in� various� demographical� variables.� The� following� findings� are�

identified.��

·� Most� of� the� participants� responded� that� they� are� aware� about� this� project� through�

friends,�followed�with�news�and�family�member.��

·� Majority� of� the� people� are� encouraged� to� start� this� project� for� change� and� better�

quality�of�life.��

·� With� regarding� economical� aspect� people� reported� that� they� would� be� having� job�

opportunities�with�this�project�and�other�side�there�would�be�rapid�changes�in�land�and�

labor�cost,�open�the�door�for�the�business�development.��

·� From�public�infrastructure�and�services�dimension,�most�of� the�people�answered�that�

there�would� be�more� development� of� roads,� transportation� facilities,�which� is� more�

advantageous�developments�for�Govt.�and�private�facilities.�

·� There� is� less� impact� on� forest� environment� and� also� said� the� no� loss� of� wild� and�

domestic��animals�due�to�this�project�

·� there�would�be�no�change� in� traditional� family� roles,� community�cohesion,� sense�of�

place,�community�leadership,�and�cultural�heritage.���

·� With� regard� to� environmental� dimension,� all� community� people� have�optimistically�

responded� there� would� be� no� loss� or� ruin� of� soil,� water� contamination� and� other�

environmental�aspects.�Even�though�a�very�less�quantity�of�people�predicts�that�there�

would�be�impact�of�sounds�and�vibration�due�to�frequent�transportation.��

·� It� was� also� noticed� from� personal� and� psychological� aspect.� People� have� positive�

attitude�to�towards�proposed�project,�which�is�shows�positive�impact�on�their�life�style�

and�quality�of�life�to�reach�their�goals�and�objectives.��It�was�also�observed�they�also�

they�encouraged�to�starting�new�projects.���

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�III�DESCRIPTION�OF�ENVIRONMENT�

� 3-92�

3.13.21�Conclusion�

Social� Impact� Assessment� (SIA)� has� traditionally� involved� the� use� of� technical� and�

participatory�analytical�methods� to� anticipate� change�but� also�encouraging� the� life�cycle�of�

projects� to�minimize�negative� outcomes�and�maximize�benefits.� The� early� consideration� of�

social� impacts,�the�alignment�of�activities�with�regional�and�community�planning�objectives,�

and�meaningful�participation�of�community�in�decision�making�are�key�features.�Apart�from�

the� SIA� process� and� findings� it� can� be� concluded� that�most� the� respondents� have� positive�

pulse�towards�implementation�of�the�proposed�project.�

� � �

CHAPTER�–�IV�

ANTICIPATED�ENVIRONMENTAL�

IMPACTS�&�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�1�

4.1�� � INTRODUCTION� �

The�objective�of� the�impact� identification� is� to� formulate�Environmental�Management�Plan�

(EMP)�to�mitigate�the�probable�negative�impacts�that�might�arise�during�the�project�activities�

to� the�maximum� possible� extent.� Therefore,� in� order� to� come� to� a� strategic� EMP�which� is�

imperative� to� identify� the� possibilities� at� various� project� stages,� impact� type� and� affected�

environmental� component,� extent� and� severity.� EIA� is� an� activity� designed� to� identify� and�

predict�the�impact�on�the�environment,�on�human�health�and�ecology,�taking�into�account�the�

requirements� of� legislative� proposals,� policies,� programs,� operational� procedures� and� to�

communicate� information� about� the� impact.� This� chapter� describes� the� identification� of�

impacts,�appraisal�of�various�impacts�during�construction�and�operational�phase.��

4.2�� IMPACT�ASSESSMENT�METHODOLOGY�

The�present�EIA� report�follows� the� impact�assessment�methodology�based�on�checklist�and�

matrix�methods.�The�major�steps�followed�for�impact�assessment�are�given�as�under:�

� Listing�of�environmental�aspects,� i.e.,�project�activities�that�can�cause�environmental�

impacts�

� Identification� of� applicable� environmental� attributes� on� which� the� environmental�

aspects�can�cause�an�environmental�impact�

� Impact�Assessment�(Aspect-Impact�Analysis):�

·� Qualification�as�negative�or�positive;�

·� Identification�of�nature�of�impacts�such�as�direct�or�indirect;�

·� Quantitative�Analysis,�viz.,�quantification�of�impacts�and�discussion�on�the�direct�

and�indirect�environmental�and�socio-economic�impacts�

·� Assessment� of� significance� of� impacts� based� on� severity� and� frequency� of�

identified� impacts:� a� scale� is� used� to� determine� the� severity� of� the� effect;� for�

example,�an�impact�is�of�low,�medium,�or�high�significance.�

Mitigation� measures� to� address� the� assessed� impacts� and� a� detailed� Environmental�

Management�Plan�are�proposed.�A�monitoring�plan�for�implementation�of�the�proposed�EMP�

is�then�proposed.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�2�

4.3�� IDENTIFICATION�OF�IMPACTS�

The�environmental� impacts�anticipated�during�the�construction�and�operation�phases�on�the�

environmental� parameters� have� been� studied� to� estimate� the� environmental� impact� of� the�

proposed�project.�

Various�project�activities�that�can�cause�environmental�impacts�are�identified�as�under:�

1.� Construction�

·� Civil� works� such� as� earth� moving� and� building� of� structures� including�

temporary�structures�

·� Heavy�Equipment�operations�

·� Influx�of�construction�workers�

·� Transportation�of�material�

·� Setting�up�the�crude�storage�tanks,�bath-heater,�separator�handrails,�guardrails,�

stairs,�walkways,�ladders,�flare�stack,�drilling�fluid�circulating�system�&�other�

equipment�and�machinery�of�development�drilling�and�workover�operations.�

2.�Operation�

·� Handling�of�hydrocarbons�from�the�well�bore�including�stabilization�

·� Operation�of�power�source�and�generator�facilities�

·� Storage�of�chemicals/�flammables�

·� Storage�and�Handling�of�Crude�and�natural�gas�

·� Vehicular�movement�for�transportation�of�material,�equipment�and�personnel�

4.4��� IDENTIFICATION�OF�ENVIRONMENTAL�ATTRIBUTES�

Environmental�attributes�considered�for�the�proposed�project�are�the�receiving�environmental�

and� social� components,� which� are� likely� to� get� affected� due� to� the� project� operations/�

activities.� Components� of� natural� resources� and� human� world� that� are� considered� valuable�

and�are�likely�to�be�affected�by�the�project�activities�have�been�considered�for�the�EIA�study.�

The� indirect� and/or� cumulative� effects� can� be� concerned� with� indirect,� additive� or� even�

synergistic� effects� due� to� other�projects� or� activities� or� even� induced� developments� on� the�

same�environmental�components�as�would�be�considered�direct�effects.�But�such�impacts�tend�

to�involve�larger�scale�environmental�components�such�as�within�entire�region,�river�basins�or�

watersheds;� and� broad� social� and� economic� parameters� such� as� quality� of� life� and� the�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�3�

provincial� economy.� Once� these� components� are� identified� then� appropriate� indicators� are�

selected�for�impact�assessments�on�the�respective�environmental�attributes.�

Environmental�attributes�are�broadly�classified�into�three�groups,�viz.,�physical�environment,�

biological�environment�and�socio-economic�environment.�

4.5�� PREDICTION�

This� involves� prediction� of� the� nature,� magnitude� and� significance� of� the� impacts.� It� also�

includes�analysis�of� the�possibilities�and/or�probabilities�of�occurrences�of�the�impacts.�The�

matrix� establishes� ‘Cause-effect’� relationship� between� the� activities� and� the� environmental�

factors� responsible� for� them� as� shown� in� Table� 4.1� with� respect� to� activities� during�

Development�of�wells�by�setting�up�of�EPS�facilities�and� laying�of�pipeline�within�Tarapur�

Block.�

4.6�� LAND�ENVIRONMENT�

Potential�impacts�on�land�environment�due�to�proposed�activities�are�given�below:�

4.6.1�� Impact�on�Land�Environment��

Land�acquisition�on�5�yearly�rental�basis�and�adequate�compensation�is�being�paid�regularly�

to�the�land�owners.�During�laying�of�pipelines�/�flow�lines�unwanted�shrubs�are�cleared�and�

trench�are�excavated�for�laying�of�flow�lines.�Once�flow�lines�/�pipelines�are�laid,�excavated�

material� shall� be� back� filled.� Hence� there� shall� be� negligible� impact� on� land� and� land� use�

pattern.�

Mitigation�Measures�

·� On�completion�of�works�(installation�of�additional�Tanks,�Separators�etc.)�at�EPS�site,�

surplus�materials�and�wastes�will�be�completely�removed;�

·� Efforts�will�be�made�during�selection�of�routes�for�connection�of�flow�line�/�pipeline�

routes�to�EPS�to�minimize�disturbance�of�current�land�use;�

·� Backfilling�and�restoring�the�site�after�laying�of�pipelines;�

·� Optimization�of� land� requirement� by�proper�designing�of� site� layout�with�necessary�

facilities.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�

facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�

ANTIC

IPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�M

ITIG

ATIO

N�

MEASURES�

� �4�-�4�

Table�4.1.�Impact�prediction�m

atrix�for�development,�EPS�and�laying�pipeline�

� � �Activities�

Environmen

tal�Attributes�

��

Air�

Noise�

Water�

Land�&�Soil�

Ecology�

Socio�Economics�

Aesthetics�

Operation�of�processing�facilities�

Operation�of�EPS�facility�

�ü�

ü�

��

�ü�

Generation�of�waste�and�disposal�

ü�

�ü�

��

ü�

Flaring��

ü�

��

��

ü�

Blow�out�

ü�

��

��

ü�

Spillage�of�chemical�and�oil�

ü�

�ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

Laying�of�pipelines�

Site�clearance�and�top�soil�removal�

ü�

ü�

�ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

Trenching�and�boring�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

�ü�

Sourcing�and�transportation�of�pipe�etc�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

Generation�of�domestic�solid�waste�and�disposal�

��

ü�

ü�

�ü�

ü�

Surface�run-off�from�construction�site�

��

ü�

ü�

�ü�

Blow�out�

ü�

��

��

ü�

Spillage�of�chemical�and�oil�

ü�

�ü�

ü�

ü�

ü�

� �

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�5�

4.7� AIR�ENVIRONMENT�

4.7.1� Impact�on�Air�Environment�

The�potential�sources�of�air�emissions�at�well�sites�will�be�as�follows:�

� Emissions�from�DG�sets;�

� Emissions�from�workover�rigs�and�well�stimulations�for�short�durations�

� Emissions�from�flaring�of�associated�gas;�

� Fugitive�emissions�during�site�preparation,�pipeline�laying�etc.;�

� Emissions�from�vehicular�movement;�

� Light�from�flare�stacks�

The�source�of�emission�will�be�mainly�in�form�of�point�sources�and�fugitive�emissions�

Fugitive� emission� will� occur� due� to� transportation� activities.� Apart� from� transportation,�

rupture� of� valve� and� flanges� will� lead� to� minor� fugitive� emission� from� pipes� and� storage�

tanks.�

Point� source� emission� will� be� mainly� due� to� stacks� installed� with� stand� by� DG� set,� bath�

heaters�and�Flare�stacks.�Light� from�flare�stacks�is� limited�to�the�events�of�technical� flaring�

only�for�a�short�duration.�

Air�Pollution�Modelling�

In� order� to�predict� the�Ground�Level�Concentrations� (GLCs)� at� various� distances� from� the�

source�of�the�above�mentioned�pollutants,�an�air�modeling�exercise�has�been�undertaken�and�

is� discussed� in� the� impact� prediction� section� below.� In� the� present� case,� AERMOD�

dispersion� model� based� on� steady� state� gaussian� plume� dispersion,� designed� for� multiple�

point� sources� for� short� term� and� developed� by� United� States� Environmental� Protection�

Agency� [USEPA]�has�been�used� for� simulations� from�point� sources.�Air�quality� dispersion�

modeling�is�done�through�AERMOD�to�predict�the�ground�level�concentration�of�emissions�

in�10�KM�radius�of�project�activity.��

Model�inputs�and�Results�

The� air� pollution� modeling� carried� out� represents� the� worst� case� and� normal� operating�

scenarios.�The�pollutants�considered�for�modeling�include�particulate�matter,�sulphur�dioxide�

and�oxides�of�nitrogen.�Meteorological�data�of�24�hour�mean�of�one�period�considered�in�the�

study.�Ambient�air�quality�studies�done�during�the�baseline�study�were�as�baseline�to�estimate�

the�impact�of�the�activity�on�post�project�air�quality.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�6�

Details�of�DG�Set:�

Source�–�62.5�KVA;�Height�of�Stack�–�5�m�

Dia�of�Stack�–�0.14�m;�Velocity�–�4.5�m/s�

Model�for�Prediction:�

Point�Source:�Air� dispersion�modelling� is� done�using�AERMOD�approved�by�USEPA.�To�

predict�the�GLC�(Ground�Level�Concentration)�10�KM�radius�from�project�site�is�considered�

in�the�prediction.�Emissions�from�DG�were�considered�as�given�in�table�4.2.��

Table�4.2:�Predicted�GLC�Results�

Particular� Baseline�Scenario�

(Max)�(µg/m3)�

Predicted�GLC�

(µg/m3)�

Overall�Scenario�

(µg/m3)�

PM� 79.2� 0.16� 79.36�

SO2� 13.2� 0.079� 13.279�

NOX� 15.5� 0.083� 15.583��

The�isopleths�for�PM10,�SO2�and�NOx�concentrations�are�depicted�as�given�below.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�7�

Fig�4.1�Maximum�GLC�Increase�of�PM10�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�8�

Fig�4.2�Maximum�GLC�Increase�of�SO2�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�9�

Fig�4.3�Maximum�GLC�Increase�of�NOx�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�10�

The� above� scenario� will� be� applicable� only� when� DG� sets� are� operative.� The� principal�

source� of� electricity� for� the� project� will� be� State� Electricity� Board.� Only� in� rare� cases�

when� there� will� be� power� failure,� DG� sets� will� be� operative� and� the� scenario� discussed�

here�will�become�applicable.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Water� spraying�will�be�done�on� the� access� roads� to�control� re-entrained�dust�during�

dry�season.�

·� Technical�flaring�shall�be�restricted�to�process�upsets�only�

·� Efforts�shall�be�made�to�transfer�associated�gas�to�consumers�

·� Equipment,�machinery� and� vehicles�having� inbuilt� pollution� control� devices�will� be�

considered�as�a�measure�for�prevention�of�air�pollution�at�source.�

·� DG�set�&�fire�engine�shall�be�properly�maintained.�

4.8� NOISE�ENVIRONMENT�

The� proposed� surface� production� facility� operation� and� their� related� activities� will� lead� to�

emission�of�noise�that�may�have�significant�impact�on�the�surrounding�communities�in�terms�

of�increase�in�noise� levels�and�associated�disturbances.�The�potential�impacts�on�noise�level�

may�arise�out�of�the�following:��

4.8.1� Noise�from�Production�Facility�

As� such� there� shall�be�no�major�noise� producing�areas�at� the� production� sites.�However� in�

case�Sucker�Rod�Pump�(SRP)�are�installed,�and�are�not�maintained�properly,�this�shall�lead�to�

emit�noise�in�the�range�of�55-60�db�(A)�and�can�be�experienced�at�site�boundary�at�a�reducing�

level.�Such�noise�shall�be�emitted�during�both�day�and�night�time.�But�since�this�site� is�at�a�

safe� distance� from� nearest� habitation� this� will� reduce� its� impact� on� local� community.� The�

noise�emission�from�DG�sets�is�not�being�considered�significant,�since�DG�sets�shall�only�be�

used�in�case�of�emergency�/�power�failures.�The�noise�levels�within� the�site�do�not�have�the�

potential�to�affect�the�workers�on�site.�

4.8.2� Noise�from�well�workover�operations�

During� workover� and� well� production� operations� some� noise� shall� be� generated� from� the�

temporary�work�over� rigs.� �These� include�generators�and�mud� pumps�etc.� �These�are� short�

term�activities�and�do�not�cause�significant�impact�on�the�nearby�facilities/environment�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�11�

4.8.3� Noise�from�Vehicle/Traffic�

Vehicles� used� for� procuring� goods,�material� and�manpower� to� the� production� site� and� the�

subsequent� transportation� of� equipment� and� debris� during� decommissioning� and� vehicles�

used�for�transportation�of�crude�oil�from�EPS�to�CTF,�transportation�of�the�workers�to�and�fro�

from�the�site�shall�use�the�site�approach�road�and�village�roads�will�use�the�site�approach�road�

and� village� roads,� which� connect� to� state� highway� and� village� roads.� This� will� result� in�

increase�in�traffic�density� in� the�site�access�road�and�introduction�of�vehicular�traffic�on�the�

site�approach�road.��

Occupational�Health�Hazards�from�Noise�Pollution�

Exposure� to� noise� levels,� above� Threshold� Limit� Value� (TLV),� has� been� reported� to� have�

detrimental� effect�on�the�workers'�health.�Personnel’s�working�for�more�than�4� to�4.5�hours�

per� shift�near� the�sound�pressure�level�of�90�dB(A)�will�be�greatly�affected,�unless� suitable�

mitigation�measures�are�taken.�The�adverse�effects�of�high�noise�levels�on�exposed�workers�

may�result�in:�

·� Annoyance;�

·� Fatigue;�

·� Temporary�shift�of�threshold�limit�of�hearing;�

·� Permanent�loss�of�hearing;�and�

·� Hypertension�and�high�blood�cholesterol,�etc.�

Noise� pollution� poses� a� major� health� risk� to� the� workers� near� high� noise� source.� If� the�

magnitude�of� noise�exceeds� the� tolerance� limits,� it� is�manifested� in� the� form�of� discomfort�

leading� to�annoyance� and� in�extreme� cases� to� loss� of� hearing.�Detrimental� effects� of�noise�

pollution� are� not� only� related� to� sound� pressure� level� and� frequency,� but� also� on� the� total�

duration� of� exposure� and� the� age� of� the� person.� Table� 4.3� below� gives� noise� levels� and�

associated�mental�and�physical�response�of�humans.�

All�personnel�working�on�rig�are�given�noise�abatement�personnel�protective�equipment’s�like�

earmuffs�etc.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�12�

Table�4.3:�Noise�Exposure�Levels�&�its�Effects�

Noise�Levels�dB(A)� Exposure�Time� Effects�

85� Continuous� Safe�

85-90� Continuous� Annoyance�and�irritation�

90-100� Short�term� Temporary�shift�in�hearing�threshold,�

generally�with�complete�recovery�

Above�100� Continuous� Permanent�loss�of�hearing�

� Short�term� Permanent�hearing�loss�can�be�avoided�

100-110� Several�years� Permanent�deafness�

110-120� Few�months� Permanent�deafness�

120� Short�term� Extreme�discomfort�

140� Short�term� Discomfort�with�actual�pain�

150�and�above� Single�Exposure� Mechanical�damage�to�the�ear�

Source:�OSHA�

Mitigation�measures�

·� Installation� of� sufficient� engineering� control� on� equipment� and� machinery� (like�

mufflers�&�noise�enclosures)�to�reduce�noise�and�vibration�emission�levels�at�source�

·� Undertaking� preventive� maintenance� of� vehicles� and� machinery� to� reduce� noise�

levels.�

·� All�people�working�in�the�vicinity�of�the�equipment/machinery�with�SPL�higher�than�

85dB�should�wear�protective�ear�plugs�to�avoid�permanent�hearing�damage.�

·� All� noise� generating� operations,� (except� anything� directly� related� to� Production�

operations)�to�be�restricted�to�daytime�only�to�the�extent�possible;�

4.9� WATER�ENVIRONMENT�

4.9.1� Source�of�Water�

Water� will� be� sourced� through� bore� well� (own)� and� through� tanker� in� case� of� additional�

requirement�for�the�proposed�project.�

4.9.2� Water�Consumption�

The�total�water�requirement�is�about�6.0�KL/day�at�each�installation.�Water�will�be�only�used�

for�domestic�purpose�and�as� storage�water� for� fire�hydrant� system.�There� shall�be�no�water�

requirement�for�any�process�activity.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�13�

4.9.3� Waste�Water�Generation�

During� the� production� of� crude�oil� and� natural� gas,� some� produce�water�will� be� generated�

from�the�process�at�the�later�part�of�production.�Total�quantity�of�produce�water�generated�at�

each�installation�will�be�upto�a�max�of�10�KL/day.�Produced�water�shall�carry�of�some�traces�

of�oil.�The�produced�water�shall�be�collected�in�waste�water�pits�and�disposed�as�per�standard�

industry�practice�after�removal�of�oil�from�oil�separators.�GSPC�shall�adhere�to�the�discharge�

standards�of�oil�field�waste�water�as�per�State�PCB�discharge�standards.�Domestic�wastewater�

shall� be� sent� to� septic� tank� followed� by� soak� pit,� it� is� considered� to� be� of� medium�

significance.�

Mitigation�measures�

·� All�chemical�and�fuel�storage�areas�will�have�proper�bunds�so�that�contaminated�run-

off�cannot�meet�the�storm-water�drainage�system.�

·� Produced�water� shall�be�treated�to�confirm�onshore�discharge�standards�and�shall�be�

utilized�for�Greenbelt�development�or�discharged�as�per�discharge�standards�at�CETP�

or�disposal�into�wells.�

4.10� SOLID/HAZARDOUS�WASTE�

Minimal�quantity�of� domestic�waste�1-2�kg/day�will� be� generated� at� each� installation.�The�

waste� shall� be� segregated� and� disposed� off� locally� through�municipality� collection� system.�

Used� oil,� oily� sludge� and� oily� cotton� waste� will� be� generated� from� the� proposed� project�

activity�in�small�quantities.��

These�hazardous�waste�will�be�collected�separately�and�stored�in�closed�containers�in�isolated�

area.�Used� oil� generated,� in� very� negligible� quantity,�will� be� used� for� internal� purpose� for�

greasing,� whereas� oily� cotton� waste� and� oily� sludge� will� be� handed� over� to� authorized�

recyclers.�

4.11� SOIL�QUALITY�

It�is�assumed�that,�during�production,�there�shall�be�negligible�impact�on�land.�Since�the�EPS�

shall�be�set�up�on�land,�which�is�already�acquired�by�GSPC�during�Drilling.�All�Well�site�to�

be�connected�to�EPS,�shall�also�be�continued�on�lease�basis.�Only�during�laying�of�flow�lines�

from�wells�to�EPS,�construction�of�above�ground�structure�i.e.�Storage�tanks,�Separators�etc.�

there�shall�be�excavation�activity,�which�may�impact�the�top�layer�soil.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�14�

During� Production,�while� laying�of� flow� lines� /�pipe� lines,� topsoil� shall� be� removed�which�

contains�most� of� the� nutrients� and� organisms� that� give� soil� productivity.� This�will� in� turn�

result� in� minor� changes� of� topsoil� structure.� However,� the� project� design� will� take� into�

account�the�preservation�of�the�top�soil�and�its�subsequent�use.��

Contamination�of�soil�can�result�from�the�project�activities�if�certain�operations�like�storage�of�

chemicals�and�fuels,�spent�oil�and�lubricants�are�not�managed�efficiently�however�probability�

of� this� are� low.� Storage� of� chemicals� and� fuels,� spent� lubricants� on� unpaved� surfaces� also�

have�a�potential�for�soil�contamination.�If�in�case,�chemicals,�oil�and�lubricants,�crude�oil�are�

spilled�accidentally�on�open�soil,�either�during�transportation�or�during�handling,�it�will�cause�

soil�contamination.�

Mitigation�Measures�

·� Proper� designed� soak� pits� will� be� provided� at� the� production� site� for� disposal� of�

~domestic�waste�water;�

·� Hazardous� waste� generated� at� site� shall� be� segregated� at� source� based� on� the�

categories�and�stored�on�concrete�paved�designated�area�with�roofs.�

·� Carry�out�adequate�restoration�of�soil�at�the�EPS�site,�to�the�extent�possible�using�the�

soil�stored�from�piling�and�excavation�activities;�

4.12� BIOLOGICAL�ENVIRONMENT�

Minimum�clearance�of�vegetation�during�setting�up�of�EPS�facilities�and�laying�of�pipelines.�

Impact�of�surrounding�vegetation�due� to�emission�of�PM,�SO2�and�NO2�and�disturbance� to�

normal�faunal�movements�in�surrounding�habitats�is�minimum.�

4.13� SOCIO�ECONOMIC�ENVIRONMENT�

There� shall� be� positive� impact� on� the� socio� economic� environment� of� the� area.� Increase�

in� direct/� indirect� job� opportunity� shall� take� place.� Services� in� the� locality� shall� be� used�

and�accordingly�growth�in�economic�structure�of�the�area�will�take�place.��

The�activities�would�result�in�an�increase�in�local�skill�levels�through�exposure�to�activities.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�15�

4.14� OVERALL�EVALUATION�OF�IMPACTS�

The� evaluation� of� the� impacts� of� the� proposed� surface� production� facilities� on� the�

environment,�both�in�terms�of�quality�&�quantity�have�been�made.�The�summary�of�identified�

impacts�and�proposed�mitigation�measures�are�shown�below�in�Table�4.4�

Table�4.4�Summary�of�Identified�Impacts�and�Proposed�Mitigation�Measures�

S.No.� Impacts� Mitigation�Measures�

1.� Air�Emissions�

·� Emissions�from�DG�sets�

·� Emissions�from�vehicular�

movement;�

·� Fugitive� emissions� may� result� from� handling�

and� storage�of�hydrocarbons� (crude�&�diesels)�

which�are�very�minor.�

·� At� the� time� of� transportation� dust� will� be�

generated.� Water� spraying� to� be� done� on� the�

access�roads�to�control�re-entrained�dust�during�

dry�season(if�required);�

·� The�engines�and�exhaust�systems�of�all�vehicles�

and�equipment�used�will�be�maintained�as�such,�

that� exhaust� emissions� are� low� and� do� not�

breach� statutory� limits� set� for� the� concerned�

vehicle/equipment�type;�

·� D.G�set�shall�be�properly�maintained;�

·� Ensuring� the� availability� of� valid� Pollution�

Under� Control� Certificates� (PUCC)� for� all�

vehicles�

2.� Noise�Generation�

·� Noise�from�Production�

Operation�

·� Noise�from�vehicular�

Traffic�/�movement�

·� Noise�from�DG�set�/�fire�

engine�

Sufficient� engineering� control� during� installation�

of� equipment’s� and�machineries� (like�mufflers� in�

DG�sets)�is�to�be�ensured�to�reduce�noise�levels�at�

source;�

·� Proper�and�timely�maintenance�of�vehicles�is�to�

be�adopted�to�reduce�noise�levels;�

·� Enclosed�type�DG�set�will�be�used�

·� Personal�Protective�Equipment’s�(PPE)�like�ear�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�16�

plugs/muffs�is�to�be�provided�to�all�the�workers�

at�site�and�it�shall�be�ensured�that�the�same�are�

worn�by�everyone�during�their�shift.�

3.� Wastewater�Generation� ·� Domestic�and�produced�waste�water�generated�

will�be�treated�suitably.�

·� Waste�water�generation�will�be� from�domestic�

usage�and�produced�water�from�the�wells.�

·� Associated�water� from�produced�water�will�be�

collected,�separated�and�treated�suitably.�

·� All�chemical� and� fuel� storage�areas� shall� have�

proper�store�room�so�that�contaminated�run-off�

cannot�meet�the�storm-water�drainage�system;�

·� Chemical� shall� be� stored� in� proper� packing�

under�shed,�Spill�control�mechanism.�

·� Company� shall� strive� continually� on� Reduce,�

Recycle,� and� Reuse� principle� for� handling�

wastes.�

4.� Land� ·� Optimization� of� land� requirement� through�

proper�site�layout�design.�

·� On� completion� of� works� (installation� of�

additional� Tanks,� Separators� etc.)� at� EPS� site,�

surplus�materials�and�wastes�will�be�completely�

removed.�

5.� Soil� ·� Chemicals�/�HSD�to�be�stored�at�concrete�paved�

designated�area,�with�roofs.�

·� Management� of� spillage� of� contaminants� such�

as�oil�from�equipment’s,�etc.�on�the�Soil;�

·� Proper�arrangement�of�soak�pits�to�be�provided�

at� the�production� site� for�disposal� of�domestic�

waste�water;�

·� Hazardous� waste� generated� at� site� shall� be�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�17�

segregated� at� source� based� on� the� categories�

and� stored� on� concrete� paved� designated� area�

with�roofs.�

6.� Solid�and�Hazardous�Waste�

Management�

·� Generation� of� Waste� oil/� Used� oil� in� very�

negligible� quantity� and� shall� be� used� for�

internal�purpose�for�Oil�/�greasing�whereas�Oily�

cotton� waste� will� be� sent� to� approved� TSDF�

site.�

·� Oil� sludge� generated�will� be� sent� to� authorize�

recyclers.�

·� Hazardous�waste� generation� shall� be� restricted�

to�EPS�site�only.�

·� Hazardous� Waste� storage� shall� be� properly�

designated�and�concreted.�

·� Domestic�Solid�waste�generated�at�site�will�be�

segregated� at� source� (Organic� /� inorganic)� &�

disposed�accordingly.�

·� General�wastes,� scrap�metal� and�wood�will�be�

segregated� and� will� be� disposed� of�

appropriately�to�authorized�recyclers.�

·� All� plastic/paper� waste� will� be� collected� and�

will�be�disposed�of�to�scrap�dealers.�

·� Waste� lubricants� and� hydraulic� oil� generated�

from� the� equipment� will� be� disposed� of� the�

authorized�waste�recyclers.�

·� Containers� of� oil� and� other� materials� will� be�

sold�to�SPCB/CPCB�authorized�recyclers.�

·� Provision� of� concrete� pit� for� storage� of�waste�

(produced)�water.�

7.� Socio-economic� ·� Generation� of� indirect� employment� in� the�

region� due� to� the� requirement� of� workers,�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�18�

supply�of� raw�material,� auxiliary� and�ancillary�

works,� which� would� marginally� improve� the�

economic�status�of�the�people.�

·� Result� in� an� increase� in� local� skill� levels�

through�exposure�to�production�activities.�

8.� Flora�and�Fauna�Impact�on�

terrestrial�fauna��

·� Project�infrastructure�and�

well�development�will�

disturb�agriculture�land�of�

site�

·� Spillage,�leakage�and�

well�treatment�may�

produce�chemical�spillage�

which�will�disrupt�

agriculture�of�nearby�

farm�

·� Production�activity�

(tanker�movement)�may�

increase�deposition�of�

dust�and�dust�settling�on�

the�vegetation�which�may�

alter�or�limit�plants'�

abilities�to�

photosynthesize�and/or�

reproduce�

·� Development� of� plantation� of� native�

species�to�substitute�the�access�cutting,�site�

preparation,� which� shall� provide� habitat,�

food� and� breeding� areas� to� birds,� small�

animals�and�insects�

·� Use� existing� facilities� (e.g.�Access�Roads)�

to� the� extent� possible� to� minimize� the�

amount�of�new�disturbance.�

·� Avoid�use�of�unnecessary� lighting�at�night�

to�avoid�attracting�avifauna.�

·� GSPC�will� develop� and� implement� a� spill�

management� plan� to� prevent� risk� of� spill�

which�may�cause�health�problem.�

·� Water�sprinkling�will�be�done�on�the�access�

roads� to� control� re-entrained� dust� during�

dry�season.�

·� Restriction�of�speed�of�vehicles.�

9.� Occupational�Health�and�risk�

to�surrounding�community�

·� Noise�generated�during�

operational�activity�may�

affect�the�workers�and�

·� Acoustic� enclosures� will� be� provided� to� DG�

sets�and�other�noise�generating�equipment.�

Development� of� 8� wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� proposed� surface�facilities� at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IV�ANTICIPATED�IMPACTS�

AND�MITIGATION�MEASURES�

� 4�-�19�

staff�members.�

� ·� Handling�of�chemicals,�

fuel,�may�cause�health�

hazard�if�not�handled�

properly.�

·� Providing� PPE� to� site� workers� and� staff�

member�or�ensuring�it�through�contractors.�

� ·� Uncontrolled�flow�of�

hydrocarbon�or�other�

fluids�during�blow�out�

may�cause�serious�health�

problems�

·� All�operational�activities�shall�be�carried�out�in�

confirmation� with� applicable� OISD� and�OMR�

standards/regulations/guidelines.�

·� GSPC� will� develop� and� implement� a� spill�

management�plan�to�prevent�risk�of�spill�which�

may�cause�health�problem.�

� ·� Injuries�including�fatality�

of�workers�as�well�as�

damage�to�surrounding�

communities.�

·� Regular�internal�/�external�HSE�inspection�shall�

be�carried�out.�

·� Community� awareness� with� regards� to�

Operation� activities� and� Risk� and� Hazards�

associated�with�the�same�shall�be�carried�out.�

4.15� CONCLUSION�

In�view�of� the�above� facts,� it�may�be�concluded�that�proposed�development�operations�at�8�

well�location�and�setting�up�of�seven�proposed�surface�early�production�facilities�within�the�

Tarapur�block�by�M/s.�GSPC�shall�not�impart�any�adverse�impact�on�physical�features,�water,�

noise� and� air� environment.� The� proposed� project� shall� generate� indirect� employment� and�

indirect�service�sector�enhancement�in�the�region�and�would�help�in� the�socio-economic�up-

liftment�of�the�state�as�well�as�the�local�area.�

� � �

���������� ���

��CHAPTER�–�V�

ANALYSIS�OF�ALTERNATIVES�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at� Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�V�ANALYSIS�OF�

ALTERNATIVES�

� 5-�1�

5.0�� GENERAL��

The�analysis�of�alternative�is�the�process�of�comparing�potential�impacts�and�mitigation�options�

of� a� series� of� alternative� location,� technologies,� operation� to� identify� optimal� alternatives� that�

meets� national� legislation.� These� alternatives� can� include� variations� in� layout,� alternative�

engineering�process,�routing,�linear�facilities�and�screening�of�material�suppliers�to�select�those�

with�appropriate�environmental�and�risk�management�system.��

5.1.�� Alternate�Location�for�the�Proposed�Project�

The� proposed� project� is� development� of�8�wells�by� setting�up�of� 7�EPS� facilities� in�CB-ON/2�

(Tarapur�Block)�in�Gujarat�State�and�hence,�no�alternate�location�considered.�

� �

� � �

���

CHAPTER�–�VI�

ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�

PROGRAMME�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�1�

6.0� ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�

The�effectiveness�of�mitigation�measures�described�in�Chapter�-�4�will�be�monitored�through�a�

well-defined�Environmental�Monitoring�Programme.�This�will�be�done�by�direct�measurement�of�

parameters�related�to�environmental�quality,�emissions,�discharges�etc.�It�would�be�ensured�that�

trained�and�qualified�staff�supervises�the�monitoring�of�ambient�air,�stack�gases,�effluents,�noise�

etc.�to�see�that�prescribed�standards�laid�down�are�obtained.�

6.1������OBJECTIVES�OF�MONITORING�

The�objectives�of�monitoring�are:�

o� To�check�effectiveness�of�mitigation�measures�

o� To�evaluate�the�adequacy�of�Environmental�Impact�Assessment�

o� To�assess�status�of�compliance�to�legal�requirements�

o� To�assess�if�the�Environmental�Management�Plan�needs�revisions/�updation�

6.2� IMPLEMENTATION�SCHEDULE�OF�MONITORING�MEASURES�

Monitoring�should�be�done�periodically�to�understand�the�Environmental�condition�of�the�site.�In�

order� to� facilitate� easy� implementation,� mitigation� measures� are� phased� as� per� the� priority�

implementation.�The�priority�of�the�implementation�schedule�is�given�in�Table�6.1.�

Table�6.1�Implementation�of�Pollution�Control�Measures�

S.No.� Required�Measures� Stage� Remarks�

1� Air�Pollution�control�

measures�

DG� sets� during�

power�failure�

Appropriate� stack� height� and�

acoustic�enclosure�will�be�provided�

2� Ground� water�

criteria�and�Drinking�

water�parameter�

During�

Construction� and�

Operation�phase�

As� per� IS� 10500� standard� and�

quarterly�monitoring� the�quality�of�

water��

3� Wastewater�

treatment�

During�

Construction� and�

Operation�phase�

Sewage� will� be� disposed� through�

septic�tank�followed�by�soak�pit.�

4� Solid�waste�disposal� During� The� non-hazardous� wastes� like�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�2�

Construction� and�

Operation�phase�

domestic� wastes,� plastics,� and�

paper�and�disposal�options�include,�

compaction� and� removal� from� site�

and� burying� (especially� for�

biodegradable� material),� or� a�

combination� of� these� activities.�

Domestic� food� waste� will� be�

segregated� at� source� (Organic� /�

Inorganic)� and� disposed�

accordingly.�

5� Hazardous� waste�

disposal�

During�

Construction� and�

Operation�phase�

Hazardous�wastes�will�be�disposed�

as� per� Hazardous� Waste�

(Management,� Handling� and�

Transboundary� Movement)� Rules�

2016�

6.3� ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAM��

The� environmental� monitoring� is� the� primary� tool� for� assessing� the� prevailing� quality� of�

air,� water,� noise,� land� etc.� The� environmental� monitoring� helps� in� suggesting� and� taking�

corrective� course� corrections,� monitored� parameters� are� exceeding.� The� monitoring� of�

various� environmental� parameters� for�ambient� air� quality,�water� quality,� noise� levels,� and�soil�

quality�will� be�carried� out� on�a� regular� basis� at� and� around� the�Developmental�&� Production,�

EPS�within�the�block�area.�

6.3.1� Ambient�Air�Quality�Monitoring�

Ambient�air�quality�will�be�monitored�with�respect�to�Particulate�matter�(PM10�and�PM2.5),�NOx,�

SO2,�CO,�HC�and�VOC’s�will�be�monitored�at�8�locations�in�and�around�the�project�site�through�

a� reputed� Environmental� laboratory� recognized� by� MoEF&CC/NABL.� Monitoring� will� be�

carried� out� for� a� period� of� 24� hours,� every�month� during� construction� phase� and� quarterly� in�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�3�

operation� phase.� Emissions� from� the� DG� sets� will� be� maintained� &� monitored� according� to�

standards�&�used�only�in�power�failure�condition.��

6.3.2� Wastewater�quality�monitoring�

Monitoring� of� wastewater� shall� cover� all� the� parameters� specified� by� SPCB,� with� special�

emphasis�on�pH,�Suspended�solids,�Dissolve�Oxygen,�Oil�and�Grease,�COD,�BOD�etc.�and�shall�

be�carried�out�by�a�laboratory�accredited�by�CPCB/NABL.�

Ground� water� monitoring� locations� will� be� identified� and� periodically� check� the� Physical,�

chemical�as�well�as�biological�parameters�as�per�drinking�water�standard�IS:�10500�

6.3.3� Ambient�Noise�level�monitoring:�

Monitoring� of� the� noise� level� is� essential� to� assess� the� effectiveness� of� Environmental�

Management� Plan� implemented� to� reduce�noise� levels.�A� good� quality� sound� level� meter� and�

noise� exposure� meter� may� be� procured� for� the� same.� Audiometric� tests� shall� be� conducted�

periodically�for�the�employees�working�close�to�the�high�noise�sources.�

The� environmental� monitoring� shall� be� periodic� and� comply� with� the� promulgated�

standards.�The�proposed�environmental�monitoring�program�during�Construction�and�Operation�

Phase�is�suggested�in�Table:�6.2�and�6.3�

Table:�6.2�Environmental�Monitoring�Programme�(Construction�Phase)�

S.No� Component� Location� Parameters� Frequency�

1� Ambient�air�quality� Within� the�

premises� of�

construction�site�

Ambient� Air� Quality�

parameters� as� per�

NAAQS� viz� PM10,�

PM2.5,� SO2,� NOx,�

HC,�CO�and�VOC’s�

Once� in� three�

month�

2� Ground�water�quality�

(Used� as� source� of�

domestic�water)�

Point� of�

abstraction�

Parameters� listed� in�

IS:�10500�

Once� in� three�

month�

3� Water�Consumption� Construction�site� Consumption� by� Once� in� a�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�4�

volume� month�

4� Effluent�quality� Discharge�header�

of�waste�water�

According� to� general�

discharge�standards�

As�

recommended�

by�SPCB�

5� Solid�Waste� Construction�site� Quantity/volume�

generated� and�

disposed�

Periodically�

6� Ambient� Noise�

Levels�

Boundary� of�

construction�site�

Ambient� noise� levels�

(Leq/day� &� Leq�

night)�

Once� in� a�

month�

Table:�6.3�Environmental�Monitoring�Programme�(Operation�Phase)�

S.No� Component� Location� Parameters� Frequency�

1� Stack� emission�

characteristics�

Stacks� attached� to�

emission� sources�

(eg.�DG�sets)�

Stack� monitoring� for�

SPM,�SOx,�NOx,�CO.��

As� per�

CPCB/SPCB�

requirement�

2� Ambient�air�

quality�

3� stations� within�

the� premises�

covering�upwind�&�

down-wind�

direction.�

Ambient� air� quality�

parameters� as� per�

NAAQS� viz.,� PM10,�

PM2.5,�SOx,�NOx,�HC,�

CO�and�VOC’s�

Once� in� three�

months�

3� Ground�water�

Quality�(Used�as�

domestic�water)�

Point�of�abstraction� Parameters� listed� in�

IS:�10500�

Once� in� 6�

months�

4� Effluent�quality� Discharge� header�

of� effluent�

pipeline.�

According� to� inlet�

quality.�

Once� in� a�

month�

5� Solid�Waste�

(including�

Waste� generation�

point�

Quantity/� volume�

generated� and�

Periodically.�

Shall� send� to�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�5�

hazardous)� disposed.� the� authorized�

agencies.�

6� Ambient�Noise�

Levels�

Noise� level�

monitoring� in�

dB(A)� near� noise�

generating�

equipments� e.g.,�

pumps,�generators.�

Ambient� noise� levels�

(Leq�day�&�Leq�night).�

Once� in� a�

month�

6.4� ENVIRONMENTAL�MANAGEMENT�CELL�

It� is� necessary� to� have� a� permanent� organizational� set� up� charged� with� the� task� of� ensuring�

effective�implementation�of�all�identified�mitigation�measures.�Conscious�of� this,�Gujarat�State�

Petroleum� Corporation� already� has� an� Environment� Management� Cell� (EMC)� consisting� of�

officers�from�various�disciplines�to�coordinate�the�activities�concerned�with�the�management�and�

implementation� of� the� environmental� control�measures� during� proposed� development� of�wells�

and�operation�of�Early�Product�Systems.��

6.5� TRAINING�

To� achieve� the� objective� of� environment�management,� it� is� essential� not� only� to� provide� best�

pollution� control� system� but� also� to� provide� trained� manpower� resources� to� operate� the�

same.� Training� facilities� shall� be� in� place� for�environmental� control.� This� training� shall� cover�

the�items�listed�below:�

•� Awareness�of�pollution�control�and�environmental�protection;�

•� Operation�and�maintenance�of�pollution�control�equipment;�

•� Knowledge�of�norms,�regulations�and�procedures;�and�

•� Occupational�health�and�safety.�

Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�shall� ensure� that�workers�prior� to�commencement�of�new�

assignments�receive�adequate�training�and�information�enabling�them�to�understand�the�hazards�

of� work� and� to� protect� their� health� from� hazardous� ambient� factors� that� may� be� present.� The�

training�will�adequately�cover:�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VI�ENVIRONMENTAL�MONITORING�PROGRAMME�

� 6�-�6�

1.� Knowledge�of�materials,�equipment,�and�tools;�

2.� Known�hazards�in�the�operations�and�how�they�are�controlled;�

3.� Potential�risks�to�health;�

4.� Precautions�to�prevent�exposure;�

5.� Hygiene�requirements;�

6.� Wearing�and�use�of�protective�equipment�and�clothing;�

7.� Appropriate�response�to�operation�extremes,�incidents�and�accidents;�etc.�

A� basic� occupational� training� program� and� specialty� courses� shall� be� provided� as� needed� to�

ensure� that� workers� are� oriented� to� the� specific� hazards� of� individual� work� assignments.�

Training� shall� generally� be� provided� to� management,� supervisors,� workers,� and� occasional�

visitors� to� areas� of� risks� and� hazards.� Training� shall� also� be� provided� to� account� for� new� or�

changed�risks�whenever�procedures�are�altered�or�new�materials/equipment�introduced.�

6.6� RECORD�KEEPING�

Environmental� monitoring� program� will� be� carried� out� by� approved� agency.� The� monitoring�

reports�for�every�season�will�be�regularly�submitted�to�Regional�Office�of�MoEF&CC.�Records�

of� significant� environmental� matters,� including� monitoring� data,� accidents� and� occupational�

illnesses,�and�leaks/spills,�fires�and�other�emergencies�shall�be�maintained.���

� � �

CHAPTER�–�VII�

ADDITIONAL�STUDIES�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�1�

7.0� PUBLIC�CONSULTATION�

In�order�to� fulfill�the�EIA�Notification,�2006�and�its�subsequent�amendments,� formal�public�

hearings�have�been�conducted�by�the�Gujarat�Pollution�Control�Board�(GPCB)�in�two�districts�

i.e.�Anand�and�Kheda�on�12.01.2021�and�20.01.2021�respectively.�The�advertisement�for�the�

public�hearing�was�published�in�English�in�“Indian�Express”�and�in�the�local�daily�newspaper�

“Sandesh”� dated� 10.12.2020� and� 18.12.2020� provided� in� Fig� 7.1� to� 7.4� respectively.� The�

photographs�of�public�hearings�are�shown�below�and�the�MoM�copies�of�the�public�hearings�

issued�by� the�Gujarat�Pollution�Control�Board� (GPCB)� is� attached�as�Annexure� -� III�&� IV.�

After� completion� of� the� Public� Hearings,� the� applicant� addressed� all� the� environmental�

concerns� expressed� during� this� process� and�GPCB� has� submitted� the� official� report� on� the�

public�hearing�proceedings�to�EAC�of�MoEF&CC.�The�final�EIA�Report,�so�prepared,�being�

submitted�by�the�applicant�to�MoEF&CC�for�appraisal.�

Public�Consultation�at�Anand�

The�Public�Hearing�of�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�(GSPC)�was�organized�

by� GPCB� on� 12.01.2021� at� 12:00� PM� at� Nisha� Party� Plot,� Tarapur� Moti� Chokwdi,� Near�

BPCL�Petrol�Pump,�Highway�Road,�Tarapur�Tehsil,�Dist:�Anand,�Gujarat.��

The�public�hearing�was�presided�by�Shri�P.C.�Thakor,�IAS,�Resident�Additional�Collector�and�

Addl.�District�Magistrate,�Anand.�About�44�people�attended� the�public�hearing.�Smt.�Rekha�

N.� Shaikh,� Regional� Officer,� GPCB,� and� representative� of� the� Member� Secretary,� GPCB�

welcomed� all� present� to� the� Public� Hearing.� She� outlined� the� various� provisions� of� the�

Notification� and� briefly� summarized� the� purpose� of� the� public� hearing� as� per� the� MoEF�

Notification,� 2006.� Representative� of� GSPC� Mr.� Manoj� Jain,� Environmental� Consultant�

briefly� narrated� the� details� of� the� proposed� project� through� a� power� point� presentation�

including� present� environmental� study,� impact� of� proposed� project� on� environment� and�

mitigation�measures�and�social�economic�issues.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�2�

Fig�7.1�Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�English�(Indian�Express�dated�10.12.2020)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�3�

Fig�7.2�Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�Gujarati�(Sandesh�dated�10.12.2020)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�4�

Fig�7.3�Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�English�(Indian�Express�dated�18.12.2020)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�5�

Fig�7.4�Public�Hearing�Advertisement�in�Gujarati�(Sandesh�dated�18.12.2020)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�6�

The�issues�raised�during�the�public�hearing�conducted�at�Anand�given�below:�

Issues�raised�and�Response�given�during�Public�Hearing�at�Anand,�Gujarati�

S.No.� Name�of�

Participant�&�

Address�

Question/comments�by�

participant�

Remarks�/�Clarification�by�

Company�Representative�

1.� Shri� Haribhai�

Shivabhai�

Makwana,� Dy.�

Sarpanch�

Village:�

Changda,�

Taluk:�Tarapur,�

Dist:�Anand�

He� started� by� saying� that� there�

are� already� existing� oil�wells� of�

GSPC� in� the� villages� of�

Changda,� Dugari,� Khara,�

Milrampur�and�Kanawada.�

However�he�added�that� there�are�

no� domestic� gas� connections� in�

the� area.� He� requested� the�

authorities� of� GSPC� to� provide�

domestic� gas� connections� to� the�

villagers�

The� official� from� GSPC� Shri�

Sachin� Patel� replied� that� their�

concern� had� been� noted� and� if�

the� project� became� viable� then�

their�suggestion�would�certainly�

be�taken�into�consideration.�

He� added� that� they� would� also�

look� into� whether� the� new� gas�

connections� could� be�

accommodated� in� the� existing�

facilities.�

2.� Shri�

Rameshbhai�

Gababhai�

Thakor,�

Sarpanch,�

Village:�

Kandhroti,�

Taluk:�Borsad,�

Dist:�Anand�

He� said� that� his� village�

Kandhroti� was� just� 3� km� from�

Kalamsar� village� where�

industries� like� Prism� Industries,�

Rohan� Dyes� and� Jay�Chemicals�

were�located.�

He� further� requested� the�

Regional� Officer� of� GPCB� to�

help� in� getting� funds� for� their�

village� from� the� industries� as�

these� industries� were� already�

helping�villages�as� far� as�10�km�

from�their�industry�

-�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�7�

Public�Consultation�at�Kheda�

The�Public�Hearing�of�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�(GSPC)�was�organized�

by� GPCB�on� 20.01.2021� at� 12:00� PM�at�Nazrana�Farm�house,�Near�Church,�Matar�Road,�

Ratanpur,�Taluk:�Matar,�Dist:�Kheda,�Gujarat.��

The�public�hearing�was�presided�by�Shri�Ramesh�Merja,�IAS,�Resident�Additional�Collector�

and� Addl.� District�Magistrate,� Kheda.� About� 50� people� attended� the� public� hearing.� Y.A.�

Tehsin,�Regional�Officer,�Nadiad,�GPCB,�and�representative�of�the�Member�Secretary,�GPCB�

welcomed� all� present� to� the� Public� Hearing.� She� outlined� the� various� provisions� of� the�

Notification� and� briefly� summarized� the� purpose� of� the� public� hearing� as� per� the� MoEF�

Notification,� 2006.� Representative� of� GSPC� briefly� narrated� the� details� of� the� proposed�

project� through� presentation� including� present� environmental� study,� impact� of� proposed�

project�on�environment�and�mitigation�measures�and�social�responsibility�of�the�industry.�

The�issues�raised�during�the�public�hearing�conducted�at�Kheda�given�below:�

Issues�raised�and�Response�given�during�Public�Hearing�at�Kheda,�Gujarati�

S.No.� Name�of�

Participant�&�

Address�

Question/comments�by�

participant�

Remarks�/�Clarification�by�

Company�Representative�

1.� Shri� Hajikhan�

Hussainkhan�

Pathan�

Village:�

Ratanpur,�

Taluk:�Matar,�

Dist:�Kheda�

GSPC�pays�rent�to�the�farmers�in�

the�month� of� April� or�May� and�

due� to� delay� in� the� payment,�

same�amount�is�credited�delay�in�

bank� account� so� farmers� faces�

problems.�

The� compensation� of� GSPC� is�

lesser�than�that�of�O.N.G.C�

Ketanbhai� Mesvaniya�

(Company� Representative)�

informed� that� GSPC� pays� the�

rent� as� per� the� financial� year�

April� to� March.� In� the�

beginning� of� the� Financial� year�

after�the�approval�of�budget�the�

rent� is� paid� in�April� or�May� in�

advance�for�the�financial�year.�

With�respect�to�this�concern�we�

will� ensure� timely� payment� of�

the�rent.�

In� addition� to� the� same� he� also�

informed� that� currently� for� the�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�8�

project� site� GSPC� pays� Rs.� 24�

per� Sq.m� which� is� applicable�

since�2019�and�according�to�the�

same�rent�is�paid,�which�is�asper�

the�rates�of�O.N.G.C.�

� �

Fig�7.5�Photographs�of�Public�Hearing�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�9�

7.1� RISK�ASSESSMENT�

Environmental�Risk�Assessment�is�a�scientific�analysis�for�identification�of�credible�risk�and�

there� after� estimating� the� safe� distances� from� any� hazardous� installations/processes� in� the�

eventuality�of�an�accident.�Estimation�of�near-accurate�safe�distances�is�absolutely�necessary�

to� protect� the� public,� property� and� environment.�Risk�Assessment’� also� known� as� ‘Hazard�

Analysis’� and� ‘Vulnerability� Assessment’� is� a� procedure� for� identifying� hazards� and�

determining�their�possible�effects�on�a�community�and�environment.�Risk�or�hazard�by�itself�

is�not�an�event�-�it�is�the�potential�for�an�event.�

This�section�on�Risk�Assessment�aims�to�provide�a�systematic�analysis�of�the�major�risks�that�

may� arise� as� a� result� of� production� activities� by� GSPC� at� Tarapur� Block.� The� Risk�

Assessment� process� outlines� rational� evaluations� of� the� identified� risks� based� on�

their� significance� and� provides� the� outline� for� appropriate� preventive� and� risk� mitigation�

measures.�Results� of� the�Risk�Assessment� provides� valuable� inputs� into� the� overall� project�

planning�and�the�decision�making�process�for�effectively�addressing�the�identified�risks.�This�

will� ensure� that� the�project� risks� stay� below�As�Low�As�Reasonably�Practicable� (ALARP)�

levels�at�all�times�during�project�implementation.�

7.1.1� Objective�of�Risk�Assessment�

The�main� objective�Risk�Assessment� is� to� determine� the� potential� risks� of�major� accidents�

having� damage� potential� to� life� and� property� and� provide� a� scientific� basis� for� decision�

makers�to�be�satisfied�about�the�safety�levels�of�the�facilities�to�be�set�up.�This�is�achieved�by�

the�following:�

·� Identification� of� hazards� that� could� be� realized� from� the� proposed� production�

facilities�and�other�activities.��

·� Identify�the�potential�failure�scenarios�that�could�occur�within�the�facility.��

·� Analyze�the�possible�likelihood�and�frequency�of�such�risk�scenarios�by�reviewing�

historical�accident�related�data�for�onshore�&�offshore�oil�and�gas�industries.�

·� To� assess,� the� potential� risks� associated� with� identified� hazards� to� which� the�

project�and�its�personal� and�community�outside�may�be�subjected.�Consequences�

analysis� of� various� hazards� is� carried� out� to� determine� the� vulnerable� zones� for�

each�probable�accident�scenario.��

·� Evaluate� the� process� hazards� emanating� from� the� identified� potential� accident�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�10�

scenarios.��

·� Analyze�the�damage�effects�to�the�surroundings�due�to�such�accidents.��

·� Conclusion� and� Recommendation� to� mitigate� measures� to� reduce� the� hazard� /�

risks.��

·� To�provide�guidelines�for�the�preparation�of�On-site�response�plan.��

7.1.2� Risk�Assessment�Methodology�

Risk� analysis� consists� of� hazard� identification� studies� to� provide� an� effective� means� to�

identify�different�types�of�hazard�during�the�operation�of�the�facility.�This� is�followed�by�an�

assessment�of�the�impacts�of�these�hazards.�Hazard�is�present�in�any�system,�plant�or�unit�that�

handles� or� stores� flammable� materials.� The�mere� existence� of� hazards,� however,� does� not�

automatically� imply� the� existence� of� risk.� Screening� &� ranking� methodologies� based� on�

Preliminary�Hazard�Analysis�(PHA)techniques�have�to�be�adopted�for�risk�to�be�evaluated.�

Risk�Analysis� techniques� provide�advanced� quantitative�means� to� supplement� other� hazard�

identification,�analysis,�assessment,�control�and�management�methods�to�identify�the�potential�

for�such�incidents�and�to�evaluate�control�strategies.�The�methodology�adopted�for�the�study�

has�been�depicted�in�the�Flow�chart�given�below�in�Fig�7.6�

� �

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�11�

�������������������������

Fig�7.6�Risk�Assessment�Methodology�

7.1.2.1� Hazard�Identification�

A�major�hazard�is�defined�as�an�event,�which�may�have�the�potential� to�cause�one�or�more�

fatalities�and�also�the�potential�to�affect�the�integrity�of�the�facility�as�a�whole.�The�aim�of�this�

step� is� to�create�a�complete� tabulation�of� identified�hazards.� Identification�of�hazards�in� the�

proposed�project�campaign�is�of�primary�significance�in�the�analysis,�quantification�and�cost�

effective�control�of�accidents�involving�chemicals�and�process.�Hence,�all�the�components�of�

a� system/process� need� to� be� thoroughly� examined� to� assess� their� potential� for� initiating� or�

propagating�an�unplanned�event/sequence�of�events,�which�can�be�termed�as�an�accident.�

Hydrocarbon�exploration�and�production�activities�are�generally�hazardous�in�nature�by�virtue�

of�intrinsic�chemical�properties�of�hydrocarbons�or�their�temperature�or�pressure�of�operation�

or�a�combination�of�these�factors.�Fire,�explosion�due�to�hazardous�release�of�crude�oil,�gas,�

H2S�or�a�combination�of� these�are�the�hazards�associated�with�hydrocarbon�exploration�and�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�12�

production� activities.� These� have� resulted� in� the� development� of� more� comprehensive,�

systematic�and�sophisticated�methods�of�safety�engineering,�such�as,�hazard�identification�and�

risk� assessment� to� improve� upon� the� integrity,� reliability� and� safety� of� hydrocarbon�

operations.�

Taking� into� account� the� applicability� of� different� risk� aspects� in� context� of� the� production�

facilities� to�be�undertaken� in� the�Tarapur�Block,�there�are�three�major� categories�of�hazards�

that� can� be� associated� with� proposed� project� which� has� been� dealt� with� in� detail.� This�

includes:�

·� Hydrocarbon� escapes� due� to� high� geological� pressures� lead� to� possibility� of� fire,�

explosion,�gas�ingress�to�sensitive�areas,�contamination�or�toxic�hazards�arising�from�

wells,�storage,�pipe�work�systems,�etc.;�

·� Structural� or� foundation� failure,� including� effects� of� corrosion,� fatigue,� extreme�

weather,�

overloading,�seismic�effects,�abuse�or�accidental�loading;�

·� Fire,�including�fires�in�accommodation,�electrical�fires,�hot�work,�oxygen�enrichment�

�The�complete�list�of�hazards�and�Occupational�Hazards�applicable�to�onshore�production�are�

presented�in�Table-7.1�and�Table-7.2.�

Table�7.1�List�of�Major�Hazards�

S.No.� Hazard�

Source/Reason�

Description� Impacts�

1� Fire�and�explosion� Occurrence�of�blow�out� Topsides�blow�out�

Non�hydrocarbon�fires� Electrical�fire�in�control�room�

Fire�in�office�area�

2� Impacts�and�

collisions�

Objects�dropped�from�a�

crane/�derrick�

Fatal�accidents�

Loss�of�materials�and�equipment�

3� Loss�of�station/�

stability�

Loss�of�stability� Structural�failure�

4� Extreme�weather�

conditions�

Extreme�winds� Loss�of�lives�and�materials�

Temporary�withdrawal�of�well�

operations�

5� Earthquakes� Sudden�ground�movement� Strong�vibrations,�failure�

6� War,�crisis� Crisis�situation� -�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�13�

Table�7.2�List�of�Occupational�Hazards�

S.No.� Hazard� Description� Specific�Hazard�

1� Working�at�heights� Fall� Fall�from�height�

2� Storage�of�

chemicals�

Release�of�Chemicals� Exposure�to�chemicals,�

inhalation,�ingestion,�body�

contact�etc.�

FIREAND�EXPLOSIONINDEX�(F�&EI)�

F&EI�is�a�rapid�ranking�method�for�identifying�the�degree�of�hazard.� In�preliminary�hazard�

analysis� LPG� are� considered� to� have� fire� &� Explosion� hazards.� The� application� of� F&EI�

would� help� to�make� a� quick� assessment� of� the� nature� and� quantification� of� the� hazard� in�

these�areas.�However,�this�does�not�provide�precise�information.�

Material� factor� (MF)� of� the�material� concerned,� the� General� Process� hazards� and� Special�

Process�Hazards�associated�with� the�product�are� taken� into�consideration�while�computing,�

using� standard� procedure� of� awarding� penalties� based� on� storage,� handling� &� operating�

parameters.�

As�regards�the�storage�area�is�concerned�the�major�potential�hazard�rests�with�the�contents�of�

LPG.�In�addition�F�&�EI�for�complete�storage�area�has�been�evaluated.�

FEI�&�TI�Methodology:�

In� order� to� estimate� FEI� &� TI,� approach� given� in� "Major� Hazard� Control"� (An� ILO�

Publication)�has�been�referred.�Dow's�Fire�&�Explosion�Index�(FEI)�is�a�product�of��Material�

factor� (MF)�and�hazard� factor� (HF)�while�MF� represents� the� flammability�and� reactivity�of�

the�substances,�the�hazard�factor�(HF),�is�itself�a�product�of��General�Process�Hazards�(GPH)�

and�Special�Process�Hazards�(SPH).��

(A)���Selection�of�Pertinent�Storage�or�Process�Unit�

For� the�purpose�of�FEI�&�TI�calculations,�a�Process�Unit�is�defined�as�any�unit�or�pipeline�

under� consideration� for� the� purpose� of� estimating� FEI�&� TI.� Hence,� all� the� process� units,�

storage�vessels�and�units�handling�hazardous�chemicals�etc.�can�be� termed�as�process�units.�

However,� only� pertinent� process� units� that� could� have� an� impact� from� the� loss� prevention�

standpoint�need�to�be�evaluated.��

The�selection�of�pertinent�process�/�storage�units�is�based�on�the�following�factors:�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�14�

1.�Energy� potential� of� the� chemical/chemicals� in� the� unit� for� flammable� &� reactive�

hazards,�represented�by�Material�Factor�(MF)�

2.� Inventory/quantity�of�hazardous�material�in�the�process�unit�

3.�Operating�temperature�and�pressure�

4.�Past�accident�record�

(B)���Determination�of�Material�Factor�(MF)�

MF�is�a�measure�of�intrinsic�rate�of�potential�energy�release�from�fire�or�explosion�produced�

by� combustion� or� any� other� chemical� reaction.� Hazard� potential� of� a� chemical� has� been�

represented�by�flowing�three�Indices��

Index���������������������������������Indicates��

Nh�(for�health)�����������������Toxic�hazard�potential��

Nf�(for�flammability)�������Fire�hazard�potential��

Nr�(for�reactivity)�������������Explosion/Reactive�hazard�potential��

Values� of� Nh,� Nf� &� Nr� ranges� from� 0� to� 4,� depending� on� their� hazard� potential.�

Significance�of�Nf,�Nh�&�Nr�values�has�been�defined,�while�MF�is�calculated�based�on�

Nf�&�Nr.�

(C)��Computation�of�General�Process�Hazard�Factor�(GPH)�

Operations� or� processing� conditions� which� contribute� to� a� significant� enhancement� of�

potential� for� fire� and� explosion� have� been� identified.� Accordingly� numerical� values� of�

penalties�are�to�be�allocated.�Sum�of�these�penalties�would�be�GPH�for�the�unit.�The�penalties�

include:�

1.� Exothermic�and�endothermic�reaction,�

2.� Handling�and�transfer�of�chemicals,��

3.� Enclosed�or�indoor�process�units�&�

4.� Accessibility�of�equipment�and�facilities�with�respect�to�drainage�or�spill�control�

(D)��Computation�of�Special�Process�Hazard�Factor�(SPH)�

SPH�includes�the�factors�that�are�specific�to�the�process�unit,�under�consideration:�

1.� ��Process�temperature�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�15�

2.� ��Pressure�

3.� ��Operation�in�or�near�flammable�range�

4.� ��Operating�pressure�

5.� ��Temperature�

6.� ��Quantity�of�flammable�or�toxic�material��

7.� ��Corrosion�and�erosion�

8.� ��Leakage,�joints�and�packing�

(E)��Classification�of�Hazard�Categories�

By�comparing�the� indices�FEI�and�TI,� the�unit� in�consideration� is�classified�into�one�of� the�

following�three�categories�based�on�their�hazard�potential.�

Category�����������������FEI������������������TI�

Light������������������<�65�����������������<�6�

Moderate�����������65�to�95������������6�to�10�

Severe�����������������>�95����������������>�10�

NATIONAL�FIRE�PROTECTION�AGENCY�(NFPA,�US)�RATINGS�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�16�

Table�7.3:�F&E�Index�for�Natural�Gas�/�crude�oil�

MATERIAL�:Natural�Gas�/�Crude�Oil�

MATERIAL�FACTOR� 21�

1.�GENERAL�PROCESS�HAZARDS�Penalty�Factor�

Range�

Penalty�Factor�

Used�

Base�Factor� 1� 1�A.�Exothermic�Chemical�Reactions-�� 0.30�to�1.25� 0.0�B.�Endothermic�Chemical�Reactions-� 0.20�to�0.40� 0.0�C.�Material�Handling�and�Transfer-� 0.25�to�1.05� 0.5�

D.�Enclosed�or�Indoor�Process�Units-� 0.25�to�0.90� 0.0�E.�Access-� 0.20�to�0.35� 0.0�F.�Drainage�and�Spill�Control� 0.25�to�0.50� 0.0�

GENERAL�PROCESS�HAZARDS�(F1)� 1.5�2.�SPECIAL�PROCESS�HAZARDS� Penalty�Factor�

Range�

Penalty�Factor�

Used�

Base�Factor� 1� 1�

A.�Toxic�Material�(s)� 0.20�to�0.80� 0.2�

B.�Sub�-�Atmospheric�Pressure�(<�500�mm�Hg)� 0.5� 0.0�

C.�Operation�in�or�near�flammable�range�(non�inerted)�� �

1.�Tank�Farms�Storage�Flammable�Liquids� 0.5� 0.0�2.�Process�Upset�or�Purge�Failure-�� 0.3� 0.0�3.�Always�in�flammable�range� 0.8� 0.8�

D.�Dust�Explosion�-�NA� 0.25�to�2.00� 0.0�

E.�Pressure�Operating�Pressure�:�Atmospheric�

�0.0�

F.�Low�Temperature� 0.20�to�0.30� 0.0�

G�Quantity�of�Flammable/�Unstable�Material�

� �

1.�Liquids�or�Gases�in�Process�:�� 0.2�to�3.0� 0.2�

2.�Liquids�or�Gases�in�Storage� 0.1�to�0.6� 0.0�

3.�Combustible�Solids�in�Storage,�Dust�in�Process��

0.2�to�4.0�0.0�

H.�Corrosion�and�Erosion�� 0.10�to�0.75� 0.1�

I.�Leakage�:�Joints�and�Packing�� 0.10�to�1.50� 0.1�

J.�Use�of�Fired�Equipment�-� 0.1�to�1.0� 0.0�

K.�Hot�Oil�Heat�Exchange�System�-� 0.15�to�1.15� 0.0�

L.�Rotating�Equipment-�� 0.5� 0.0�

Special�Process�Hazards�Factor�(F2)� 2.4�Process�Unit�Hazards�Factor�(Fi�x�F2)�=�F3� 3.6�

Fire�and�Explosion�Index�(F3�x�MF�=�F&EI)� 86.4�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�17�

7.1.2.2� ��Frequency�Analysis�

Frequency�analysis� involves�estimating�the� likelihood�of�each�of� the�failure�cases�identified�

during�the�hazard�identification�stage.�The�analysis�of�frequencies�of�occurrences�for�the�key�

hazards� that� has� been� listed� out� is� important� to� assess� the� likelihood� of� such� hazards� to�

actually�unfold�during� the� lifecycle�of� the�project.�The� frequency�analysis�approach�for�the�

proposed�project�is�based�primarily�on�historical�accident�frequency�data,�event�tree�analysis�

and� judgmental� evaluation.� Major� oil� and� gas� industry� information� sources� viz.� statistical�

data,�historical�records�and�global�industry�experience�were�considered�during�the�frequency�

analysis�of�the�major�identified�risks.�

7.1.2.3� Consequence�Analysis�

Quantification� of� the�damage�can�be�done�by�means�of�various�models,�which�can� then�be�

translated�in� terms�of�injuries�and�damage�to�the� exposed�population�and�buildings.�Oil� and�

gas�may�be� released�and� result� into� jet� fire�&� less� likely�unconfined�vapor�cloud�explosion�

causing� possible�damage� to� the� surrounding�areas.� Extent�of� the� damage�depends�upon� the�

nature�of� release.�The� release�of�flammable�material� and�subsequent� ignition� results�in�heat�

radiation,� pressure�wave� or� vapor� cloud� depending� upon� the� flammability� and� its� physical�

state.�

Briefly,�typical�outcomes�are:�

§� Jet�fires:�produced�by�an�ignited�jet�of�gas�or�liquid�spray�released�under�pressure;�

§� Pool�fires:�produced�by�ignition�of�a� liquid�release� that�accumulates�on� the� surface�

and�ignites;�

§� Flash� fires:�produced�by� igniting�a�gas�cloud�so� that�a� fire�propagates� through� the�

gas�cloud�(without�generating�a�significant�overpressure);�

§� Explosions:� produced� by� igniting� a� gas� cloud� in� conditions� where� the� resultant�

accelerating�flame�front�produces�a�significant�overpressure.�

Damage�effects�of�various�peak�over�pressures�and�incident�radiation�intensities�are�detailed�

in�Table�7.4�and�Table�7.5�respectively�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�18�

Table�7.4�Damage�due�to�peak�over�pressure�

Human�Injury� Structural�Damage�

Peak�Over�Pressure�

–�bar�

Type�of�Damage� Peak�Over�

Pressure�–�bar�

Type�of�Damage�

5-8� 100%�lethality� 0.3� Heavy�(90�%�damage)�

3.5-5� 50%�lethality� 0.1� Repairable�(10�%�

damage)�

2-3� Threshold�lethality� 0.03� Damage�of�Glass�

1.33-2� Severe�lung�damage� 0.01� Crack�of�windows�

1-3.66� 50�%�Eardrum�

rupture�

-� -�

Table�7.5�Damage�due�to�Incident�Radiation�Intensities�

S.No.� Incident�

Radiation�

(kW/m2)�

Type�of�Damage�Intensity�

Damage�to�Equipment� Damage�to�People�

1� 37.5� Damage�to�process�equipment�� 100%�lethality�in�1�min.�

1%�lethality�in�10�sec.�

2� 25.0� Minimum�energy�required�to�

ignite�wood�at�indefinitely�long�

exposure�without�a�flame�

50%�lethality�in�1�min.�

Significant�injury�in�10sec.�

3� 19.0� Maximum�thermal�radiation�

intensity�allowed�on�thermally�

unprotected�adjoining�equipment�

--�

4� 12.5� Minimum�energy�to�ignite�with�a�

flame;�melts�plastic�tubing�

1%�lethality�in�1�min�

5� 4.5� --� Causes�pain�if�duration�is�

longer�than�20�sec,�however�

blistering�is�unlikely�(First�

degree�burns)�

6� 1.6� --� Causes�no�discomfort�on�

long�exposures�

Model�Used�for�Consequence�Analysis�

PHAST� (Version� 7.11)� software� of� DNV� has� been� used� to� perform� the� consequence�

calculations.� PHAST� is� a� consequence� and� risk� assessment� software� for� calculation� of�

physical� effects� (fire,� explosion,� atmospheric� dispersion)� of� the� escape� of� hazardous�

materials.�PHAST�software�allows�detailed�modeling�and�quantitative�assessment�of�release�

of�pure�and�mixtures�of�liquid�and�gaseous�chemicals.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�19�

7.1.2.4� Risk�Mitigation�Measures�

Based�on�consequence�analysis�and�risk�summation�findings,�risk�mitigation�measures�will�be�

suggested� in� view�of�applicable� standards,� guidelines� and�best� practices� to� reduce� risk�and�

enhance� safety� at� the� proposed� development� of� wells� and� setting� up� of� Early� Production�

Systems�(EPSs)�within�the�Tarapur�Block.�

7.1.3� Risk�Assessment�of�Identified�Project�Hazards�

A� comprehensive� risk� assessment� study� has� been� undertaken� to� assess� and� evaluate�

significance� of� identified� risks� in� terms� of� severity� of� consequences� and� likelihood� of�

occurrence.�

7.1.3.1�Minor�Crude�Oil�Spill�

Minor�oil�spill�at�the�well�site�area�is�confined�within�the�area�which�can�be�caused�due�to:�

Spillage�in�Crude�Oil�Storage�Tanks�

Crude�Oil�spillage�from�storage�tanks,�lines�and�leaking�valves�

Spillage�during�Crude�Oil�production�

There�will�be�possibility�of�hydrocarbon�gases�release�during�well�production�activities�and�

spillage� of� crude� oil� may� result� from� a� failure� of� lines� valves,� pipe,� and� separator� at�

production�facility.�Spilled�oil�should�be�immediately�cleaned�once�the�leakage�is�controlled.��

7.1.3.2�Major�Oil�Spill�

Significant� hydrocarbon� inventories� will� be� spilled� in� case� of� major� leakages� in� storage�

tanks,�separator�or�as�a�result�of�an�uncontrolled�flow�from�a�well�during�production�and�/�or�

resulting� from� a� failure� of� the� surface� equipment.� Since� the� reservoir� does� not� have� the�

pressure� which� will� allow� the� well� as� self-flowed� well,� artificial� lift� method� (sucker� Rod�

Pump)� is� proposed� to� bring� the� oil� on� the� surface� and� have� commercial� production.�

Therefore� possibility� of� uncontrolled� flow� from� well� during� production� is� remote.�

For�this�to�occur�would�require�a�combination�of�mechanical�damage,�such�as,�ruptured�flow�

line� coupled� with� failure� of� the� emergency� shutdown� (ESD)� system.� Oil� is� produced� with�

some� associated� gas,� therefore,� an� oil� spill� arising� from� a� failure� of� larger� inventory� tanks�

will� result� in� the� release� to�atmosphere�of�hydrocarbon�vapors� together�with�oil�droplets� in�

the�form�of�a�mist.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�20�

Another�major�source�of�oil�spill�is�road�tankers.�It�is�proposed�that�produced�crude�oil�will�

be� transported� by� road� tanker.� In� case� of� failure� /� overturning� /� accident� of� road�

tanker�possibility�of�major�oil�spill�cannot�be�ruled�out.�

7.1.3.3�Hydrogen�Sulphide�(H2S)�

Since� the� available� data� does� not� show� any� content� of� the� H2S,� hence� the� release� of� H2S�

during�production�is�not�envisaged.�

7.1.3.4�Blowout�

As�the�well�self-pressure�is�very�low�and�with�the�availability�of�Christmas�tree,�possibility�of�

blowout�is�ruled�out.�

7.1.4� Scenarios�Wise�Findings�of�Consequence�Analysis�

Subsequent� to� the� accidental� release� of� hydrocarbon,� the� consequence� depends� on� various�

factors� e.g.� type� and� quantity,� presence� and� location� of� an� ignition� source,�meteorological�

conditions,� etc.� The� consequence� analysis� for� the� selected� accident� scenarios� for�

hydrocarbon� releases� have� been� carried� out� to� estimate� the� effect� distances� and� outcomes�

of�same�have�been�described�in�subsequent�sections.�

Consequence�Analysis�Results�

§� HSD�Leak�from�storage�tank�(25�mm)�

The�HSD� is� stored�at�atmospheric�pressure.�Detailed�computations� for� the� jet� fire�and�pool�

fire� have� been� carried� out� and� the� results� for� heat� radiation� effects� and� various� damage�

distances�are�given�below.�

Jet�Fire�

The�intensity�radii�for�jet�fire�reached�maximum�distance�of�2.011�m�as�per�weather�category�

1.5/F�at�radiation�level�of�4�KW/m2.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�21�

Fig�7.7�Intensity�Radii�for�Jet�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�leak��

Table�7.6�HSD�jet�fire�radiation�effects:�

� � � Distance�(m)�� � � Category1.5/F� Category5/D� Category1.5/D�

Radiation�level� 4� KW/m2� 2.011� 1.734� 2.011�Radiation�level� 12.5� KW/m2� 2.011� 1.734� 2.011�Radiation�level� 37.5� KW/m2� Not�Reached�� Not�Reached�� Not�Reached�

Pool�Fire�

The� intensity� radii� for� pool� fire� reached� maximum� distance� of� 30.92� m� as� per� weather�

category�5/D�at�radiation�level�of�4�KW/m2�for�HSD�storage�tank�leak.��

Fig�7.8�Intensity�Radii�for�Late�pool�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�leak�

Table�7.7:�HSD�pool�fire�radiation�effects:�

� � � Distance�(m)�� � � Category1.5/F� Category5/D� Category1.5/D�

Radiation�level� 4� KW/m2� 28.1262� 30.9293� 28.2863�Radiation�level� 12.5� KW/m2� 15.77� 20.8464� 16.0232�Radiation�level� 37.5� KW/m2� 5.9099� 7.0922� 6.1650�The� intensity� radii� for� pool� fire� reached� maximum� distance� of� 30.92� m� as� per� weather�

category�5/D�at�radiation�level�of�4�KW/m2�for�HSD�storage�tank�rupture.��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�22�

Fig�7.9�Intensity�Radii�for�Late�pool�Fire�–�HSD�storage�tank�rupture�

Table�7.8�HSD�pool�fire�radiation�effects:�

� � � Distance�(m)�� � � Category1.5/F� Category5/D� Category1.5/D�

Radiation�level� 4� KW/m2� 38.1197� 44.9307� 39.0853�Radiation�level� 12.5� KW/m2� 19.361� 28.2556� 20.4119�Radiation�level� 37.5� KW/m2� Not�Reached� 15.0344� 12.9485�

7.1.5� Risk�Mitigation�Measures�

This� section� discusses� the� measures� for� risk� reduction� and� enhancement� of� safety� during�

Production�of�Oil�&�Gas:�

Control�measures�for�major�spills�of�crude�oil�from�storage�tanks,�separators�and�pipe�

lines�

1.� Inspection� of� tanks� /� separator� during� fabrication� shall� be� carried� out� as� per� the�

requirements� of� the� applicable� codes,� specifications,� drawings� etc.� This� inspection�

requires� regular� checks� on� the� work� at� various� stages� as� it� progresses.� During�

fabrication,� a� thorough� visual� check� should� be� undertaken� and� the� tank� should� be�

checked� for� foundation� pad� and� slope,� slope� of� the� bottom� plates,� proper� welding�

sequence�and�external�&�internal�surfaces�etc.�

2.� Tanks� pads� shall� be� visually� checked� for� settlement,� sinking,� tilting,� cracking� and�

general�deterioration.�

3.� Anchor� bolts� wherever� provided� shall� be� checked� for� tightness,� and� integrity� by�

hammer�testing.�

4.� All�open�vents,�flame�arrestors� and�breather�valves�shall�be�examined�to�ensure� that�

the�wire�mesh�and�screens�are�neither�torn�nor�clogged�by�foreign�matter�or�insects.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�23�

5.� If� a� tank� is� insulated,� the� insulation� and� weather� proof� sealing� shall� be� visually�

inspected�for�damages.�

6.� Grounding� connections� shall� be� visually� checked� for� corrosion� at� the� points� where�

they�

enter�earth�and�at�the�connection�to�the�tank.�

7.� The� tanks� shall� be� inspected� for� any� obvious� leakage� of� the� product.� Valves� and�

fittings�shall�be�checked�for�tightness�and�free�operations.�

8.� The� tanks� shell� shall� be� visually� examined� for� external� corrosion,� seepage,� cracks,�

bulging�and�deviation�from�the�vertical.�

9.� NDT�test�for�pipeline�

10.�Hydrostatic�testing�of�tanks�shall�be�carried�out.�

11.�Facility� certification� from� relevant� competent� authority� under� petroleum� rules� to� be�

obtained�before�starting�the�operation.�

12.�OISD�standard�244�once�implemented�should�be�followed.�

Control�measures�for�oil�spill�from�road�tankers�

1.� Proper� route�of� road� tankers�should�be�decided�in� the�premises� for�entry�and�exit�of�

road�

tankers.� Security� persons� should� guide� the� tanker� drivers� to� follow� the� route�

accordingly.�

2.� Speed�of�road�tankers�in�the�premises�should�be�strictly�restricted.�

3.� All�road�tankers�/�vehicle�entering�in�the�production�/�storage�area�should�be�provided�

with� spark� arrester� at�their� silencers� to�avoid� spark� into�open�atmosphere� in�case�of�

leakage�/�spillage�of�oil.�

4.� During�loading�/�unloading�–�double�earthing�should�be�practiced.�

5.� Proper�SOP�should�be�prepared�and�implemented�for�connection�of�road�tanker,�filling�

and�disconnection.�

6.� All� road� tankers� utilized� should� be� tested� and� certified� by� competent� person� under�

petroleum�rules.�

7.� Drivers� should� be� well� trained� and� experience� in� driving� of� vehicles� carrying�

Hazardous�substances.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�24�

7.1.6� Fire�Fighting�System�

The� firefighting� system� shall�be� installed� in� line�with�OISD�–�STD� -� 189,� for�hydrocarbon�

production�facility.�

Table�7.9:�Fire�Fighting�System�at�EPS�as�Per�OISD�189�

S.�No.�

Facility� Capacity/Quantity�

1�Water�storage�tank�for�

fire�fighting�2�Nos�welded/RCC�tanks�of�capacity�200�KL�each�

2� Fire�Water�pump�� 1800�LPM,�7.0�Kg/cm2�pressure�

3� Fire�water�distribution��4”�size�pipe�with�a�minimum�distance�of�15.0�m�from�

the�well�head�

4� Hydrant�

Alongside�to�cover�entire�hazardous�area�and�

distance�between�the�two�hydrants�or�two�monitors�

should�not�be�more�than�30.0�m�

5� Monitor�

Alongside�to�cover�entire�hazardous�area�and�

distance�between�the�two�hydrants�or�two�monitors�

should�not�be�more�than�30.0�m�

6� Above�ground�piping�Height�should�be�300-400�mm�from�the�ground�and�

should�be�supported�at�every�0.6�m�distance�

�Table�7.10:�First�Aid�Fire�Fighting�Equipment�at�EPS�as�Per�OISD�189�

S.�No.�

Place�� Quantity�of�Fire�Extinguishers�

1� Separator/group�unit�area��2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguishers�and�½�san�

drum�with�scoop�

2� Dispatch�pump�area��

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguisher�for�each�pump�

or�min�2�No�10�kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�each�

pump�area�whichever�is�higher�

3� Storage�tanks�area��

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguishers�per�tank�of�min��

2�Nos.�10�kg�DCP�extinguishers�whichever�is�

higher�

4� Switchgear�Area�1�No.�6.8�Kg�CO2�extinguisher�for�every�25�m2�

or�part�thereof.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�25�

4� Diesel�Generator�House�2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�and�1�No�6.8�Kg�CO2�

extinguisher�and�½�sand�drum�with�scoop�

5� Office�Area�

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguisher�for�every�100�m2�

or�minimum�2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�

each�floor�of�building�whichever�is�higher�

1�No.�fire�extinguisher�shed�with�3�Nos.�10�Kg�

DCP�and�3�Nos.�6.8�Kg�CO2�extinguisher�½�sand�

drum�with�scoop�

1�No.�Fire�Bell�

6�Tank�Truck�

Loading/Unloading�area�

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguisher�for�each�point�

plus�

2�No.�25�Kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�each�loading/�

unloading�area�

Safety�Training�

Safety�training�would�be�provided�by�the�Safety�Officers�with�the�assistance�Corporate�HSE�

department,� Professional� Safety� Institutions.� In� addition� to� regular� employees,� contractor�

labors�would�also�be�provided�safety�training.�To�create�safety�awareness�safety�films�would�

be�shown�to�workers�and�leaflets�would�be�distributed.�

�������������������

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�26�

7.2� DISASTER�MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

In� view� of� the� hazardous� nature� of� products� /� process� handled� by� the� GSPC,� a� Disaster�

Management�Plan�(DMP)�has�been�prepared.�This�plan�is�based�on�various�probable�scenarios�

like�fire,�explosion,�natural�calamities�etc.�The�consequence�arising�out�of�such�incidents�are�

accurately� predicted� with� the� help� of� latest� technique� available� by� various� risk� analysis�

studies.� To� minimize� the� extent� of� damage� consequent� to� any� disaster� and� restoration� of�

normalcy�is�the�main�purpose�of�DMP.�

7.2.1� Objectives�of�Disaster�Management�Plan�

The� primary� objective� of� the� DMP� is� to� provide� a� safe,� timely,� effective� and� coordinated�

response� by� the� onsite� Emergency� Response� Team� (ERT),� along� with� the� other� local� and�

government� agencies/departments� to� prevent� or�minimize� any�major� emergencies� that�may�

arise�from�possible�failures/risks�viz.�blow�outs,�oil�spill,�fire�&�explosion�etc.�associated�with�

development�and�surface�production�facilities.�The�main�objectives�of�this�plan�are:�

·� To�minimize�the�risk�for�human�life,�environment�and�common�property�resources,�by�

means�of�an�effective�and�efficient�intervention;�

·� Protection�of�the�environment;�

·� Protection�of�public�safety;�

·� To� initiate� the�early�and�efficient� response�throughout� the�utilization�of�all� available�

resources.�

7.2.2� Purpose�

The� purpose� of� the� DMP� is� to� effectively�manage� and� control� the� emergencies� occurring�

during�project�operations.�This�DMP�ensures�

·� emergency�response�group�is�effective�&�adequate;�

·� clear�roles�and�responsibilities�of�key�personnel�&�support�groups;�

·� availability�and�adequacy�of�emergency�infrastructure�&�resources;�and�

·� efficient�emergency�communication�

�7.2.3� Key�Elements�of�DMP�

Following�are�the�key�elements�of�Disaster�Management�Plan:�

·� Basis�of�the�plan�

·� Accident/emergency�Management�Plan�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�27�

·� On-site�Disaster�Management�Plan�

·� Off-site�Disaster�Management�Plan�

Basis�of�the�Plan�

Identification� and� assessment� of� hazards� is� crucial� for� onsite� emergency� planning� and� it� is�

therefore� necessary� to� identify� what� emergencies� could� arise� in� production� of� various�

products� and� their� storage.� Hazard� analysis� or� consequence� analysis� gives� the� following�

results:�

·� Hazards�from�spread�of�fire�or�release�of�flammable�and�toxic�chemicals�from�storage�

and�production�units;�and�

·� Hazards� due� to� formation� of� pressure� waves� due� to� vapor� cloud� explosion� of�

flammable�gases�and�oil�spill�hazards�

�On-site�Disaster�Management�Plan�Purpose�

The� on-site� DMP� deals� with� handling� of� the� emergency� within� boundary� of� the� proposed�

project�well�site�mainly�with�the�help�of�industry’s�own�resources.�

·� To� protect� persons� and� property� of� processing� equipment� in� case� of� all� kinds� of�

accidents,�emergencies�and�disasters.�

·� To�inform�people�and�surroundings�about�emergency�if�it�is�likely�to�adversely�affect�

them.�

·� To� inform� authorities� including� helping� agencies� (doctors,� hospitals,� fire,� police�

transport�etc.)�in�advance,�and�also�at�the�time�of�actual�happening.�

·� To� identify,� assess,� foresee� and� work� out� various� kinds� of� possible� hazards,� their�

places,� potential� and� damaging� capacity� and� area� in� case� of� above� happenings.�

Review,�revise,�redesign,�replace�or�reconstruct�the�process,�plant,�vessels�and�control�

measures�if�so�assessed.�

�Off-site�Disaster�Management�Plan�Purpose�

Emergency�is�a�sudden�unexpected�event,�which�can�cause�serious�damage�to�personnel�life,�

property�and�environment�as�a�whole,�which�necessitate�to�evolve�Off-site�Emergency�Plan�to�

combat� any� such� eventuality.� In� Offsite� disaster� management� plan,� many� agencies� like�

government,�revenue,�public�health,�fire�services,�police,�civil�defense,�home�guards,�medical�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�28�

services�and�other�voluntary�organization�are� involved.�Thus,�handling�of�such�emergencies�

requires�an�organized�multidisciplinary�approach.�

Evacuation� of� people,� if� required,� can� be� done� in� orderly� way.� The� different� agencies�

involved�in�evacuation�of�people�are�civil� administration� (both�state�and�central),�non�Govt.�

organizations,�factory�Inspectorate�and�Police�authorities.�

7.2.4� Emergency�Classification�

Due�consideration�is�given�to�the�severity�of�potential�emergency�situation�that�may�arise�as�a�

result� of� storage� tank� and� pipeline� accident� events� as� discussed� in� the� Risk�

Assessment� study.� Not� all� emergency� situations� call� for� mobilization� of� same� resources�

or� emergency� actions� and� therefore,� the� emergencies� are� classified� into� three� levels�

depending� on� their� severity� and� potential� impact,� so� that� appropriate� emergency� response�

procedures� can� be� effectively� implemented� by� the� GSPC� Emergency/Crisis� Management�

Team.�

Level�1�–�Emergency�

An�event� that� can�be�dealt�with�by�on-site/location�personnel�and� resources;�the�event�does�

not�have�any�effect�outside�the�site�and�external�agencies�are�unlikely�to�be�involved.�There�is�

unlikely� to� be� danger� to� life,� to� the� environment,� or� to� Company� assets� or� reputation.� The�

Disaster�Management�Plan�and�relevant�procedures�are�activated;�the�Site�Head�is�notified.�

Level�2�–�Emergency�

It� is� an� event� which�may� be� dealt� by� the�GSPC�Emergency/Crisis�Management� Team� but�

requires�involvement�of�wider�Company�support�and�external�services.�The�initial�event�may�

be� “on-site”,� having� some� effects� outside� the� site� or� be�“off-site”,� and� external� emergency�

services�will�be�involved.�There�is�likely�to�be�a�danger�to�life,�the�environment,�or�company�

assets� or� reputation.� The�Disaster�Management� Plan� and� relevant� procedures� are� activated;�

local�administrative�bodies�and�Emergency�Response�Groups�including�GSPC�are�notified.�

Level�3�–�Emergency�

It� is� a�major�event�which� requires� the� involvement�of�District� or�State�Crisis�Management�

Group.� For� Company� this� may� result� from� insufficient� local� resources� and/or� because� the�

incident� has� broader� implications� such� as� reputation,� legal� prosecution,� financial� loss� etc.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�29�

Under�such�circumstances,�the�Disaster�Management�Plan�is�activated;�GSPC,�District/State�

Administrative�Authorities�and�other�Emergency�Response�Groups�are�notified.�

7.2.5� Implementation�

7.2.5.1�Allocation�of�Resources�

GSPC�will�require�allocation�of�suitable�resources�for�effective�implementation�of�the�DMP.�

Resources�include�both�human�and�financial�resources.�

7.2.5.2�Emergency�Structure�and�Responsibility�

The�key�personnel�involved�in�the�emergency�response�are�

·� Employee�detecting�the�incident�(Observer)�

·� Site�in�charge�and�&�GSPC�installation�manager.�

·� Location�Incident�management�Team�Members�of�onshore�Installation�per�Station�Bill�

·� Managing�Director�of�GSPC�

·� Onshore�Emergency�Response�Team�

7.2.5.3�Emergency�site�Coordinator�&�Incident�Management�Procedure�

·� GSPC�Emergency�Site�Coordinator�–�Initial�Actions�

Following� the� notification� of� an� incident� by� the� Incident� Observer,� the� Emergency� Site�

Coordinator�shall:�-�

·� Confirm�the�Details.�

·� Contact�the�affected�location�and�verify�incident.�

·� Determine�the�category�of�the�Incident.�

·� Use�the�Initial�Notification�Checklist�as�a�guide.�

·� Log�all�information�

7.2.5.4�Individual�Incident�management�Team�Member�–�Initial�Actions�

·� Proceed�immediately�to�your�normal�office.�

·� Arrange� for� incoming� telephone�calls� to� be� screened� and�for�calls�pertaining� to� the�

Incident�be�forwarded�to�the�GSPC�ECC.�

·� Issue�delegations�of�authority�and/or� arrange� for�work�matters� that�may�arise�while�

you�are�in�the�GSPC�Emergency�Control�Centre�to�be�dealt�with.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�30�

·� Document�any�calls�pertaining�to�the�Incident�that�are�made�from�your�normal�office�

or�at�home�and�bring�them�to�the�GSPC�Emergency�Control�Centre.�

·� Retrieve�any�relevant�data�and�take�it�to�the�GSPC�ECC�when�it�is�operational.�When�

advised,� go� to� the� GSPC� Emergency� Control� Centre.� Update� the� GSPC� Chief�

Emergency�Coordinator�that�you�have�arrived.�

·� Check�the�Status�Boards�for�the�most�recent�information.�

·� Ensure� that� your� telephone� line� is� "live".�Keep� a� record� of� incoming� and�outgoing�

telephone�calls,�using�a�pre-formatted�note�pad.�

If� a� material� fact� regarding� the� Incident� comes� to� your� attention,� immediately� advice� the�

Board�Writer�who�will�display�the� information�onto�the�Status�Board�and�ensure�the� events�

log�is�updated.�

7.2.6� Composition�of�GSPC�Emergency�Response�Team�

Individual�and�alternates�have�been�nominated�to�form�the�core�GSPC�ERT�as�under.�

·� Managing�Director�

·� Director�(operations)�

·� Executive�Director�(Finance�&�Admin)�

·� General�Manager�(HR�)�

·� GM�(IT)�

·� Assistant�General�Manager�(HSE)�

·� DGM�(Material�and�Logistic)�

·� Senior�Manager�(C&P)�

·� Senior�Manager�(Production)�

·� Assistant�Manager�(QHSE)�

7.2.7� Job�Description�of�Emergency�Response�Team�

Managing�Director�–�Chairman�ERP�

·� Assume� overall� control� and� ensure� that� the� Emergency� Response� Plan� is� activated�

and�implemented.�

·� Chair�and�monitor�the�ERT�review�sessions.�

·� Inform�GSPC�Group�

·� Liaison�with�local,�state�and�central�Government�authorities�and�partners�such�as;�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�31�

·� DGH,�Partners,�DGMS,�OISD�etc.�on�HSE�issues�as�appropriate�

Dy.�Chairman�ERP�

·� Assumes�the�duty�of�Alternate�Chairman�of�ERP�

·� Look�after�Overall�control�of�Incident.�

·� Keep�Managing�Director�updated�on�the�actions�initiated.�

Director�(Exploration)�–�Chief�Emergency�Coordinator�

The�GSPC�Chief�Emergency�Coordinator�is�responsible�for�the�incident�management�support�

both�during�and�outside�working�hours.�The�GSPC�Chief�Emergency�Coordinator�shall:�-�

·� Assumes�the�duty�of�Alternate�Chairman�of�ERP�

·� Look�after�Overall�control�of�Incident�

·� Notify�the�Managing�Director�and�Chief�Operating�Officer�of�any� incident�and�keep�

him�informed.�

·� Act� as� ‘Manager�Emergency�Response’�of� the�GSPC�ERPT�on�behalf�of� the�GSPC�

ERPT�Chairman.�

·� Decide�whether�or�not�to�mobilize�the�GSPC�ERT�

·� Initiate�activation�and�call�out�of�the�GSPC�ERPT.�

·� Initiate�activation�of�the�GSPC�Emergency�Control�Room�(ECR).�

·� Organize�resources�to�support�the�emergency�response�to�the�incident.�

·� Call� a� meeting� with� Emergency� Response� Team� in� Emergency� Control� Room� to�

discuss�the�incident�and�develop�a�response�plan�

·� Advice� the� Managing� Director� to� notify� appropriate� external� agencies,� resource�

centers� and� the� local� emergency� services,� if� necessary.� (Different� persons� in� the�

emergency�Response�Team�should�be�assigned�to�call�each�of�the�external�agencies)�

The�chief�emergency�coordinator�will�act�as�chairman�of�Emergency�Response�Team�(ERT)�

till�MD�takes�the�charge�of�ERT�chairman�

Special�Director�(F&A�and�Admin)�–�Finance,�Insurance�Coordinator�and�Administration��

·� Provide� personnel� as� required� for� special� accounting� purposes� and� maintain� daily�

cost�record�throughout�the�incident.�

·� Set�up�separate�account�for�qualifying�the�expenses�related�to�all�major�incidents.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�32�

·� Provide� experienced� personnel� from� finance� group� to� coordinate� payment� of�

emergency�purchases�

·� Liaison�with�insurance�company�and�insurance�representative�

GM�(HR�&�IT)�

·� Inform� employees� and� provide� updates� as� deemed� necessary� in� the� event� of� any�

emergency.�

·� Review�and�provide�media�responses�to�spokesperson.�

·� Reading�for�Press/Media�briefing.�

·� Ensure� adequate� communication� means� available� and� operational� in� GSPC� at�

Gandhinagar�office.�

DGM�(Material�&�Logistics)�–�Mutual�Aid�/�Logistics�Coordinator�

·� Arrange� for� procurement� of� emergency� supplies� /� contractors� in� coordination� with�

commercial�coordinator.�

·� Provide�purchasing�and�materials�personnel.�

·� Contract�for�temporary�facilities�and�office�as�required.�

·� Arrange�for�contract�personnel,�equipment�and�services�to�carry�out�operations.�

·� Source�and�supply�maps�of�affected�area.�

·� Arrange� for� recovery� and� disposal� of� damaged� property,� in� case� of� oily� debris�

coordinate�with�the�Safety/Environmental�Manager�as�necessary.�

AGM�(HSE)�

·� Act�as�the�focal�point�of�Incident.�

·� Assess�and�decide�category�of�Incident.�

·� Assist�in�preparation�of�update�for�spokesperson.�

·� Advice�CEC�regarding�mobilization�of�GSPC�ERT.�

·� Advice�MD/CEC�on�restoration�of�any�environmental�damage.�

·� Notify�the�Statutory�agencies�as�required.�

Senior�Manager�(C&P)�–�Commercial�Coordinator�

·� Direct�the�commercial�staff�to�initiate�for�emergency�purchases.�

Sr.�Manager�(Production)�

·� Coordinate�with�site�In-charge.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�33�

·� Direct�the�site�In-Charge�in�consultation�with�Director�(operations)�

·� Keep�CEC�(operations)�updated�on�site�situation.�

Assistant�Manager�HSE,�Head�Office�

·� Assume�the�role�of�secretary�ERPT.�

·� Provide�assistance�as�required�on�issues�related�to�Safety�and�Environment.�

·� Assist�in�preparation�of�updates�for�spokesperson.�

·� Coordinate�documentation�of�safety�and�environmental�aspects�of�incident.�

·� Coordinate�surveillance�and�photo�documentation.�

·� Assure�that�GSPC’s�Health�and�Safety�policies�are�observed.�

·� Report�any�accidents,�as�required,�to�the�appropriate�Regulatory�Agencies.�

·� Provide�support�to�plan�procedures�and�follow-up�investigations.�

·� Coordinate�with�External�agencies�regarding�oil�spill�response.�

7.2.8� Setting�up�of�Emergency�Infrastructure�

To�enable�the�key�persons�to�implement�the�DMP,�the�following�infrastructure�will�require�to�

be�set�up:�

7.2.8.1�Site�map�

·� Site�Map�with�Escape�Routes�and�Safe�Assembly�Points�Marked�on�it�

·� Site� layouts� have� to� be� put� up� at� key� areas� where� assembly� is� to� be� done.� These�

points�could�vary�depending�upon�the�atmospheric�stability�and�location�and�intensity�

of�the�emergency.�

·� With� the�onset� of�emergency,� all� non-essential�persons� (those�workers� not� assigned�

emergency� duty)� shall� evacuate� the� area� and� report� to� the� specified� emergency�

assembly�point.�

7.2.8.2�Wind�Sock�

It�is�required�to�install�wind�sock�at�the�top�of�any�tall�structure�in�the�vicinity�of�the�site.�In�

case�there�is�a�risk�of�the�structure�getting�damaged�during�the�emergency,�it�is�desirable�to�

have�alternate�wind�sock(s)�as� required.�At� least�one�wind� sock� should�be�visible�from�any�

part� of� the� site.�Site�personnel� have� to�be� trained� in� reading� the� atmospheric�conditions�on�

the�basis�of�the�status�of�the�wind�sock.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�34�

7.2.8.3�Evacuation,�Escape�and�Rescue�(EER)�Plan�

In�a�major�emergency,�it�would�be�necessary�to�evacuate�personnel� from�affected�areas�and�

as�a�precaution� /�measure� to� further�evacuate�non-essential�workers� from�areas�likely� to�be�

affected� should� the� emergency� escalate.� Whether� evacuation� is� required� or� not� can� be�

decided� by� the� Incident� Controller,� and� arrangements� made� to� communicate� with�

employees� in� this� regards.� Arrangements� could� include� announcements� over� the� public�

address�system,�or�through�other�suitable�means.�

On� evacuation,� employees� should� be� directed� to� pre-determined� assembly� points� already�

explained� earlier.� If� they� are� required� to� be� evacuated� outside� the� site� and� at� a� remote�

place,� their� transportation�will� be�necessary� for�which�vehicles�will� be� required.�At� remote�

shelters� their� care�and�welfare�will�also�be�through�beforehand.�Employees�should�use�own�

vehicles� first� and� then� use,� if� necessary,� the� mutual� aid� system� or� hired� vehicles� from�

elsewhere.�The�vehicle�may�be�needed�to�warn�public�also.�

The� safe�passages/routes� for�escape� shall�be�decided�and�marked�by�arrows� in� the�plans�as�

explained�in�the�details�of�Emergency�Control�Center�in�this�chapter.�

7.2.8.4�Safe�Assembly�Points�

In� affected� and� vulnerable� locations,� all� non-essential� persons� (who� are� not� assigned� any�

emergency�duty)� shall�evacuate� the�area�and�report�to�a�specified�assembly�point.�The�need�

to� evacuate� non-essential� -� persons� from� non-affected� areas� will� be� determined� by� the�

foreseeable�rate�at�which�the�incident�may�escalate.�

Each�assembly�point�must�be�situated�in�a�safe�place,�well�away�from�areas�of�risk�and�least�

affected�by�down�wind�direction.�It�may�be�in�the�open�or�in�a�building�depending�on�hazard�

involved.�More�than�one�assembly�point�is�needed:�

·� To� ensure� that� employees� do� not� have� to� approach� the� affected� area� to� reach� the�

assembly�point;�

·� In� case� any� assembly� point� lies� in� the� path� of� wind-blown� harmful� materials,� e.g.�

toxic�gas,�burning�brands,�thrown�(expected)�materials�and;�

Before� reaching� an� assembly� point,� or� subsequently,� if� it� is� required� to� pass� through� an�

effected� area� or� the� release� of� toxic� substance,� suitable� personal� protective� equipment�

(PPE)�including�respirator,�helmets�etc.,�should�be�available�to�the�people.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�35�

7.2.9� Emergency�Control�Center�

An� Emergency� Control� Centre� (ECC)� is� the� primary� area� from� where� emergencies� are�

handled.� The�Main�Control� Centre,�or� any� structure� on� the� site,� at� sufficient� distance� from�

the� affected� area,� and� that� is� designed� to� withstand� overpressure� and� radiation� stress�

should�be�designated�as�the�ECC.�However,�GSPC’s�emergency�control�center�will�be�set�up�

at�GSPC�corporate�office�at�Gandhinagar�

An�ECC�should�contain�various�items�as�listed:�

For�communication:�

·� Intercom�sets�

·� External�phone�sets�

·� Telephone�directory�

·� Company�Telephone�Directory�

·� List� of� Important� phone� numbers� required� in� emergency� like� Ambulance,� Police,�

mutual�aid�agency�etc.�

·� Mobile�phones�

Documents�for�ready�reference:�

·� Site�Plan�

·� Layout� plan� with� hazard� zones,� assembly� points� marked� and� location� of� siren,�

safety/fire�system�shown�(Display)�

·� Stock�list�of�fire�extinguishers�

·� Fire-water�system�and�additional�sources�of�water�

·� Emergency�Response�Plan�

·� Copy�of�First�Aid�

·� MSDS�of�materials�used�in�the�plant�

·� Mutual�Aid�Members,�

·� List�of�employees�and�addresses�and�phones�

Wall�Display:�

·� Site�plan�

·� Layout�plan�

·� Emergency�Organization�Chart�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�36�

All� equipment� should� be� regularly� inspected� and� tested� for� adequacy.� Personnel� should� be�

trained� in� the�use� of� the� same,�where� special� training� is� required.�Records� of� the� same� are�

to�be�maintained.�

7.2.10� Fire�Fighting�

These�include�the�following�facilities�

Table�7.11:�Fire�Fighting�System�at�EPS�as�Per�OISD�189�

S.No.� Facility� Capacity/Quantity�

1�Water�storage�tank�for�

fire�fighting�2�Nos�welded/RCC�tanks�of�capacity�200�KL�each�

2� Fire�Water�pump�� 1800�LPM,�7.0�Kg/cm2�pressure�

3� Fire�water�distribution��4”�size�pipe�with�a�minimum�distance�of�15.0�m�from�

the�well�head�

4� Hydrant�

Alongside�to�cover�entire�hazardous�area�and�

distance�between�the�two�hydrants�or�two�monitors�

should�not�be�more�than�30.0�m�

5� Monitor�

Alongside�to�cover�entire�hazardous�area�and�

distance�between�the�two�hydrants�or�two�monitors�

should�not�be�more�than�30.0�m�

6� Above�ground�piping�Height�should�be�300-400�mm�from�the�ground�and�

should�be�supported�at�every�0.6�m�distance�

�Table�7.12:�First�Aid�Fire�Fighting�Equipment�at�EPS�as�Per�OISD�189�

S.�No.�

Place�� Quantity�of�Fire�Extinguishers�

1� Separator/group�unit�area��2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguishers�and�½�san�

drum�with�scoop�

2� Dispatch�pump�area��

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguisher�for�each�pump�

or�min�2�No�10�kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�each�

pump�area�whichever�is�higher�

3� Storage�tanks�area��

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�Extinguishers�per�tank�of�min��

2�Nos.�10�kg�DCP�extinguishers�whichever�is�

higher�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�37�

4� Switchgear�Area�1�No.�6.8�Kg�CO2�extinguisher�for�every�25�m2�

or�part�thereof.�

4� Diesel�Generator�House�2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�and�1�No�6.8�Kg�CO2�

extinguisher�and�½�sand�drum�with�scoop�

5� Office�Area�

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguisher�for�every�100�m2�

or�minimum�2�Nos.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�

each�floor�of�building�whichever�is�higher�

1�No.�fire�extinguisher�shed�with�3�Nos.�10�Kg�

DCP�and�3�Nos.�6.8�Kg�CO2�extinguisher�½�sand�

drum�with�scoop�

1�No.�Fire�Bell�

6�Tank�Truck�

Loading/Unloading�area�

1�No.�10�Kg�DCP�extinguisher�for�each�point�

plus�

2�No.�25�Kg�DCP�extinguishers�for�each�loading/�

unloading�area�

7.2.11� First�Aid�

Basic�items�in�a�first�aid�kit�consist�of�following�items:�

·� First�aid�leaflet,�including�CPR�

·� Sterilized�finger�dressing�

·� Sterilized�hand�or�foot�dressing�

·� Sterilized�body�or�large�dressing�

·� Sterilized�burns�dressing�–�small�

·� Sterilized�burns�dressing�–�large�

·� Sterilized�burns�dressing�–�extra�large�

·� Sterilized�cotton�wool�(25�gms)�

·� Cetavolon�(28�gms)�

·� Eye�pads�

·� Adhesive�plaster�

·� Assorted�roller�bandage�

·� Triangular�bandages�

·� Safety�pins�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�38�

·� Scissors,�ordinary,�12.7cms,�both�sides�sharp�

·� Savlon�liquid,�150�ml,�or�equivalent�

·� Cotton�wool�for�padding,�100�gms�

·� Eye�Ointment�of�sulphacetamide�preparation�

·� Loose�woven�gauze�(28”x8”),�compressed�pack�

·� Scribbling�Pad,�4”x�6”�with�a�pencil�in�a�plastic�cover�

·� Adhesive�dressing�strips�

·� Field�dressing�of�modified�army�pattern�

·� Record�cards�in�a�plastic�cover�

·� Torch,�medium�size�with�cells�

·� Eye�wash�

·� Wooden�splints,�small�

·� Wooden�splints,�big�

7.2.12� Awareness�Training�and�Competence�

Awareness�

General� awareness� is� to�be�invoked� in�all� site�personnel� (including�contractor’s�employees)�

with�regards�to� the�importance�of� safety�in�general�and�emergency�procedures� in�particular.�

Awareness�can�be�generated�in�a�number�of�ways,�some�of�which�are:�

·� Awareness�of�Environment,�Health�and�Safety�Policies�and�the�role�of�each�employee�

in�achieving�what�are�covered�under�the�policies�

·� Awareness� of� the� importance� of� carrying� out� tasks� as� mentioned� in� the� Standard�

Operating�Procedures�and�the�potential�impacts�of�not�doing�so.�

·� The�importance�of�use�of�personal�protective�equipment�

·� Awareness� about� relevant� portions� of� the� safety� instructions� covered� in� equipment�

manuals�used�at�site�

·� Celebration� of� National� Safety� day,� World� Environment� Day,� Fire� week� to� create�

awareness�related�to�Health,�safety�and�Environment�

Training�

Specific�training�requires�to�be�given�to�key�employees.�Examples�of�such�training�include:�

·� Specific,�skilled�training�pertaining�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�39�

·� Testing�of�critical�equipment�and�controls�

·� First�aid�and�Cardio-Pulmonary�Resuscitation�

·� Use�of�firefighting�equipment�

·� Emergency�Evacuation�and�Rescue�(EER)�procedures.�

·� Training�in�use�of�communication�procedures�to�be�followed�in�case�of�emergencies.�

·� Training�needs�identification�exercises�should�be�undertaken�prior�to�commencement�

of�operations�and�the�same�must�cover�environment,�health�and�safety�issues.�

Competence�

Competence� is� a� function� of� training,� experience� and� education.� Key� persons� involved� in�

administering� the�DMP� should� be� competent.� The� level� of� competence� can� be� decided� for�

each�key�task�and�a�clearly�defined�competence�chart�should�be�prepared.�

Communication�

Communication�is�vital�during�emergencies.�Under�the�Factories�Act,�as�well�as� the�MSIHC�

Rules,� communication� is� important� and� it� is� required� to� divulge� the� potential� emergencies�

that�could�arise�out�of�the�operations�related�to�hazardous�units.�

After� undertaking� an� assessment� of� risks� and� their� possible� environmental� impacts,� and�

setting� up� an�organization� for� the� preparedness� to� control� the� emergency,� including� related�

infrastructure,� the� next� step� is� making� the� communications� system� operational.� Depending�

upon�the�severity�of�the�event,�communications�may�have�to�be�made�with:�

·� Persons�inside�the�site�premises�

·� Key�personnel�outside�the�site�premises�during�their�non-working�hours�

·� Outside� emergency� services� and� authorities,� and�Neighboring� businesses,� industries�

and�general�public.�

·� Requirements� pertaining� to� communication� during� emergencies� are� covered� in� this�

section.�

7.2.13� Level�of�Emergency�

Three�levels�of�emergencies�are�to�be�recognized:�

·� First�level:�Confined�to�a�particular�unit�of�the�entire�site,�

·� Second�level:�A�spreading�emergency,�that�requires�outside�help,�and�

·� Third�level:�A�major�emergency�requiring�neighboring�population�to�be�alerted.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�40�

·� Suitable� alarms� require� to� be� made� for� each� of� these� potential� emergencies.� The�

alarm� should� be� audible� in� every� part� of� the� site.� In� areas� of� high� noise� levels,� an�

alternative�to�an�audible�alarm,�such�as�flashing�lights�may�be�installed.�

7.2.13.1�Raising�the�First�Level�Emergency�Alarm�

Any� person� noticing� an� emergency� should� be� able� to� raise� or� cause� to� be� raised,� the� First�

Level�Emergency�Alarm�(FLEA).�All�employees�must�be�trained�to�operate�such�emergency�

alarms.� There� should� be� adequate� places�within� the� site,�where� provision� to� raise�an� alarm�

is� available.� This� could� be� an� audible� warning,� individual� signal� or� message� to� a� manned�

location.�Major�emergencies�can�be�avoided�by�doing�this.�

7.2.13.2�Raising�the�Second�and�Third�Level�Emergency�Alarms�

In� case� there� is� a� risk� of� the� event� spreading� beyond� the� original� unit� and� /� or� outside� the�

site�premises,� then�a� second� level� emergency�alarm�can�be� raised.�This� could�be�across� the�

entire�site,�as�opposed�to�the�first�which�could�be�at�a�part�of�the�site.�

In� case� a� third� level� or� (major)� emergency� is� to� be� declared,� telephonic� information� to�

members�of� the�local�crisis�group,�or� in�case�of�failure�of�power�and�formal�communication�

systems,� and� non-availability� of� mobile� phone� signals,� a� big� bell� or� a� messenger� can� be�

deployed.�

7.2.13.3Declaring�a�Major�Emergency�

Declaration� of� a�major� emergency� should� never�be� done�on�whims,� immature� judgment�or�

without�proper�thought.�Further,�because�of� the�scale�of�activity� that�will� commence�due� to�

declaration�of�a�major�emergency,�it�is�advisable�to�restrict� the�authority�to�declare�it,�and�a�

limited� number� of� persons� may� be� invested� the� authority� to� declare� such� an� emergency,�

although�care�should�be�taken�to�ensure�that�at�least�one�such�person�is�always�at�site.�

7.2.13.4�Identifying�the�Type�of�Emergency�through�an�Alarm�

Alarm� systems� vary� and�will� depend� upon� the� size�of� individual� sites.�The� person� noticing�

the� incident� should� warn� all� those� in� the� site� vicinity� to� either� evacuate� or� take� other�

immediate�action�according� to� a�predetermined�plan.�Automatic�alarms�may�be�considered.�

Audible�alarms�include�sirens�or�other�alarms�over�public�address�systems.�

Alarms� for� a� particular� type� of� emergency� (toxic� leak� or� fire)� can� be� raised� separately�

enabling� different� emergency� plans� to� be� put� in�motion.�However,� this�must� be� done� after�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�41�

giving� due� thought� about� avoiding� confusion� in� the� minds� of� the� site� personnel.� Use� of�

alarms�can�be�carried�out�to�communicate�different�information�such�as:�

·� Declaration�of�a�first�level�emergency�by�an�alarm�in�a�particular�area�

·� Declaration� of� an� advanced� emergency� situation� by� sounding� of� an� alarm� in� the�

entire�site�

·� Declaration� of� a� major� emergency� by� sounding� of� a� hooter,� alarm� or� by�

communication�through�phone,�bell�or�messenger.�

·� Communication�of�Emergency�

·� There�should�be�an�effective�system�to�communicate�emergency:�

·� Inside� the� site� i.e.� to� the� persons� including� key� personnel� and� essential� persons� on�

duty,�and�inside�normal�working�hours,�

·� To� the� key� personnel� and� essential� persons� not� on� duty� and� outside� during� normal�

working�hours�

·� To�outside�emergency�services�and�the�government�authorities,�and�

·� To�the�neighboring�businesses,�and�public�in�general�

Use�of�telephones�and�the�role�of�the�telephone�operator�

After�hearing� the�emergency�alarm�and�emergency�declaration,�or�even�while�fast� receiving�

the� emergency�message� on� phone,� a� telephone� operator� (or� communication� officer)� has� to�

play� an� important� role.� He� should� be� precise,� sharp,� attentive� and� quick� in� receiving� and�

noting�the�message�and�then�for�immediate�subsequent�action�of�further�communication.�

Communication�with�Personnel�inside�the�Site�during�the�Incident�

Relevant� statutory� information� pertaining� to� the� site� must� be� made� available� beforehand,�

preferably� in� the� form� of� a� booklet,� to� workers� so� that� they� can� prepare� themselves� to�

prevent�or�control�the�emergency.�

In�all�cases,�once�the�communication�of�emergency�is�done,�through�an�alarm,�all�personnel�

should�be�ready�to�undertake�their�roles�in�the�same.�

Communication�with�Personnel�outside�the�Site�during�the�Incident�

Because� of� the� suggested� planning� covered� in� report,� key� personnel� will� typically� be�

available�in�all�shifts�or�on�short�call.�But�due�to�some�reason,�if�some�are�outside�or�not�on�

duty� and� if� their� help� is� required,� their� updated� details� should� be� kept� in� the� ECC� for�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�42�

communication.�

As�far�as�possible,�names�should�be�listed�in�the�order�or�priority.�Communicators�should�be�

told� to� call� in� the� personnel� in� the� order� given,� but� not� to�waste� time� and� call� the� next� in�

line,�returning�to�those�who�could�not�be�contacted�later.�

On� making� contact,� the� communicator� should� give� a� short� pre-arranged� message� to� the�

effect� that� an� emergency� has� been� declared� at� the� site.� While� coming� to� the� site,� they�

should�be�instructed�to�carry�with�them�their� identity�cards�in�case�they�are� stopped�at� road�

Fields.�

Communication�with�External�Emergency�Services�and�Relevant�Authorities�

Communication� with� external� agencies� is� important� and� essential,� both� to� control� the�

emergency� and� as� per� regulatory� compliance� requirements.� This� is� specially� so� for�

reportable� (lost� time)� accidents.� In� such� cases,� it� is� essential� that� the� outside� emergency�

services� as� well� as� relevant� outside� agencies� be� informed� in� the� shortest� possible� time.�

Liaison�at�the�local�level�will�help�to�determine�the�best�means�for�achieving�this.�

Relevant� agencies� that� provide� emergency� services� include� the� fire� brigade,� nearby�

hospitals� and� doctors,� and� the� police,� besides� senior� local� and� district� administration�

personnel.� Statutory� information,� given� to� such� agencies� in� advance� will� help� them� in�

arranging�emergency�services.�Other�agencies� to�which� communication�has� to� be�made�are�

OISD,�DGMS,�SPCB,�etc.�

Communication�with�Neighboring�Firms�and�the�General�Public�

Telephone� can� be� used� for� contact� with� industries� in� the� nearby� area� with� a� view� of�

receiving�mutual� aid.�However,� the�public� in� the�area,� in� some� circumstances,�may�require�

to� be� informed� about� the� emergency,�which� as� stated� earlier,� should� be� done� after� careful�

evaluation.�

Communication�with�District�Crisis�Group�and�the�Local�Crisis�Group�

The�general�public�communication�will�require�being�provided�to� the�district�administration�

and�this�may�be�done�by�liasoning�with�different�agencies.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�43�

7.2.14� Emergency�Documentation�and�Document�Control�

Documentation�

Emergency�documentation�consists�of:�

·� The�Disaster�Management�Plan�(this�chapter)�and�its�Annexure�duly�completed.�

·� Related�Formats�and�Records�showing�compliance�with�these�documents.�

The� DMP� needs� to� be� approved� by�management� prior� to� issue.� All� documents� should� be�

easily�accessible�at�individual�sites.�

Document�Control�

·� Documents�should�be�legible.�

·� All�documents�should�be�protected�against�damage,�deterioration�and�loss.�

·� Changes,�if�any,�should�also�be�approved�by�the�Site�in-charge.�

·� Copies�of�the�approved�DMP�are�to�be�kept�with�the�Site�in-charge�at�the�office�in�the�

Emergency�Control�Centre,�with�the�Site�Main�Controller.�

·� Obsolete�documents�should�be�marked�as�such,�and�copies�of�such�documents�are�to�

be�collected�and�prevented�from�being�used.�

Emergency�Control�

In�case�of�emergencies,�actions�can�broadly�be�categorized�into�the�following�activities:�

·� Saving�of�human�lives�

·� Controlling� the� spread� of� the� emergency� and� ultimately� stopping� it� from� further�

developing�

7.2.15� Onsite�Emergency�Control�

·� Shut�down�and� Isolation:�Raising� the�alarm,�followed�by� immediate�safe� shut�down�

and�isolation�of�affected�areas.�

·� Escape,�Evacuation�and�Rescue:�Safeguarding�human�lives�at�site�by�commencement�

of� the� Emergency� Evacuation� and� Rescue� Plan.� Ensuring� that� all� personnel� are�

accounted� for� and�carrying�out� a�head�count�of� persons�evacuated.�Notification� and�

commencement�of�offsite�emergency�plan�in�case�offsite�impacts�are�possible.�

·� Stopping� the� development� of� the� emergency:�Control� or� response� to� the� emergency�

depending� upon� its� nature� (fire� and� explosion).� Fire� can� be� somewhat� better�

controlled�through�firefighting,�Impacts�of�explosions�cannot�be�controlled�once�they�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�44�

occur,� hence� efforts� will� require� focusing� on� provision� of� relief� or� control� of�

secondary�impacts�(such�as�property�damage�or�fires)�resulting�from�explosions.�

·� Treatment�of�injured:�First�aid�and�hospitalization�of�injured�persons.�

·� Protection�of�environment�and�property:�During�mitigation,�efforts�should�be�made�to�

prevent�impacts�on�environment�and�property�to�the�extent�possible.�

·� Welfare� of� the� personnel� managing� the� emergency:� Changeover,� first� aid� and�

refreshments�for�the�persons�managing�the�emergency.�

·� Informing�and�collaborating�with�statutory,�mutual�aid�and�other�authorities�including�

those�covered�in�the�Local�Crisis�Group.�

·� Informing�and�assisting�relatives�of�the�victims.�

·� Informing�the�news�and�electronic�media.�

·� Preserving� all� evidences� and� records:� This� should� be� done� to� enable� a� thorough�

investigation�of�the�true�causes�of�the�emergency.�

·� Investigation� and� follow� up:� This� requires� to� be� carried� out� to� establish� preventive�

measures�for�the�future�and�a�review�of�the�DMP�

·� Ensuring� safety� of� personnel� prior� to� restarting� of� operations:� Efforts� require� to� be�

made�to�ensure�that�work�environment�is�safe�prior�to�restarting�the�work.�

7.2.16� Off-Site�Emergency�Response�Plan�

An� emergency� may� affect� areas� offsite� of� the� works� as� for� example,� an� explosion� can�

scatter� debris� over� wide� areas� and� the� effects� of� blast� can� cover� considerable� distances,�

wind�can� spread�burning�brands�of�gases.� In� some�cases� e.g.� as� the� result� of�an� explosion,�

outside� damage� will� be� immediate� and� part� of� the� available� resources� of� the� Emergency�

Services� may� need� to� be� deployed� in� the� affected� areas.� In� any� case,� the� possibility� of�

further�damage�may� remain,�e.g.�as� the� result�of� further� explosion�or�by� the�effect�of�wind�

spreading� burning� brands� of� hazardous� material.� Management� will� usually� need� expert�

advice� in�drawing�up�plans� so� that�if� such�a� release�occurs,�they�will�be�able�to�collaborate�

with� Emergency� Services� to� estimate� as� far� as� practicable� which� downwind� areas� are� at�

risk.� It� may� be� necessary� to� prepare� in� advance� simple� charts� or� tables� relating� the� likely�

spread�of� the�vapors�cloud� taking� into�account� its� expected�buoyancy,� the� local� topography�

and� all� possible�weather� conditions� during� the� time�of� release.�Advice� on� all� these�matters�

can� be� obtained� from� the� Meteorological� Office.� Any� such� advice� will� include� the�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�45�

recommendation�that�if�a�release�occurs�the�local�Meteorological�Office�(whose�address�is�in�

the� telephone� directory)� should� be� contacted� for� the� current� state� of� the� weather� over� a�

somewhat� wider� area� and,� in� the� case� of� prolonged� emergencies,� information� on�

imminent� changes� in� weather� which� may� alter� the� areas� at� risk.� Such� information� is�

likely�to�be�more�specific�if�prior�consultation�has�been�made.�

GSPC’s�obligation�for�Generating�the�Offsite�Emergency�Plan�

Offsite�emergency�preparedness�is�covered�in�the�Chemical�Accidents�(Emergency�Planning,�

Preparedness�and�Response)�Rules,�1996.�

The�following�are�the�responsibilities�towards�generation�of�the�Offsite�Emergency�Plan:�

·� To� provide� basic� information� on� Risk� and� Environmental� Impact� Assessment� to�

the�Local/District�Authority,�Police,�Fire�Brigade,�Doctors,�surrounding�industries�and�

the� public� and� to� appraise� them� on� the� consequences� and� the� protection/prevention�

measures�and�control�plans�and�seek�their�help�to�manage�the�emergency.�

·� To�assist�the�District�Authorities�in�preparing�the�Off-site�Emergency�Plan.�

7.2.17� Checking�and�Corrective�Action�

Monitoring�and�Measurement�

Monitoring�of�the�planned�arrangements�and�the�implementation�of�the�DMP�are�essential�to�

deliver�the�required�output�and�enhance�emergency�preparedness.�This�includes:�

·� Provisions�for�NDT,�FMECA�and�other�tests�to�identify�failure�of�critical�equipment,�

before�it�actually�takes�place.�

·� Monitoring� compliance� to� permits� and� statutory� requirements� laid� down� by�

regulatory�authorities.�

·� Conducting� mock� drills� (including� fire� drills)� to� check� whether� the� planned�

arrangements�are�working�as�per�the�required�norms�or�not.�

·� Periodical�testing�of�intrinsically�safe�equipment�

·� Identifying�minor� leaks,� accidents,�near�misses�and�others� incidents� that� can� lead� to�

emergencies.�

A�detailed�monitoring�checklist�requires�being�prepared�and�the�required�actions�carried�out,�

prior�to�start�of�work.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�–�VII�ADDITIONAL�

STUDIES�

� 7�-�46�

Records�

Records�are�a�means�of�evaluating�performance.�Records�include�(but�are�not�limited�to):�

·� Regulatory�records,�such�as�permits�and�related�documents�

·� Monitoring�and�test�records�

·� Correspondence�with�relevant�offsite�and�onsite�agencies�

Site� management� will� ensure� that� records� are� properly� maintained� and� available.� It� is�

desirable�to�keep�copies�of�all�records�at�the�site�as�well�at�the�project�sites,� to�prevent� their�

loss.�The�retention� time� for� these� records�will�depend�upon� their� criticality�and�an�ultimate�

decision�will�require�to�be�taken�by�Head�Office�in�this�regards.�Legal�records�should�be�kept�

permanently.�

DMP�Audit,�Non�Conformance�and�Corrective�Action�and�Preventive�Action�

Since� this� DMP� has� been� designed� as� a� dynamic� document,� it� is� required� that� its�

performance� be� audited� at� regular� intervals.� Ideally,� persons� auditing� the� DMP� should� be�

external� auditors� (i.e.�not�employed� at� the� site�being� audited).�The�audit� should� result� in� a�

set�of�findings�that�are�put�before�the�site�management�for�review.�

Audits�will�be�periodic,�at� intervals�that�are�decided�by�the�Head�Office.�Audit�reports�shall�

state� the� exact� non-compliance�with� the� particular� clause�of� this�DMP,�and� should� include�

steps�to�be�taken�to�attain�compliance,�through�corrective�and�preventive�actions.�

Review�of�Emergency�Performance�

The� site� /� head� office� management� will� review� the� findings� of� the� audit� and� the� non-

compliances.�It�will�consider�whether�the�DMP�is�providing�adequate�safety�assurance�to�the�

management,�delivering�performance�as�desired,� and�whether�it�continues�to�be�in� the�spirit�

of� Environment,� Health� and� Safety� Policies,� and� changing� requirements.� On� the� basis� of�

these,� the� management� will� record� its� decisions� and� consider� modifying� the� DMP,� as�

deemed�appropriate.�

� � �

����������� ����

CHAPTER�–VIII�

PROJECT�BENEFITS�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VIII�

PROJECT�BENEFITS�

� 8�-�1�

8.0�� GENERAL�

The� proposed� development� of� 8�wells� by� setting� up� of� 7� EPS� facilities� in�CB-ON/2� (Tarapur�

Block)� in� Gujarat� State� will� establish� exploitable� hydrocarbons� reserves.� GSPC� proposed�

development�programme�could�possibly� result�in� the�discovery�of�hydrocarbon�and�subsequent�

development�and�production�would�help�in�reducing�India’s�dependence�on�imports.�Oil�and�Gas�

production� in�this�area�shall� lead�to�reduction�in�India’s�dependence�on� imported�crude�oil�and�

thereby� results� in� considerable� saving� in� foreign� exchange.� Consequently,� the� need� for� the�

project� is� evident.� It� will� also� generate� new� industrial� and� business� opportunities� in� the�

area/region/nation.��

8.1� IMPROVEMENTS�IN�THE�PHYSICAL�INFRASTRUCTURE�

The� beneficial� impact� of� hydrocarbon� development� on� the� civic� amenities� will� be� substantial�

after�the�commencement�of�project�activities.�The�basic�requirement�of�the�community�needs�will�

be� strengthened� by� extending� health� care,� educational� facilities� to� the� community,�

building/strengthening�of�existing�roads�in�the�area.�The�construction�of�new�roads�in�the�project�

area� will� enhance� the� transportation� facilities.�With� improved� transportation� facilities� there� is�

always�a�scope�for�development.�

8.2� IMPROVEMENTS�IN�THE�SOCIAL�INFRASTRUCTURE�

Improvements�in�Social�Infrastructure�such�as:�

·� Generation�of�employment:�The�project�will� create�opportunities� for�direct� and� indirect�

employment;�

·� Increase�in�purchasing�power�and�improved�standard�of�living�of�the�area;�

·� The�basic�amenities�viz.,�roads,�transportation,�proper�sanitation,�educational�institutions,�

medical�facilities,�entertainment,�etc.�will�be�developed�as�far�as�possible;�

·� Regular�Fund�flow�to�local�market;�

·� Increased�revenue�to�the�state�by�way�of�royalty,�taxes�and�duties;�

·� Establishment�of�small�and�medium�scale�industries�may�be�developed�as�consequence;�

·� Health�and�family�welfare;�

·� Revenue�to�Government;�

·� Sustainable�livelihood�and�strengthening�of�village�Self�Help�Groups;�and�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�VIII�

PROJECT�BENEFITS�

� 8�-�2�

·� Overall� the� proposed� project� will� change� living� standards� of� the� people� and� improve�

the�socio-economic�conditions�of�the�area.�

8.3� EMPLOYMENT�POTENTIAL��

The� employment� potential� will� ameliorate� economic� conditions� of� these� families� directly� and�

provide�employment�to�many�other�families�indirectly�who�are�involved�in�business�and�service�

oriented�activities.�

·� The� employment� of� local� people� in� primary� and� secondary� sectors� of� project� shall�

upgrade� the� prosperity� of� the� region.� This� in-turn� will� improve� the� socio-economic�

conditions�of�the�area.�

·� During�construction�phase�of�the�project,�this�project�will�provide�temporary�employment�

to�many�unskilled�and�semi-skilled�labors�in�nearby�villages;�

·� This� project� will� also� help� in� generation� of� indirect� employment� to� those� people� who�

render�their�services�for�the�personnel�directly�working�in�the�project;�and�

Approximately�6-10�people�will�work�in�each�shift�(3�shifts�in�2�hours)�at�each�EPS.�

8.4� OTHER�BENEFITS� �

The�ongoing�efforts�of�the�government�to�meet�the�national�demand�of�petroleum�resources�will�

be� met� by� exploration� of� the� hydrocarbons� in� the� region.� Various� CSR� and� community�

development�activities�in�consultation�with�the�local�people�shall�be�carried�out�in�the�region.�

� � �

��������� ����

CHAPTER�–�IX�

ENVIRONMENTAL�MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-1�

9.0� INTRODUCTION�

This� chapter� provides� a� description� of� the� administrative� aspects� of� ensuring� that� mitigative�

measures�are�implemented�and�their�effectiveness�monitored,�after�approval�of� the�EIA.�Based�

on� the� evaluation� of� impacts� and� baseline� conditions,� an� Environmental� Management� Plan�

(EMP)� has� been� delineated� to� mitigate� the� adverse� impacts.� The� EMP� includes� formulation,�

implementation� and� monitoring� of� environmental� protection� measures.� The� EMP� features�

guidelines� and� methodologies� to� be� adopted� at� different� stages� of� the� proposed� project� for�

mitigating�the�impacts�of�various�activities.�The�EMP�is�herein�outlined�after�taking�into�account�

the� various� Acts,� Rules� and� Regulations/Standards� concerned� with� the� environmental�

management.� Thus,� it� is� a� planned� and� integrated� programme� aimed� at� ensuring� that� both�

identified� and� unidentified� impacts� that�may� arise�during� the� various� phases�of� the� project� are�

brought�to�an�acceptable�level.�

9.1�� EMP�DURING�VARIOUS�PROJECT�PHASES�

Environmental�Management�Plan�(EMP)�is�the�key�to�ensure�a�safe�and�clean�environment.�The�

desired�results�from�the�environmental�mitigation�measures�proposed�in�the�project�may�not�be�

obtained�without�a�management�plan�to�assure�its�proper�implementation�and�function.�The�EMP�

envisages�the�plans�for�the�proper�implementation�of�mitigation�measures�to�reduce�the�adverse�

impacts�arising�out�of�the�project�activities.�EMP�has�been�prepared�addressing�the�issues�like:�

·� Pollution� control/mitigation�measures� for� abatement� of� the� undesirable� impacts� caused�

during�the�construction�and�operation�phase�of�the�project.�

·� Details� of� management� plans� (air� pollution� control� devices/measures,� utilization� of�

treated�effluents,�solid�waste�management�plan�etc.).�

·� Institutional�set�up�identified/recommended�for�implementation�of�the�EMP.�

·� Post�project�environmental�monitoring�programme�to�be�undertaken.�

·� Expenditures�for�environmental�protection�measures�and�budget�for�EMP.�

The�environmental�management�plan�has�to�be�implemented�to�minimize�the�adverse�impact�on�

environment�such�as�reduction�in�atmospheric�emissions,�liquid�effluents,�solid�wastes�and�noise�

generation.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-2�

9.2� ENVIRONMENTAL�POLICY�OF�THE�COMPANY�

As�project�proponents,�GSPC�will�have�ultimate�responsibility�for�implementing�the�provisions�

of� the� EMP.� This� role� will� include� the� ongoing� management� of� environmental� impacts,�

monitoring�of� contractor� performance�as�well� as�development�of�mechanisms� for�dealing�with�

environmental�problems.�

GSPC�will� also� ensure� that� the� activities� of� its� contractors� are� conducted� in� accordance� with�

‘good� practice’� measures,� implementation� of� which� will� be� required� through� contractual�

documentation.� In� order� to� facilitate� this,� and� to� demonstrate� commitment� to� the�EMP,�GSPC�

/Contractor�management�will�conduct�regular�internal�site�inspections,�the�results�of�which�will�

be�documented.��

9.3� ENVIRONMENT�MANAGEMENT�CELL�

During� operational� phase� of� the� proposed� plant,� overall� implementation� of� EMP� lies� with�

the�project�proponent�for�compliance.�Environment,�Health�and�Safety�(EHS)�is�one�of�the�key�

business� processes� of� organization� owned� by� Assistant� General� Manager� (HSE).� Assistant�

General�Manager�(HSE)�shall�be�responsible�for�compliance�of�the�norms�given�under�the�EPA�

rules.�

The� company� has� QHSE� department.� Compliance� officer� (Senior� Officer� –� HSE)�

will� be� appointed� who� is� part� of� QHSE� team.� The� compliance� officer� shall� communicate�

noncompliance�of�environmental�norms�to�Board�of�Director.�

All� the� key� business� process� owner� shall� report� the� non-compliance� aspect� in� legislative�

register�and�the�same�shall�be�submitted�to�the�compliance�officer.�The�compliance�officer�shall�

put� a� note� in� every� board� meeting� to� the� Board� of� Directors� regarding� the� non-compliances/�

violations�if�any.� In�order�to�have�effective�implementation�of�EMP,�the� following�structure�of�

Environment�Management�Cell�is�proposed�

��

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-3�

Fig�9.1:�QHSE�Department�Organogram�

·� A� full� fledge� Environment� Management� Cell� shall� be� developed� for� the� proposed�

project�with�the�entire�necessary�infrastructure.�

·� This� cell� shall� be� responsible� for� developing� and� implementing� environmental�

management�plan.�

·� A� proper� record� shall� be� maintained� by� the� cell� for� the� quantity� of� fuel� and� water�

consumption�along�with�the�different�types�of�waste�generated.�

·� A� regular� monitoring� program� shall� be� carried� out� for� various� environment�

parameters,�as�per�Environmental�Monitoring�Plan.�

·� Company� has� its� own� Health,� Safety� and� Environment� policy� (HSE)� and� same�

shall�be�strictly�followed.�

·� The� environment� management� cell� comprising� experienced� and� qualified�

personnel� reporting� to� the� project� In-charge� regarding� environmental�

performance�and�monitoring�of�environmental�quality�shall�be�created�

·� Environmental� Management� Cell� (EMC)� will� meet� quarterly� to� assess� the� progress�

and�analyze�the�data�collected�for�the�month.�

Director�(Exploration)�

AGM�(HSE)�

Sr.�Officer�(Environment)�

Sr.�Officer�(HSE)�

Assistant�Manager��(QHSE)�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-4�

The� major� duties� and� responsibilities� of� Environmental� Management� Cell� shall� be� as�

given�below:�

·� To�implement�the�environmental�management�plan�

·� To�assure�regulatory�compliance�with�all�relevant�rules�and�regulations�

·� To�ensure�regular�operation�and�maintenance�of�pollution�control�devices.�

·� To� minimize� environmental� impacts� of� operations� as� by� strict� adherence� to� the�

EMP�

·� To�initiate�the�environmental�monitoring�as�per�approved�schedule�

·� Review� and� interpretation� of� monitoring� as� per� approved� schedule� and� corrective�

measures�in�case�monitoring�results�are�above�the�specified�limits�

·� Maintain� documents� of� good� environmental� practices� and� applicable�

environmental�laws�as�ready�reference�

·� Maintain�environmental�related�records�

·� Coordination� with� regulatory� agencies,� external� consultants,� monitoring�

laboratories�

·� Maintain� of� log� of� public� complaints� and� the� action� taken�

Allocation� of� Resources,� Responsibility� and� Authority� will� result� in� successful�

implementation�of�EMP�during�construction�and�operational�phase.�

9.4� ENVIRONMENTAL�MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

The�EIA�for�the�development�of�wells�by�setting�up�of�EPS�facilities�has�identified�a�number�of�

impacts� that� are� likely� to� arise� during� site� preparation,� well� testing� and� demobilization.�

Environmental� management� plan� (EMP)� includes� action� to� protect� environment� by� using�

instruments,� adoption� of� industrial� best� practices,� surveillance� and� statutory� norms.� The� EMP�

provides�a�delivery�mechanism�to�address�potential�adverse�impacts,� to�instruct�contractors�and�

to� introduce� standards� of� good� practice� to� be� adopted� for� all� project�works.�The�EMP� can� be�

developed� into� a� standalone� document� covering� each� stage� of� the� early� production� system�

programme.�

Environmental� Management� Plan� of� the� project� provide� the� details� of� environmental� quality�

control� measures� which� will� be� taken� up� and� which� are� proposed� by� complying� with� the�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-5�

stipulated�standard�limits�specified�by�CPCB�and�State�Pollution�Control�Board.�Environmental�

Management�Plan�which�will�be�implemented�is�detailed�under�the�following�heads.�

·� Air�Pollution�Control�

·� Noise�Mitigation�

·� Biological�Environment�

·� Soil�environment�

·� Socio�Economic�Environment�

·� Wastewater�Management�

·� Solid�Waste�Management�

9.4.1� Site�Preparation�

The� proposed� project� will� be� development� operations� at� eight� wells� and� setting� up� of� seven�

proposed�Early�Production� surface� facilities�within� the�Tarapur�block.�During� construction� the�

pollutants�are�temporary�in�nature�and�will�diminish�gradually�with�progress�of�the�construction.��

·� Consult� local�authorities� and� other� stakeholders� regarding� preferred� location� for� camps�

and�access/maximize�use�of�existing�infrastructure;�

·� Minimize�the�disturbance�of�vegetation�present�in�and�around�area�proposed�to�be�used;�

·� Minimum�utilization�of�land�and�clearing�of�site�

9.4.2� Basic�Engineering�Control�Measures�

The�primary�aim�of� the�Environment�Management�Plan� is� to� eliminate�Environmental� impacts�

during�designing�wherever�possible�or�minimize�the�risks�through�best�engineering�controls.�The�

measures�that�can�be�integrated�into�design,�construction�and�operation�for�proposed�project�can�

be�broadly�defined�as:�

·� Surveillance�to�ensure�that,�in�the�highly�unlikely�event�that�a�loss�should�occur,�it�would�

be�quickly�detected.�

·� Developing� effective� response� plans� to� contain� any� losses� and� to� prevent� damage�

resulting�from�any�damage.�

·� Incorporate� drainage� and� minimize� disturbance� to� natural� drainage� pattern,� engineer�

slopes�and�drainages�to�minimize�erosion.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-6�

Loss�Detection�

·� Electronic�alarms�to�detect�leakages.�

·� Additional�monitoring�through�special�patrols�will�take�place.�

·� A� year-round�monitoring� program� to� check� for� presence� of� any� contamination� in� soil,�

groundwater�and�nearby�surface�water�bodies.�

·� Conducting�increased�community�awareness�programs�to�assist�in�reporting�of�any�issues.�

Loss�Containment�

·� Development�of�a�comprehensive�emergency�response�plan�or�handling�leaks,�fire�etc.�as�

well�as�natural�calamities�like�landslides,�earthquakes�etc.�

·� The� emergency� response� personnel� with� appropriately� trained� and� emergency� control�

equipment�for�fire�will�be�strategically�located.�

9.4.3� Management�of�Air�Environment�

Well�development�operations:�During�workover� and�well� stimulation�activities,� the� impacts�on�

air�would�be�mainly�due� to�power�generation�and�use�of�pumps�for�liquid�handling�etc.� �These�

are�temporary�in�nature.��Suphur�free�HSD�shall�be�used�as�fuel�for�the�generators�to�reduce�air�

emissions�and�the�exhaust�pipes�are�kept�away�from�sensitive�receptors.�The�workover�operations�

shall�be�confined�and�made�leak�proof�for�any�discharges�into�the�adjacent�areas.�

Construction�Phase�

The� construction� phase� impacts� would� be� mainly� due� to� civil� works� such� as� site�

preparation� comprising� heavy� earthmoving,� site� grading,� RCC� foundations� etc.;�

construction�material�and�machinery�transportation,�fabrication�and�erection�etc.�

The� construction� phase� impacts� will� be� temporary� and� localized� phenomenon.� The�

environment� management� to� be� implemented� during� the� construction� phase� is� as�

delineated�below:�

·� The� top� layer� soil�which�is�excavated�during�site� leveling� shall�be� sold� to�contractor�or�

shall�be�disposed�off�in�the�low�lying�area�instead�of�accumulating�the�same�on�the�road�

or�the�premises�area.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-7�

·� The� site� grading,� partial� level� rising� as� required� at� project� site� shall� be� planned�

keeping�in�view�the�natural�drainage�around�the�project�site.�

·� The� vehicles� used� for� transportation� of� construction� material� shall� be� certified� valid�

PUC.�

·� The� trucks� carrying� cement� and� sand� should� be� covered� in� order� to� prevent� the�

fugitive�emissions�due�to�material�handling.�

·� Temporary� shed� shall� be� developed� in� order� to� store� the� construction� material� inside�

the�project�premises.�

·� The� machinery� used� for� construction� purpose� shall� be� properly� maintained� and�

serviced.�

·� It� should� be� ensured� that� diesel� powered� vehicles� and� construction� machinery� are�

properly�maintained�to�minimize�the�exhaust�emissions�as�well�as�noise�generation�

·� The� construction� debris� generated� shall� be� properly� stored� in� the� shed� and� later�

should�be�used�for�leveling�of�low�lying�area�and�road�construction.�

·� Regular� water� sprinkling� shall� be� done� in� the� storage� area� and� within� the� plant�

boundary�for�dust�suppression.�

·� Proper� arrangement� shall� be� made� to� prevent� to� washout� of� construction� material�

during� the� monsoon� season.� Temporary� shed� of� brick� should� be� constructed� during�

the�monsoon�season�for�the�storage�of�construction�material.�

·� Proper� storm� water� management� system� shall� be� integrated� in� design� phase� and�

civil�works�shall�be�carried�out�accordingly�at�project�site.�

·� Once� the� construction� phase� is� completed,� proper� clean-up� of� the� plant� area� shall� be�

done� and� the� construction� debris� and� the� other� waste� shall� be� disposed� off� at� the�

low�lying�areas.�

Operation�Phase�

Point�source�emission�

Stack�height�shall�be�based�as�per�the�statutory�requirement�of�CPCB.��Stack�height�for�oil�and�

gas� separators�were� decided� based� on� the�OMR� (1984� guidelines)� Installation� of�proper� stack�

height�will�lead�to�proper�dispersion�of�pollutants�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-8�

VOC�emissions�

VOC� emitted� during� the� production� will� be� burnt� in� flaring� with� associated� gases.� In� order�

to�limit�the�emission�of�VOC,�the�handling�operation�shall�be�carried�out�in�closed�system.�

Fugitive�emissions�

Fugitive� emission� shall� be� from� valve� and� flanges,� periodic� maintenance� of� the� pipeline�

and�tanks.�Record�of�same�shall�be�maintained.�

Transportation� will� also� lead� to� fugitive� emission.� Connecting� roads� from� site� to� main�

roads� should� be� concreted� to� minimize� increase� in� particulate� matter� due� to�

transportation� of� final� product.� Vehicular� emission� will� lead� to� increase� in� SO2� and� NOx�

with� HC� in� the� area.� The� vehicles� used� for� transportation� should� have� valid� PUC�

certificate�and�a�check�of�same�shall�be�done�at�the�entry�gate�of�site.�

Green�belt�to�mitigate�pollution�

Adequate�green�belt�shall�be�developed�along� the�periphery�of� the�site�both�within�and�outside�

the�premises�to�abate�air�and�noise�pollution.��

9.4.4� Management�of�Noise�Environment�

Construction�Phase�

Minor� increase� in� noise� generation� will� take� place� due� to� transportation� of� construction�

material�at�site.�The�EMP�for�noise�is�as�mentioned�below�

·� Though� the� effect� of� noise� on� the� nearby� inhabitants� due� to� construction� activity�

will� be� insignificant� as� per� the� proposed� plot� plan,� noise� prone� activities� should� be�

restricted� to� the� extent� possible� during� day� time� in� order� to� have� minimum� noise�

impact�during�night�time.�

·� Noise�generation�due�to�friction�from�the�machines�during�workover�operations�shall�be�

avoided�by�regular�maintenance�

·� Ear� muffs� and� Ear� Plug� shall� be� provided� to� workers� to� minimize� the� effect� of� noise�

during�construction�activity�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-9�

Operation�Phase�

The�production�activities�in�the�proposed�project�will�not�generally�lead�to�any�major�increase�in�

noise�level�in�the�surroundings.�

Minor� increase� will� be� within� the� project� boundary� premises� due� to� the� operation� of� flare,�

running� of� fire� pump,� crude� transfer� pumps,� bath� heaters� and� DG� set� etc.� Noise� from� these�

operations� shall� be� continuous� operation.� Human� movement� shall� be� prohibited� in� the� area�

during�the�operation�of�flare.�GSPC�PPE�policy�shall�be�implemented�to�prevent�exposure�of�any�

excess�noise�on�the�workforce�within�the�installations.�

9.4.5� Management�of�Water�Environment�

Construction�Phase�

Water� requirement� during� site� preparation� shall� be� a� minimum� quantity� and� restricted� for�

construction�phase.�Some�water�shall�also�be�used�for�domestic�purposes.�

The� major� waste� water� generated� during� construction� activity� will� be� from� domestic�

activities.�The�same�shall�be�disposed�through�septic�tank/�soak�pit.�

Operation�Phase�

Proper�steps�shall�be�taken�to�conserve�the�water�during�the�operation�phase,�apart�from�the�reuse�

and� recycle� of� the� wastewater� generated.� Conservation� of� raw� water� will� also� facilitate� the�

mitigation�of�wastewater�generation.�Rain�water�harvesting�scheme�shall�be�implemented�within�

the�EPS�premises�for�resource�conservation.�

Crude� and� water� will� be� extracted� in� mixture� from� separator.� Produced� Water� shall� be�

later� drained� from� the� crude� oil� and� collected� in� waste� water� pit� constructed� specifically�

for� collection� of� produced� water� and� for� its� further� separation� from� any� oil� droplet.�

The� capacity� of� drain� pit� to� be� provided� at� site� is� 200� m3� (divided� in� to� 2� equal� halves� of�

100�m3)�and�made�seepage�proof�with�lining�along�the�edge�of�the�pit.�The�wastewater�shall�be�

further� analyzed� by� MoEFCC� recognized� laboratories� and� later� disposed�

based�on�the�permitted�effluent�characteristics.�Domestic�waste�water�shall�be�sent�to�septic�tank/�

soak�pits.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-10�

9.4.6� Management�of�Biological�Environment�

Though�the�project�will�not�have�any�major�significant�and�permanent�impact�on�the�ecological�

environment� of� the� study� area,� it� is� recommended� to� improve� habitat� status� of� the� identified�

impact�zone�area.�

·� Acoustic�enclosure�shall�be�provided�to�D.G.�set�to�reduce�the�noise�intensity�during�their�

operation.�

·� Development� of� plantation� of� native� species� to� substitute� the� access� cutting,� site�

preparation� will� provide� habitat,� food� and� breeding� areas� to� birds,� small� animals� and�

insects.�

·� Use�existing�facilities�(e.g.�Access�Roads)�to�the�extent�possible�to�minimize�the�amount�

of�new�disturbance.�

·� Minimum�use�of�necessary� lighting�and� technical� flaring�at�night� to� avoid�attraction�of�

avifauna.�

·� Minimize�cleared�area�and�size�of�site/maximize�perimeter�to�area�ratio�to�aid�natural�re-

vegetation.�

9.4.7� Management�of�Land�Environment�

·� Necessary� restoration� efforts�will�be�made� during� decommissioning� and� site�closure� to�

restore�the�site�back�to�its�original�condition�to�the�extent�possible;�

·� Proper� restoration� of� site� will� be� carried� out� to� bring� the� physical� terrain,� soils� and�

vegetation,�as�closely�possible,�to�their�original�condition;�

·� On�completion�of�works,� all� temporary� structures,�surplus�materials�and�wastes�will�be�

completely�removed�till�1m�below�the�surface;�

·� Optimization� of� land� requirement� through� proper� site� lay� out� design� will� be� a� basic�

criteria�at�the�design�phase;�

9.4.8� Management�of�Soil�Environment�

Construction�Phase�

·� Store,�preserve�and�protect�topsoil�separately�for�its�use�during�restoration�period;�

·� Minimize�area�and�extent�of�site�clearance,�by�staying�within�defined�boundaries;�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-11�

·� Carry� out� adequate� restoration� of� soil� at� the� site,� to� the� extent� possible� using� the� soil�

stored�from�piling�and�excavation�activities;�

Operation�Phase�

·� Potentially�contaminated�surface�run-off�shall�be�routed�through�oil�traps;�

·� Management� of� spilling� of� contaminants� such� as� chemicals,� lube� oil� from� equipment,�

cement,� drilling� mud� etc.� on� the� soil� during� workover� operations� and� in� the� EPS�

installations.�

9.4.9� Socio-economic�and�Cultural�Environment�

·� Preference�shall�be�given�to�locals�for�temporary�direct�and�indirect�employment;�

·� Where� ever� local� skilled� labor� is� available,� should� be� preferred� to� be� hired� for� the�

respective�job;�

·� Local�employment�(unskilled)�should�be�provided�in�a�manner,�giving�fair�representation�

to�all�section;�

·� Local�suppliers�for�machineries�and�construction�materials�shall�be�given�preference;�

·� Local�transporters�shall�be�preferred�for�transportation�of�machinery/materials.�

·� Third�part�audit�after�completion�of�activities;�etc.�

To� improve� the�socio-economic�conditions�of� the�surrounding� areas� the�project�proponent�will�

carry� out� different� social� activities� under� CSR� scheme� in� the� fields� of� health,� education,�

infrastructure,�skill�development�program�in�the�full�block.�The�under�mentioned�activities�will�

conducted�at�regular�interval�by�the�project�proponent�as�a�mitigation�measures�for�the�adverse�

impact.��

·� The�project�proponent�will�initiate�to�improve�the�sanitation,�education�and�health�quality�

of�people�under�company’s�CSR�Scheme�

·� To�minimize� the�strain� on� the� existing� infrastructure,� adequate�provisions� related� basic�

amenities�like�village�road,�transport,�health�etc.�will�be�considered�for�the�migratory�and�

the�work�force�in�the�surrounding�areas.�

·� Awareness� programs� to� the� local� people� will� be� given� at� different� interval� regarding�

potential�risks�and�hazards�arising�out�of�project�activities.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-12�

·� Job� oriented� skill� development� courses� will� be� organized� through� ITIs/� Vocational�

Training� Institute� like�electrician,�motor�winding,�automobiles� repair,�driving,� tailoring,�

welding�and�fabrication�related�other�jobs�

9.4.10� Spill�Management�Plan�

A� number� of� chemicals� Diesel� and� Crude� Oil� will� be� stored� on� site,� improper� handling� or�

accidents� are� likely� to� result� in� spills� which� have� a� potential� for� contaminating� the� land� and�

water.� GSPC� would� develop� and� educate� the� Contractors/personnel� working� to� prevent� such�

spills� and� also� develop� a� proper� spill� response� and� management� plan.� As� best� practices� to�

avoid/contain�any�spill�GSPC�will�ensure:�

·� All�chemicals�will�be� stored�within� the�designated�area.�To� an�extent�possible� all� such�

areas�will�be�away�from�drainage�channels;�

·� The� flooring� of� the� storage� area� will� be� impervious� (paved� or� HDPE� lining)� and�

bunding�to�be�provide�on�all�sides�of�the�chemical�storage�areas;�

·� The�chemical�storage�area�will�be�covered�to�ensure�it�has�the�minimum�runoff;�

·� All� transfers� of� chemicals� will� be� done�with� proper� care� and� under� the� supervision� of�

the�Store�supervisor.�

·� Dyke�will�be�provided�for�storage�of�Crude�Oil.�

·� Fuelling� will� take� place� in� designated� areas� and� no� oil� transfers� will� occur,� unless�

adequate�protection�is�in�place�

·� Oil�traps�shall�be�installed�in�all�storm�water�channels�and�contaminated�water�streams.�

9.4.11�Management�of�Soil/Hazardous�Waste�

Solid� waste� will� be� in� form� of� domestic� waste� which� shall� be� disposed� off� through� door� to�

door�collection�system�of�municipality.�

� Hazardous� materials� such� as� lubricating� oil,� compressed� gases,� paints� and� varnishes�

are� required� during� construction� phase� which� should� be� stored� properly� as� per� the�

safety�regulations�at�isolated�places.�

� Accidental� spillages� of� oil� from� construction� equipment� and� storage� sites� should� be�

prevented.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-13�

The�hazardous�wastes�generated�during�the�operation�phase�are�as�mentioned�as�below:�

S.No.� Description� Quantity�

1.� Waste/Used�oil� 10.0-15.0�liters/year�

2.� Oily�Cotton�waste� 30�kg/month�

3.� Waste�Sludge�Oil� 1�SCM/month�

Waste/Used� oil�will� be� used� for� internal�purpose�whereas�oily� cotton�waste�will�be�handed� to�

authorized�disposal�site.�

9.4.12� Storm�Water�Management�Plan�

The�Storm�Water�Management�Plan�(SWMP)�refers�to�the�proper�management�of�surface�run-off�

generated�during�monsoons�for�various�phases�of�activities�involved�in�the�project.�The�purpose�

of�Storm�Water�Management�Plan�(SWMP)�is�to�ensure�prevent�and�control�any�adverse�impact�

of�discharge�of�storm�water�from�the�well�site�and�road�widening/strengthening�areas�to�nearby�

natural� drainage� channels� and� community� water� bodies.� Proper� management� of� storm� water�

runoff�will�minimize�damage�to�public�and�private�property,� reduce�effects�of�development�on�

land,� control� stream� channel� erosion,� pollution� and� sediment� deposition� and� also� reduce� local�

flooding.�

·� Pipe� drainages�will�be� provided� for�diversion� roads�constructed� for� the� construction�of�

new�bridges�and�culverts.�

·� Storm�water� from� all� longitudinal� and� cross� drainage� works� will� be� connected� to� the�

natural�drainage�courses.�

·� Necessary�measures�will� be� undertaken� during�construction� phase� to�prevent� earth�and�

stone�material�from�blocking�cross�drainage�structures.�

·� Periodic� cleaning� will� be� undertaken� to� cross� drainage� structures� and� road� drainage�

system�to�maintain�uninterrupted�storm�water�flow.�

·� Obstructions� that� may� cause� temporary� flooding� of� local� drainage� channels,� during�

construction�phase�will�be�removed.�

·� Oil�traps�will�be�used�to�separate�oil�from�runoff�water�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-14�

·� Sediment� control� measures� in� the� form� of� silt� traps� and� sedimentation� tank� will� be�

provided�to�treat�surface�run-off�before�disposal.�

9.4.13� Road�Safety�and�Traffic�Management�Plan�

The� Road� Safety� &� Traffic� Management� Plan� is� applicable� to� all� operation� pertaining� to�

GSPC� and� contractor� vehicular� movement� viz.� vehicle� involved� in� the� transportation� of� raw�

materials,�project�and�contractor�personnel�and�other�heavy�equipment�transportation�to�well�site.��

·� Project� vehicular� movement� involved� in� transportation� of� construction� material,�

machineries� and� equipment� for� surface� production� will� be� restricted� to� defined�

access�routes�to�be�identified�in�consultation�with�locals�and�concerned�authorities.�

·� Traffic� flows� will� be� scheduled� wherever� practicable� during� period� of� increased�

commuter�movement.�

·� Precautions� will� be� taken� by� the� contractor� to� avoid� damage� to� the� public� access�

routes�including�highways�during�vehicular�movement.�

·� Provide� safe� and� convenient� passage� for� vehicles,� pedestrians� and� livestock� to� and�

from�side�roads�and�property�accesses�along�defined�project�routes.�

·� Movement� of� vehicles� during� night� time� will� be� restricted.� Speed� limits� will� be�

maintained� by� vehicles� involved� in� transportation� of� construction� material� and�

segregated�waste.�

·� Clear�signs,�flagmen�&�signal�will�be�set�up�at�major�traffic�junctions�and�near�sensitive�

receptors� viz.� schools,� hospital,� etc� in� discussion� with� Gram� Panchayat� and� local�

villagers.�

·� Adequate� training� on� traffic� and� road� safety� operations�will� be� imparted� to� the� drivers�

of� project�vehicles.�Road� safety� awareness�programs�will�be� organized� in� coordination�

with� concerned� authorities� to� sensitize� target� groups� viz.� school� children,� commuters�

on�traffic�safety�rules�and�signage.�

·� Regular� supervision� will� be� carried� out� control� vehicular� traffic� movement� along�

defined�traffic�routes�particularly�near�identified�sensitive�receptors�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-15�

9.4.14� Occupational�Health�and�Safety�Management�Plan�

The�Occupation�Health�&�Safety�Management�Plan�is�applicable�for�all�project�operations�which�

have� the� potential� to� adversely� affect� the�health� and� safety� of� contractors’�workers� and� onsite�

GSPC�personnel.�This�plan�has� been� formulated� to� address� the�occupational�health�and� safety�

related� impacts� that� may� arise� from� proposed� project� activities� viz.� development� drilling� and�

surface�production�facilities�

·� Hazardous� and� risky� areas,� installations,� materials,� safety� measures,� emergency� exits,�

etc.�shall�be�appropriately�marked.�

·� Health� problems� of� the� workers� will� be� taken� care� of� by� providing� basic� health� care�

facilities�through�health�centers.�

·� Contractor� workers� involved� in� the� handling� of� construction� materials� viz.� borrow�

material,�cement�etc.�will�be�provided�with�proper�PPEs�viz.�safety�boots,�safety�helmet,�

nose�masks,�hand�gloves,�etc.�

·� No� employee�will�be� exposed� to� a� noise� level� greater� than�85� dB(A)� for� a�duration� of�

more� than� 8� hours� per� day.� Provision� of� ear� plugs,� ear� muffs� etc.� and� rotation� of�

workers�operating�near�high�noise�generating�areas.�

·� All� chemicals� and� hazardous� materials� storage� container� will� be� properly� labeled� and�

marked� according� to� national� and� internationally� recognized� requirements� and�

standards.� Materials� Safety� Data� Sheets� (MSDS)� or� equivalent� data/information� in� an�

easily� understood� language�must� be� readily� available� to� exposed�workers� and� first-aid�

personnel.�

·� The� workplace�must� be� equipped� with� fire� detectors,� alarm� systems� and� fire-fighting�

equipment.� Equipment� shall� be� periodically� inspected� and� maintained� to� keep� good�

working�condition.�

·� Adequate� sanitation� facilities� will� be� provided� onsite� for� the� operational� workforce�

both�during�construction�and�operational�phase�of�the�project.�

·� Garbage� bins� will� be� provided� in� the� camp� and� regularly� emptied� and� the� garbage�

disposed�off�in�a�hygienic�manner.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-16�

·� Training� programs� will� be� organized� for� the� operational� workforce� regarding� proper�

usage�of�PPEs,�handling�and�storage�of�fuels�and�chemicals�etc.�

9.4.15� Greenbelt�Development�Plan��

Greenbelt�is�defined�as�large�greenways,�usually�located�at�urban�and�industrial�areas,�filled�with�

vegetation.�Main� functions� of�greenbelt� is� to� improve� ecological� conditions,� such� as� purifying�

atmospheric� environment,� regulating� local� microclimate,� protecting� water� resource,� restoring�

degenerate�ecosystem�and�increasing�biodiversity.�Greenbelt�land�refers�to�an�area�that�is�kept�in�

reserve�for�an�open�space,�most�often�around�larger�industries.�The�main�purpose�of�the�greenbelt�

policy�is�to�protect�the�land�around�larger�centres�from�urban�sprawl,�and�maintain�the�designated�

area�for�forestry�and�agriculture�as�well�as�to�provide�habitat�to�wildlife.�

Greenbelt� zone� has� been� broadly� three� main� categories� of� uses� viz.� agriculture� and� farming,�

forest� and� land� regeneration� and� recreation.� Their� development� is� designed� to� promote�

biodiversity� enhancement,� environmental� management,� land� regeneration� and� water�

management.� Purification� of� air� can� be� brought� about� by� plantation� of� trees� in� cities� and�

industries.� Widespread� planting� of� trees,� which� trap� dust� and� effectively� reduce� atmospheric�

pollution;� another� advantage� of� trees� is� their� ability� to� reduce� intensity� of� noise.� Combating�

atmospheric� pollution� requires� two-pronged� approach.� On� one� side� we� need� to� reduce� the�

emission�of�pollutants�and�another�side�we�ought�to�keep�trying�to�purify�the�air.�

The� main� objective� of� green� belt� development� is� to� provide� a� barrier� between� the� source� of�

pollution�and�the�surrounding�area.�Green�belt�development�around�the�project�appurtenances�is�

proposed,�this�will�go�a�long�way�to�protect�environment�and�mitigate�pollution�levels�in�the�area.�

Development� of� green� belt� shall� also� prevent� soil� erosion� and� washing� away� of� the� topsoil�

besides�helping� in� stabilizing�the�functional� ecosystem,�make�the�climate�more�conductive�and�

restore�water�balance.�

Plantation�technique�

A�standard�horticultural�practice�involves�planting�of� saplings� in�pits�of�1ft.�x1ft.x�1ft.The�pits�

are� then� filled�with�earth,� sand�silt� and�manure� in� pre-determined�proportions�and� are�watered�

liberally.�For�areas�where�the�soil�conditions�are�poor�and�the�substratum�is�hard�and�rocky,�pits�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-17�

of�2ft.�x�2ft.�x�2ft.�with�4cft.�of�external�soil�and�2cft.�of�compost�is�recommended.�The�growing�

plants� are� then� cared� for� the� first� three� years,� or� for� at� least� two� years� (for� tall� plants)� with�

tending�operations� like�weeding,�watering�and�most� importantly� through�protection� from�stray�

animals�and�pests.�Nutrients�in�pits�are�occasionally�supplemented.�

Space� is� a�big�constraint� for�plantation�activities.�So,�whatever� space� is� available�especially� in�

industrial�premises�it�should�be�utilized�properly.�Space�for�plantation�is�usually�available�at�the�

periphery�or�through�the�carriage�way,�a�row�of�tall�trees�followed�by�shorter�trees�and�shrubs�is�

recommended.� If� sufficient� space� is� available� a� row� of� tall� trees� followed� by� a� row� each� of�

medium�trees,�small�trees�and�shrub�should�be�planted.�The�space�on�the�sides�of�carriage�way�or�

internal�roads�should�also�be�utilized�for�plantation.�For�these�areas�also�a�row�of�shrubs�followed�

by�a�row�each�of� small� trees� and/�or�large� trees�depending�upon�the�space�available�should�be�

planted.�

The� choice� of� plants� for� roadside� plantations� may� be� for� containment� of� pollution� and� for�

formation� of� a� screen� between� traffic� and� roads� side� residences.� This� choice� of� plants� should�

include�shrubs�of�height�1�to�1.5�meter�and�tree�of�3�to�5�meter�height.�The�intermixing�of�trees�

and�shrubs�should�be�such�that�the�foliage�area�density�in�vertical� is�almost�uniform.�Option�of�

Vertical�Gardening,�wherever�possible�may�also�be�explored.�

Shrubs�and�trees�should�be�planted�in�encircling�rows�around�the�project�site.�The�short�trees�(10�

m�height)�will�be�planted�in�the�outer�row�(away�from�plant�side).�

Some�of�guidelines�to�be�considered�are:�

�a.�Planting�of�trees�in�each�row�will�be�in�staggered�orientation.�

�b.�In�the�front�row,�shrubs�will�be�grown.�

�c.� Since� the� trunks� of� the� tall� trees� are� generally� devoid� of� foliage,� it� will� be� useful� to� have�

shrubs�in�front�of�the�trees�so�as�to�give�coverage�to�this�portion.��

d.�The�spacing�between�the�trees�will�be�maintained�slightly�less�than�the�normal�spaces,�so�that�

the�trees�may�grow�vertically�and�slightly�increase�the�effective�height�of�the�green�belt.�

�e.�Providing�the�Greenbelt�in�at�least�33%�area�of�the�project�area�with�various�species.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-18�

Plantation�work�

A� 10-15� m�wide� green� belt� shall� be� proposed� on� roadside,� surroundings� of� early� production�

system�(EPS)�and�vacant�lands.�Further,�avenue�plantation�will�be�undertaken�besides�the�project.�

Extensive�afforestation�at�project�area�will�be�undertaken�which�will�not�only�act�as�lung�space�in�

the�area�but�will�also�improve�aesthetics.�Multi-layered�plantation�comprising�of�medium�height�

trees�(7�m�to�10�m)�and�shrubs�(5�m�height)�are�proposed�for�the�green�belt.�Moreover,�in�future�

creepers�will�be�planted�along�the�boundary�wall�to�enhance�its�insulation�capacity.��

Selection�of�species�for�green�belt�

Development� of� the� green� belt� is� one� of� the�most� sensitive� issues� and� shall� be� done�with� due�

care.� Selection� of� proper� locally� grown� species� in� addition� to� checking� of� their� growth� rate,�

quality,� thickness�of�canopy�cover,� etc.� shall�be�duly�done�as� it�helps� in�abatement� of� fugitive�

noise,�reduce�the�pollution�level,�thus�making�the�place�worth�dwelling�for�the�diversified�species�

flora.� The� plant� species� suitable� for� green� belt� development� need� to� be� selected� based� on� the�

flowing�criteria.���

� Native�plant�species�will�be�preferred�

� Fast�growing�plants�will�be�planted�

� Plants�having�thick�canopy�cover�will�be�used�

� Preferably�perennial�and�evergreen�species�will�be�selected�

� Plants�having�large�leaf�area�index�will�be�considered�

� Road�sides�will�be�planted�with�local�vegetation� �

While�making�choice�of�plant�species�for�cultivation�in�green�belts,�weightage�has�to�be�given�to�

the�natural�factor�of�bio-climate.�It�is�also�presumed�that�the�selected�plants�will�be�grown�as�per�

normal�horticultural�or�forestry�practices.��

Trees� are� important� sinks� for� air� pollutants.� Trees� absorb� noise� and� by� enhancing� the� green�

cover,� improve� the� ecology� and� aesthetics� and� affect� the� local� micrometeorology.� Trees� also�

have�major�long-term�impacts�on�soil�quality�and�the�ground�water�table.�By�using�suitable�plant�

species,�green�belts�can�be�developed�in�strategic�zones�to�provide�protection�from�emitted�and�

noise.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-19�

In�view�of�this,�the�list�of�species�to�be�planted�in�the�green�belt�area�is�illustrated�below�in�Table�

9.1.�The� suitable�variety/species�shall� be� finalized� in� consultation�with� local� forest�officer� and�

horticultural� experts.� Mixed� plantation� shall� be� done� keeping� optimum� spacing� between� the�

saplings.��

Table�9.1�Selected�list�of�plant�species�for�Greenbelt�development�

S.No.� Botanical�name� Common�name� Height�(Meter)�

1� Acacia�catechu� Khair� 3�

2� Acacia�leucophloea� Safed�babul� �

3� Achras�sapota� Sapota� 3�

4� Halidinia�cordifolia� Haldu� 20�

5� Albizia�lebeck� Siris� 30�

6� Albizia�procera� White�siris� 20�

7� Anogeissus�latifolia� Dhaura� 15�

8� Anthocephalus�cadamba� Kadamba� 20�

9� Artocarpus�lacucha� Beng� 18�

10� Azadirachta�indica� Neem� 20�

11� Bambusa�arundinacea� Kantabans� 20�

12� Bambusa�vulgaris� Golden�bamboo� 15�

13� Bauhinia�acuminata� Kanchan� 3�

14� Bauhinia�purpurea� Khairwal� 5�

15� Bauhinia�semla� Semla� 10�

16� Bauhinia�variegata� Kachnar� 5�

17� Buchanania�lanzan� Achar� 13�

18� Butea�monosperma� Kashmir� 10�

19� Calophyllum�inophyllum� Sultanachampa� 18�

20� Calotropis�procera� Akoda� 5�

21� Cassia�fistula� Amaltas� 12�

22� Ceiba�pentandra� Kapok� 15�

23� Clerodendrum�inerme� Vanjai� 5�

24� Clerodendrum�infortunatum� Bhant� 4�

25� Dalbergia�latifolia� Rosewood� 20�

26� Drypetes�roxburghii� Putranjiva� 15�

27� Phyllanthus�emblica� Amla� 6�

28� Ficus�benghalensis� Banyan�tree� 20�

29� Gauzuma�ulmifolia� Rudraki� 10�

30� Hamelia�patens� Scarlet�bush� 2�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-20�

31� Ixora�coccinea� Rangan� 4�

32� Lagerstromoea�reginae� Joroal� 10�

33� Mangifera�indica� Aam� 20�

34� Peltophorum�pterocarpum� Copper�pod�tree� 10�

35� Polyalthia�longifolia� Devdaru� 15�

36� Syzigium�cumini� Jamun� 20�

37� Tectona�grandis� Sagwan� 15�

38� Terminalia�arjuna� Arjun� 15�

39� Terminalia�bellerica� Bahera� 20�

40� Terminalia�chebula� Harra� 15�

41� Thespesia�populnea� Paraspipal� 10�

Plantation�will�be�done�after�consultation�with� local�forest�department;�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�

Corporation� Limited� will� also� identify� suitable� community� land�within� block� area� to� develop�

offsite� greenbelts.� These� offsite� greenbelts� will� be� developed� in� association� with� local�

panchayats.�

9.5� SUMMARY�OF�ENVIRONMENT�MANAGEMENT�PLAN�AND�ACTIONS�

Summary�of�Environmental�Management�Plan�and�actions�is�given�in�Table�9.2�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�

Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Ltd. �

CH

APT

ER

�-�IX

�EN

VIR

ON

MEN

TA

L�

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T�P

LA

N�

� �9�-21�

Table

�9.2

�Sum

mary

�of�E

nvi

ronm

enta

l�M

anag

emen

t�Pla

n�

S.N

o.�

Act

ivity�

Pote

ntial�Im

pact

�M

itig

ation�M

easu

res�

�C

onst

ruct

ion�P

hase

1�

Construction�work�at�EPS�

·�Potential�adverse�impact�on�

environment�in�the�vicinity�of�

the�drill�site�

·�Fugitive�emissions�

·�Water�sprinkling�will�be�done�to�control�the�dust�

emissions.�

·�Engineering�control�and�scheduled�preventive�

maintenance�to�be�conducted�to�control�fugitive�

emissions.�

·�Sufficient�distance�maintained�in�between�site�

and�nearest�habitation.�

·�PUC�certified�vehicles�will�be�used�

2�

Establishment�of�flow�lines�

from�wells�to�EPS�

·�Loss�of�agricultural�land�and�

crop�productivity�

·�Loss�of�livelihood�for�affected�

communities�

·�Loss�of�vegetation�cover�

·�Top�soil�will�be�stored�separately�and�reused�

·�Plantation�of�trees�to�compensate�for�the�loss�

·�Pipeline�route�is�decided�in�such�a�way�that�less�

agricultural�land�is�affected;�for�example�

maximum�length�of�pipeline�route�will�be�along�

road/�boundary�of�the�agricultural�land�hence�

less�affecting�the�agricultural�land�

·�Periodic�

Maintenance�and�

servicing�of�

mechanized�equipment�and�vehicles�used�during�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�

Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Ltd. �

CH

APT

ER

�-�IX

�EN

VIR

ON

MEN

TA

L�

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T�P

LA

N�

� �9�-22�

pipeline�laying�

3�

Vehicle�

movement�

for�

transportation�of�material�and�

manpower�

·�Fugitive�Emissions�

·�Maintenance�of�vehicles�

4�

Workforce�

accommodation,�

water�

consumption�

and�

sanitation�

·�Community�health�and�safety�

concerns�

·�Contractor�to�source�raw�materials�from�

approved/licensed�quarries.�

·�Proper�septic�tank,�soak�pit�system�will�be�

followed.�

5�

Operation�of�construction�

machinery/equipment�

·�Fugitive�emissions�and�high�

noise�generation�

·�Occupational�health�and�safety�

concerns�

� �

·�Selection�of�low�noise�generating�equipment�

·�Installation�of�engineering�controls�viz.�

silencers,�mufflers�

·�Rotation�of�workers�operating�in�high�noise�

generating�areas.�

·�Use�of�proper�PPEs�viz.�ear�plugs,�ear�muffs.�

·�Periodic�

preventive�

maintenance�

of�

machinery/equipment�

6�

Discharge�of�surface�run-off�

� �

·�Increase�in�sediment�load�

contributing�to�turbidity�of�

receiving�water�bodies�

·�Provision�of�onsite�sediment�control�measures�

viz.�silt�traps,�sedimentation�tank�

·�Construction�work�close�to�the�streams�or�water�

bodies�be�avoided�during�monsoon�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�

Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Ltd. �

CH

APT

ER

�-�IX

�EN

VIR

ON

MEN

TA

L�

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T�P

LA

N�

� �9�-23�

·�Run-off�discharges�to�natural�drainage�

channels/water�bodies�made�to�conform�

to�CPCB�Inland�Water�Discharge�Standards.�

�O

per

ation�P

has

e�

7�

Operation�of�DG�sets�and�

machinery��

·�Air�emissions�and�high�noise�

generation�

·�Occupational�health�and�safety�

concerns�

·�Community�discomfort�

� �

·�Sitting�of�drilling�rig�and�facilities�away�from�

sensitive�receptors�

·�Installing�acoustic�enclosures�and�muffler�on�

engine�exhaust�of�DG�sets�

·�Setting�up�effective�noise�barrier�at�the�fence-

line�of�the�site;�

·�Exhausts�of�engines�on�the�drilling�rig�diesel�

generators�be�positioned�at�a�sufficient�height�

·�Preventive�maintenance�of�DG�sets�to�be�

undertaken�as�per�manufacturer’s�schedule.�

8�

Storage�of�chemical,�fuel�and�

Crude�Oil�

Soil�and�Ground�/�surface�water�

contamination�

·�Fuel�and�crude�oil�will�be�stored�in�tanks�which�

has�provision�of�bund.�

·�Chemical�shall�be�stored�in�proper�packing�under�

shed.�

·�Spill�control�mechanism�

9�

Discharge�of�surface�run-off�

Soil�

and�

surface�

water�·�Run-off�from�vehicular�wash�and�chemical�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�

Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Ltd. �

CH

APT

ER

�-�IX

�EN

VIR

ON

MEN

TA

L�

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T�P

LA

N�

� �9�-24�

� �

contamination�

� �

storage�areas�to�be�channeled�through�closed�

drainage�system�provided�with�an�oil-water�

separator.�

·�Drip�trays�to�be�used�during�preventive�

maintenance�of�vehicles�and�machinery.�

·�Hazardous�chemicals�and�fuel�drum�be�stored�in�

bunded�and�lined�area�equipped�with�proper�spill�

control�equipment.�

10�

Storage,�handling�and�disposal�

of�Solid/Hazardous�materials��

Soil�

and�

surface�

water�

contamination�

·�Proper�provision�of�storage�area�and�disposal�

method�for�solid�and�hazardous�waste�

11�

Sewage�treatment�

� �

Occupational�health�problems�of�

operational�workforce�

� �

·�Sewage�to�be�treated�using�a�combination�of�

septic�and�soak�pits�

·�The�sewage�treatment�system�(septic�tank�&�

soak�pit)�to�be�regularly�monitored�for�any�

possible�overflows,�leakages�etc.�

12�

Flaring�

during�production�

testing�and�process�upset�

� �

Air�emission�leading�to�discomfort�

to�nearby�communities�

� �

·�Sitting�of�flare�stack�considering�nearest�

habitation�and�sensitive�receptor.�

·�Elevated�flaring�to�be�undertaken�as�per�

guidelines�issued�by�CPCB�for�Oil�&�

Gas�Extraction�Industry.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�

Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�

Ltd. �

CH

APT

ER

�-�IX

�EN

VIR

ON

MEN

TA

L�

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T�P

LA

N�

� �9�-25�

·�Duration�of�flaring�to�be�minimized�by�careful�

planning;�

·�Gas�to�be�internally�used�or�shall�be�supplied�to�

nearby�industries�

13�

Vehicle�

movement�

for�

transportation�of�crude�oil�at�

EPS�

·�Fugitive�Emissions�

·�Maintenance�of�vehicles�

·�PUC�certified�vehicles�will�be�used�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-26�

9.6� COST�PROVISION�FOR�ENVIRONMENT�MANAGEMENT�

For� Environment� protection� and� management,� pollution� control� and� treatment,� monitoring�

systems,� appropriate� budgetary� provisions,� and� recurring� expenditure� for� Environment�

management� of� the� project� would� be� made.� GSPC� has� proposed� to� spend� about� Rs.�

20.5�Lakhs�capital�cost�towards�environmental�protection�measures�with�a�recurring�cost�of�about�

Rs.�14.0�Lakhs�for�development�of�production�facilities�at�each�installation.�The�details�of�budget�

allocation�during�construction�phase�and�operation�phase�are�given�in�Table�9.3.�

Table:�9.3�Budget�Allocations�for�Environmental�Management�

CORPORATE�SOCIAL�RESPONSIBILITY�(CSR)�

GSPC�will�follow�Corporate�Social�Responsibility�(CSR)�with�2.5�%�of�Capital�Investment.�

The� following�measures�will�be� taken� to�maintain�a�clean�and�sustainable�environment� in� and�

around�the�project:�

i.� Integrate�sound�environmental�practices�in�all�its�activities.�

ii.� Promote�development�of�innovate�environment�friendly�processes�and�products.�

S.�

No.�

Pollution�Control�Measures� Capital�Cost�Rs.�

(Lakhs)�

Recurring�Cost�per�

annum�Rs.�(Lakhs)�

1� Air�Pollution�Control� 5.0� 1.0�

2� Water�Pollution�Control� 7.5� 5.0�

3� Noise�Pollution�Control� 4.0� 0.5�

4� Environment�Monitoring�and�

Management�

0� 2.5�

5� Road�Safety�and�Traffic�

Management�

1.0� 1.0�

6� Solid�waste�management� 1.0� 0.5�

7� Occupational�health�and�safety� 0� 3.0�

8� Greenbelt� 2.0� 0.5�

� Total�EMP�Cost� 20.5� 14.0�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-27�

iii.� Integrate�the�principle�of�“reduce,� recover,� recycle�and�reuse”�in�its�operations� for�

conservation�of�natural�resources�to�ensure�a�sustainable�future.�

iv.� Improve�employee�commitment�and�responsibility�towards�environment�protection�

through�capacity�building.�

v.� Promote�environmentally�responsible�behaviour�amongst�contractual�workforce�and�

suppliers.�

9.7� FINDINGS�

From� the� foregoing� sections� it� is� clear� that� Environmental� considerations� are� foremost� during�

development�of�the�project,�at�all�the�following�levels:�

·� Project�sitting�

·� Planning�and�design�

·� Project�construction�

·� Post�project�operations�

The�following�findings�are�to�be�mentioned:�

·� The� Project� will� have� minimum� significant� Environmental� impacts� during�

construction�and�operation�phases�

·� Project�risks�will�be�minimized�through�rigorous�enforcement�of�national�design�and�

operational�standards.�

·� The� environmental� and� safety� aspects� of� the� Project� are� straight� forward� and�well�

understood.�

·� A�detailed�environmental�impact�study�is�already�carried�out�and� covered�in�EMP.�

Further�studies�are�not�required�to�elaborate�these�subjects.�

The�EMP�also�provides�for�establishing,�and�maintaining�a�system�of�environmental�monitoring�

and�auditing�to�ensure�strict�compliance�of�all�the�measures�identified�in�the�EMP,�and�minimize�

adverse� environmental� and� social� impacts.� Suitable� provisions� related� to� environmental�

management�will�also�be�made�in�the�construction�contract�agreement.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda�&�Anand,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�IX�ENVIRONMENTAL�

MANAGEMENT�PLAN�

� 9�-28�

9.8� CONCLUSION�

The�project�can�cause�minor�impacts�only�during�construction�phase�due�to�the�various�activities�

involved� during� that� phase.� However,� strict� adherence� to� the� various� mitigation�measures� as�

identified� under� the� EMP,� strengthened� by� adequate� environmental� monitoring� using� best�

available� technology� (BAT),� auditing� and� good� construction� practices,� including� the� special�

construction�methods�as�prescribed�will�go�a�long�way�in�effectively�reducing�the�impacts�as�to�

negligible�levels.�

Thus,� it� can� be� concluded� on� a� positive� note� that� after� the� implementation� of� the� mitigation�

measures� and� Environmental� Management� Plan,� the� proposed� project� shall� have� negligible�

impact�on�environment�and�will�benefit�the�local�people�and�economy.�

� � �

��

CHAPTER�–�X�

SUMMARY�AND�CONCLUSIONS�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�X���SUMMARY�&�CONCLUSION�

� 10�-�1�

10.0� SUMMARY�

Gujarat� State� Petroleum�Corporation� Limited� (GSPC)� has� been� established� in� year� 1979� as� a�

Government� of�Gujarat� undertaking� and� is� involved� in� Exploration�and� Production�of�Oil� and�

Gas.�GSPC�has�grown�from�being�an�operator�of�small�fields�in�Gujarat�into�an�expansive�oil�and�

gas� exploration� and� production� company� across� India.� Its� rise� in� the� hydrocarbon� sector� was�

helped� by� the�Central�Government’s� opening�of� the�sector� to�private�participation� in� the�early�

1990s,�GSPC�constructed�India’s�first�and�only�Land�Based�Drilling�Platform�in�the�Hazira�gas�

field�in�1998,�through�which�gas�is�being�supplied�to�various�industries�across�Gujarat.��

As�per�Environmental�Impact�Assessment�EIA�Notification�dated�14th�September,�2006,�onshore�

exploration,�development�and�production�of�oil�&�gas�project�falls�under�category�‘A’�of�activity�

1(b)� requires� prior� Environmental� Clearance� (EC)� to� be� obtained� from� MoEFCC� before� the�

commencement�of�ground�activity.��

M/s.�SV�Enviro�Labs�&�Consultants,�Visakhapatnam�has�been�engaged�by�GSPC�to�carry�out�an�

Environment�Impact�Assessment�(EIA)�study�and�to�prepare�an�Environment�Management�Plan�

(EMP)� for� getting� environment� clearance� as� per� TOR� prescribed� by� MoEFCC.� The� baseline�

environmental�data�have�been�collected�from�March�2019�to�May�2019.�

10.1� SALIENT�FEATURES�OF�THE�PROJECT�

Particulars� Details�

Company�Name� Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Limited�

Name�of�the�Block�and�

Location�

CB-ON/02� (Tarapur� Block)� situated� in� Kheda� and� Anand�

districts�of�Gujarat�state�

Area�of�Block� 570�Sq.�km�

Site�Co-ordinates� Shown�in�Table�2.2�

Category�of�the�Project� As� per� EIA�Notification� dated� 14th� Sept.,� 2006� as� amended�

from� time� to� time,� this�project� falls� under� “1� (b)”-�Offshore�

and� onshore� oil� and� gas� exploration,� development� &�

production�

Activity�Involved� Development� activities� of�wellhead� production� facilities�at� 8�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�X���SUMMARY�&�CONCLUSION�

� 10�-�2�

well�locations�by�setting�up�of�seven�early�production�systems�

(EPS)� and� allied� facilities� in� CB-ON/2� (Tarapur�Block)� and�

Laying�4"/6"�underground�pipelines:�from�PNE#1/�PNE#2�to�

PNE#2/�PNE#1�well�locations�

Land�Requirement� Land� acquisition� on� 5� yearly� rental� basis� and� adequate�

compensation�is�being�paid�regularly�to�the�land�owners.�

Size�or�Magnitude�of�

Operation�

Production� from� each� well:� Crude� Oil:� 30-40� SCM/day� and�

Gas:�3000-5000�SCM/day��

Water�Requirement� Water�will�be�sourced�through�bore�well�(own)�within�the�site�

and/or� taken� through� tankers� from� public� sources� in�case� of�

additional�requirement.�Water�requirement�of�6�KLD�per�EPS�

will� be� sourced� either� through� bore� well� or� tanker.� Water�

balance�chart�is�attached�

Power�Requirement�� MGVCL�(Motive:100�HP�&�Light:25�KVA)��

Emergency�supply�by�62.5�KVA�DG�set�

Waste�generation� ·� Produced� Wastewater:� Initially� no� produced� water� is�

expected�from�the�wells�however�the�water�produced�may�

increase,�upto� 10�SCM/day/well� in� the� later� stages�of� the�

field�production�life�which�will�be�disposed�as�per�standard�

oil� industry� practices� and� applicable� oil� filed� wastewater�

discharge�rules.�

·� Domestic� Wastewater:� About� 1.0� KLD/EPS� generated� at�

each� site� shall� be� disposed� to� well-designed� soak� pit�

constructed�at�site�or�sent�to�authorized�CETP�

·� Domestic�Solid�Waste:�1-2�kg/day/EPS�generated�at� each�

site�will� be� segregated� at� source� (Organic/Inorganic)� and�

disposed�accordingly.�

·� Hazardous�waste:�

§� Waste/used�oil:�10-15�litres/year�at�each�site,� it�will�be�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�X���SUMMARY�&�CONCLUSION�

� 10�-�3�

used�for�internal�purpose.�

§� Oily�Cotton�waste:�30�kg/month�at� each�site,�it�will�be�

handed�to�authorized�disposal�site.�

§� Waste�Sludge�oil:�1�SCM/month�will�be�generated�and�

stored� in�container/cement�drain�pit�and�will�be�sent�to�

authorized�disposal�site.�

Employment�Generation� At� EPS� 6-10� people� will� work� in� each� shift� (3� shifts� in� 2�

hours)�

Estimated�Project�Cost� Rs.�3-4�Crores� in� the�development�of�production� facilities�at�

each�site�

10.2� JUSTIFICATION�FOR�IMPLEMENTATION�OF�THE�PROJECT�

To�increase�the�production�with�an�aim�at�filling�the�gap�between�national�crude�oil�demand�and�

supply� and� meet� the� energy� requirements� and� reduce� economic� burden.� The� proposed�

development�programme�shall�generate�indirect�employment�in�the�region�due�to�the�requirement�

of� workers� in� supply� of� raw�material,� auxiliary� and� ancillary�works,� which�would�marginally�

improve�the�economic�status�of�the�people.�

10.3� CONCLUSION�

The� EIA� report� contains� in� depth� study� on� Environmental� quality� and� Environmental�

Management�Plan�to�mitigate�the�impacts�including�Risk�Assessment�and�Disaster�Management�

Plan.�The�project�is�technically,�environmentally�and�socioeconomically�viable�and�is�beneficial�

at�local�level,�state�level�and�national�level.�

The� proposed�development�operations�at� eight�wells�and� setting� up�of� seven�Early�Production�

Systems� facilities� in� CB-ON/2� (Tarapur� Block)� will� have� marginal� impacts� on� local�

environment,�which�will�be�mitigated�by�effective�EMP.�Additionally�the�proposed�project�will�

enhance�the�hydrocarbon�supply�and�also�would�generate�direct�and�indirect�employment�in�the�

region�and�will�help�in�up-liftment�of�the�living�conditions�of�the�local�people.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda� &� Anand,� Gujarat� by� M/s� Gujarat� State� Petroleum� Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�X���SUMMARY�&�CONCLUSION�

� 10�-�4�

We�may�conclude�as�under:�

·� The� project�proponent�will� follow�all� the� statutory� norms� and� guidelines� as�per�EPA,�

1986�to�safeguard�environment.�

·� Wastewater� generated� from� the� proposed� project� will� be� treated� and� reused� to� a�

maximum� extent.� The� unusable� wastewater� shall� be� treated� and� discharged� as� per�

applicable�discharge�standards.�Sewage�will�be�disposed�through�septic�tank�&�soak�pit.�

·� Ambient�Air�Quality�of� the�project� site� are� concerned� viz.� PM� (PM10�&�PM2.5),�SO2,�

NOx,�CO,�HC�and�VOC’s�their� concentrations�in�the�ambient�air�were�observed�to�be�

well�within�the�prescribed�limits.�

·� The�operational�phase�noise�shall�be�monitored�and� required�PPE�will�be�provided� to�

work�men�as�per�sound�level.�

·� No�significant�impact�is� seen�on�flora�and�fauna�as�no�reserve�forest�and�eco-sensitive�

zones�are�present�within�10�km.�

The�project�will�enhance�hydrocarbon�supply�to�the�region�and�also�generate�temporary�indirect�

employment�opportunities�during�construction�stage�and�also�at�operational�stage.�The�standard�

of�living�of�local�people�due�to�above�employment�is�likely�to�be�better,�so�we�may�say�that�it�is�

positive� socio-economic� impact.� Overall� the� project� will� have� positive� impact� for� socio-

economic�and�cultural�development.�

� � �

��

CHAPTER�–�XI�

DISCLOSURE�OF�CONSULTANTS�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�XI�DISCLOSURE�OF�CONSULTANTS�

� 11�-1�

11.0� DISCLOSURE�OF�CONSULTANT�ENGAGED�

M/s.� SV� Enviro� Labs� &� Consultants,� Visakhapatnam� have� carried� out� environmental� Impact�

Assessment� and� Baseline� studies� and� Environmental� Impact� Assessment� report� has� been�

prepared�based�on�the�Standard�Terms�of�Reference.�

11.1�� ABOUT�SV�ENVIRO�LABS�&�CONSULTANTS�(SVELC)�

SV� ENVIRO� LABS� &� CONSULTANTS� pioneered� its� way� in� the� mid� 90’s� in� Yanam,� the�

evergreen�Union�Territory,�to�provide�the�quality�services�in�the�area�of�environmental�pollution.�

The� laboratory� serves� have� been� set� up� in� an� extent� of� 7500� sq.� ft� in� the� city� of� destiny�

Visakhapatnam� to�provide� analytical�expertise� in� the� field� of�Environmental� Engineering.�Our�

technical� expertise� is� one� among� the� best� in� the� country,� providing� economical� &� sound�

environmental�and�safety�solutions.�

SVELC�is�an�ISO�9001:2015�company�and�is�accredited�by:�

� ISO�9001:2015�

� ISO�14001:�2004�

� Ministry� of� Environment,� Forests� &� Climate� Change� (MoEFCC),� Govt.� of� India,�

New�Delhi�

� National� Accreditation� Board� for� Education� &� Training� (NABET)� registered�

Environmental�consultants�by�Quality�Council�of�India�(QCI).�

� National� Accreditation� Board� for�Testing� and� Calibration� Laboratories� (NABL)� in�

the�field�of�testing�

� OSHAS�18001:�2007��

11.2� SERVICES�OFFERED�BY�SV�ENVIRO�

Environmental:�

� Environmental�Impact�Assessments�

� Environmental�Management�Plan�

� Environmental�Audits�preparation�

� Solid�and�hazardous�waste�management�

� Risk�assessment�and�disaster�management�plans�

� Occupational�health�and�safety�studies�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�XI�DISCLOSURE�OF�CONSULTANTS�

� 11�-2�

� Socio-economic�studies�

� Marine�impact�assessment�

� Rehabilitation�and�resettlement�studies�

Analysis:�

� Environmental�monitoring�for�air,�water,�soil,�noise,�ecology,�hazardous�waste,�etc�

� Industrial�emission�source�monitoring�

� Offshore�sampling�and�analysis�of�marine�water�and�sediments�

� Analysis�of�water,�wastewater,�soil,�solid�waste,�hazardous�waste,�lube�oils,�etc�

� Noise�quality�monitoring��

� Work�zone�source�emission�analysis�

The� firm� has� been� engaged� in� the� work� of� Environmental� Impact� Assessment� studies� for�

category�–�A�&�B�projects,�preparation�of�Environmental�management�plans�(EMP)�for�the�last�

20� years� for� the� purpose� of� obtaining� clearance� from� Ministry� of� Environment,� Forests� &�

Climate�Change.�

Development�of�8�wells�by�setting�up�of�7�proposed�surface�facilities�at�Kheda,�Gujarat�by�M/s�Gujarat�State�Petroleum�Corporation�Ltd.�

CHAPTER�-�XI�DISCLOSURE�OF�CONSULTANTS�

� 11�-3�

Fig:�11.1�–�NABET�Certificate�